Other formats

    TEI XML file   ePub eBook file  


    mail icontwitter iconBlogspot iconrss icon

Maori-Polynesian Comparative Dictionary



MA, the conjunction “and,” used (1.) to connect numerals: E wha tekau ma rima. (2.) To connect points of the compass: Tonga ma uru; South-west. Cf. me, and.

Samoan—ma, and: Ua alu ifo ia Tafa'i ma Alise; He descends to Tawhaki and Karihi.

Tahitian—ma, and (only used in counting): E piti ahuru ma pae; Twenty and five.

Tongan—ma, and (used only in connecting numerals): E tolugofulu ma taha; Thirty-one.

Hawaiian—ma, in composition, signifies accompanying, together with: me is “with;” a me, and.

Marquesan—ma, before a numeral, has the force of an added ten, as matahi (“and one.” i.e., ten and one,) eleven.

Mangarevan—cf. makorekore, a great indefinite number; tuma, units in excess, when counting by tens.

Paumotan—ma, together with.

Rarotongan—ma, and: Ko au ma teianei vaine; I and this woman: Rua ngauru ma a; Twenty-four.

Aniwan—ma, and: Sara ma koucitia; Search and look.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. mai, and.

MA, a word denoting plurality: E hine ma; Girls! Cf. maha, many; ma, and.

Samoan—cf. ma, and.

Tahitian—ma, company, as O mea ma, such a one and company; e ho'ma, friends.

Hawaiian—ma, as in Ke alii ma, the chief and his train: Inu mai o Niihau ma i ke kai; Niihau and its neighbours are drinking the sea. [Note.—See Marquesan of preceding word.]

Paumotan—cf. ma, together with.

Mangaian—cf. ma, and; together with.

page 189

MA, for, in the sense of “to be possessed by:” A hei kai tena mau, ma ratou hoki—Ken., vi. 21. 2. For, in the sense of “to be acted on by:” Ka mea atu to raua whaea ‘Ma te ra e patu’—P. M., 49. 3. By: Ma wai hoki a Hakopa ka ara ai—Amo., vii. 2. 4. By means of; in consequence of: Ma te aha hoki ia e taea ai e matou te here—Wha., xvi. 16. 5. By way of: I haere mai mai te mania o Kaingaroa—P. M., 147.

Samoan—ma, for, in the sense of “for the use of:” Aua foi tou te matatau i tagata o le nuu, auà e faia lava i latou ma mea e ‘ai ma tatou; Do not fear the people of the land, for they are food for us. (b.) With; (c.) from; (d.) on account of.

Tahitian—ma, with, as ma te opahi, with the axe.

Hawaiian—ma, at: He makuahine noa wale no kou, ma Hamakua; Your mother was a mere common woman at Hamakua. (b.) By; (c.) in, into: Mai hele oe ma ke ala kikeekee o ka aina o kaua; Do not go into the crooked path of our land. (d.) Through; (e) by means of; (f.) according to.

Tongan—maa, for.

Marquesan—ma, by; (b.) across, athwart; (c.) in.

Paumotan—ma, with.

Aniwan—ma, for.

Futuna—ma, for.

Mangaian—ma, with.

MA (), white, pale, clean: Ko taua tangata i rite tonu ki a Patupaiarehe te ma o te kiri—P. M., 175: He taha pako tetahi taha, he taha ma tetahi taha—Wohl., Trans., vii. 48. Cf. koma, pale, whitish; mawhe, faded; marama, light; the moon.

Whaka-MA, to make white. 2. To feel ashamed; shy, abashed; shame, bashfulness: Ka whakama te wahine ra, ka tangi—P. M., 84: Ka mate a Rata i te whakama—P. M., 58.

Samoan—ma, clean, pure; (b.) bright red, as arterial blood; mama (mamà), to be clean, pure: Pe faapefea foi ona mama o ia ua fanau mai i le fafine? How shall he be clean that is born of a woman? Mama (màmà), clean (of the body); to be clean; (b.) free from weeds, as a plantation; to clear off weeds; fa'a-ma, to put to shame: Na faamaina e popoto; The wise men are ashamed. Cf. ‘au‘aumamà, good quality; clean, well kept, as a plantation; good-looking, as a party of travellers; pa'epa'ema, pure white.

Tahitian—ma, clean, not soiled nor polluted: E horoi ia outou e ia ma outou; Wash, and make yourselves clean. Mama, open, as the mouth (in the sense of atea, clear, open? Cf. tea, white). [Also see Mangarevan.] Haa-ma, shame, remorse; to be ashamed: Ua rahi roa hoi to ratou haama; They were greatly ashamed. (b.) Shameful; indecent; faa-haa-ma, shame, remorse; to be ashamed. Cf. maaroaro, ashamed; to be ashamed; mae, to be abashed or confounded on account of some charge or unpleasant occurrence; tamà, to wash, cleanse, or purify; tima, fair, clear, as the colour of a garment.

Hawaiian—ma, to fade, as a leaf or flower; to wilt; (b.) to blush, as one ashamed; (c.) to wear out, as a person engaged in too much business; hoo-ma, to fail, to perish, as a person or thing. Cf. mawale, to fade quickly and easily; mae, to wither, to fade; maemae, to be pure, clean; purity; glorious; good; maamaama, light, as opposed to darkness (the l has been dropped here, as in the Marquesan).

Tongan—ma, bashful, modest; shame; to be ashamed; bashfulness: Oua naa ke tuku au keu ma; Let me not be ashamed. Mama, light, not dark; a light; fire; (b.) a lamp; (c.) the world; faka-ma, to shame, make ashamed; bashful, modest; modesty; faa-mama, to enlighten; (b.) worldly; maa, clean, pure; (b.) burnt, scorched; mamaa, thoroughly cleansed; faka-maa, to cleanse, purify; purified; expurgation. Cf. mae, to fade, to wither; maina, white, as flesh when first cut; agama, modesty; agamaa, purity; matama, shame; modesty; mamaaga, the source of light, the sun.

Rarotongan—aka-ma, to be ashamed: Kua akama i te ao, è; He is ashamed to be in the daylight. Cf. màrama, the light; tamà, clean, pure.

Mangarevan—ma, frozen; curdled; (b.) to fade, lose colour; aka-ma, ashamed; to be shy; modest; a young girl who shrinks from the sight of a young man, &c.; red with shame. Cf. aka-tea, (tea = white,) to make red with shame; to mock at any one; atuma, violet; red earth; mae, to wither, to grow pale; aka-mahetoheto, scarlet.

Marquesan—cf. maama, the light of day.

Moriori—hoko-maha, to be ashamed.

Aniwan—ma, pure.

Paumotan—cf. marako, lucid; marakorako, light, splendour; mataki, shame; shamefaced; maramarama, intelligent.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. lumà, ashamed; màduà, ashamed, bashful.

Malay—cf. malu, modesty; shame, disgrace; mas, gold; timah, tin.

Kayan — cf. mala, light; ma, gold.

Sulu—cf. malano, clear.

Sikayana — cf. ma, white.

Tagal—cf. mamar, yellow.

Bugis—cf. mahe, gold. Pentecost Island—cf. maita, white.

Formosa—cf. marara, to enlighten; maramoramo, twilight; moar, blushing; ashamed.

MA, sometimes used in names of streams, as an abbreviation for manga, as Makakahi for Mangakakahi, &c.

MAATA, a deep swamp. 2. The name of a small bird.

MAATU, “Move off!” Cf. ho atu, go away! start off ! [For comparatives, see Atu.]

MAEA, to emerge. Cf. ea, to appear above water; puea, to be brought to the surface; aeaea, to rise to the surface. 2. To be taken out of the ground, as a crop; to be gathered in. Cf. ea, to be produced, as a crop; rea, to spring; to grow.

MAEAEA, to rise to the surface again and again. [For comparatives, see Ea.]

MAEAWHA, to wander. Cf. maewa, to wander; aewa, to wander; haea, to wander. [For comparatives, see Maewa.]

MAEKE (màeke), cold: E te anu o te hau tonga e te maeke o te po—A. H. M., v. 16. Cf. pieke, cold.

MAENE (màene), MAENEENE, soft to the touch, smooth: Ko au ia he tangata maeneene—Ken., xxvii. 11. Cf. ene, to flatter, to cajole.

Samoan—cf. eneene, to tickle.

Hawaiian—manene, soft and tender-footed; smooth-footed; (b.) the nervous sensation of one when in a dangerous situation, lest his hands or feet slip; eneene, to creep on all-fours, as an infant.

Tongan—maeneene, to be ticklish. Cf. ene, to tickle; fakaeneene, to work cautiously page 190 and carefully.

Marquesan — cf. manini, soft; agreeable.

Paumotan — maineine, to tickle; to please.

MAERO, a water-race, a channel for water. Cf. maioro, a covered ditch,

MAERO, emaciated; listless; weak. Cf. mamae, in pain; ma, white. Cf. ero, to exhaust; whaka-ero, to dwindle.

Tahitian—cf. faa-ero, addled, as eggs; abortive, as fruit.

Hawaiian—cf. ma, to fade, as a leaf or a flower; mae, to wither, to fade.

Tongan—cf. mae, to fade, to wither.

Mangarevan—cf. mae, to wither; to grow pale; ero, abortive (applied to trees).

Tongan—cf. elo, putrid.

MAERO (myth.), an ogre; a wild man of the woods.

MAEWA, to wander. Cf. aewa, to wander; maeawha, to wander; kaea, to wander; kaewa, wandering.

Hawaiian—maewa, to be unstable; to be tremulous; (b.) to be led crookedly; (c.) to be blown here and there, as the spray of the surf by the wind; to revile, to mock; maewaewa, a reproach; a scourging; to mock. Cf. aea, to wander; hokuaea, a wandering star.

MAEWAHO (myth.), a name of the fairies or goblins known as the Ponaturi—A. H. M., i. 80. [See Ponaturi.]

MAHA, many: E whakaaro ana ratou kua maha nga tangata, kua tini—P. M., 7: A po maha noa atu, noho rawa—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. Cf. ma, and (in connecting numerals); ma, suffix denoting plurality, after proper names; taumaha, heavy. [See Tongan.]

Samoan—mafa, to be disproportionately large in number or quantity, as many houses and few people.

Hawaiian—cf. maua, large; many; maha, the wing of an army; the side-fins of a fish.

Tahitian—maha, to be satiated, as with food or drink; to be appeased, as in a case of anger; to have any desire satiated; (b.) a modern word for four in counting (ha = four). Cf. mau, many.

Tongan—mafa, plenty, abundance. This is used in reference to things of which there lacks a corresponding proportion: as mafafale, plenty of house-room, but little or nothing to show in it; mafalau, plenty of talk, but no doings to correspond. Mafamafa, heavier. Cf. mafaa, to open, extend; mafao, to stretch out.

Ext. Poly.: Sulu—cf. mahava, long.

Malay—cf. maha, great; most; exceedingly.

Fiji—cf. masa, a noise of a great number of people talking.

MAHA (màha), pleased in having acquired something wished for. Cf. màmà, light, not heavy. [See Mangarevan.]

Tahitian—maha, to be satisfied, as to food and drink; (b.) to be appeased, in a case of anger; (c.) to have any desire satisfied; haamaha, to appease; to allay anger, or thirst.

Hawaiian—maha, to rest, as from toil; to enjoy quiet and ease after pain; rest, repose; easy; quietly; convalescent; (b.) to be assuaged, to be softened down, as anger; (c.) to exercise affection towards one; to love, to cherish; (d.) the side of the head, the temples; (e.) the wing of an army; the fore-fins of a fish; mahamaha, a fondling; the exercise of affection, friendship, or hospitality; to glow with friendly feelings towards one.

Tongan—mafa, plenty, abundance [see preceding word]; mamafa, weight; importance.

Marquesan—cf. maha, effaceable; to erase; mahamaha, to cease, stop, as Mahamaha te ue, Stop crying!

Mangarevan—maha, to lift up, to raise; mahamaha, light, said of food not satisfying.

MAHAKE, small.

MAHAKI, a cutaneous disease: Ko koe kei taumahakitia e koe te kiri o tenei mate, o tenei mahaki—G. P., 430. Cf. hakihaki, a skin disease, the itch; waihakihaki, a cutaneous disease; torohaki, a limb distorted by disease; makimaki, a cutaneous disease; maki, a scar; an invalid.

Samoan — cf. ma‘i, to be ill; sickness.

Tahitian — cf. hahai, diseased, afflicted; mai, disease; maimai, a scrofulous person.

Tongan — mahaki, sickness, disease; sick, afflicted; mahamahaki, subject to afflictions; faka-mahaki, to afflict; to cause illness. Cf. makakimoa, epilepsy; convulsions; fits, &c.

Hawaiian—cf. mai, sickness generally; sick; diseased.

Marquesan—cf. maki, a wound; wounded.

Mangaian — cf. maki, sick, sickness.

Mangarevan — cf. maki, sick, ill; evil; a fault.

Paumotan — cf. maki, sick, ill.

Ext. Poly.: Sulu—cf. mangi, bad.

Silong—cf. makit, sick.

Ilocan—cf. masaquit, sick.

Kisa — cf. maki, dead.

New Britain—cf. maki, ill; mait, ill.

MAHAKI (màhaki), meek, mild. 2. Calm, quiet: Kua mahaki noa iho te tuatea o te moana—P. M., 179.

Samoan—cf. masa‘i‘i, to be dead low tide.

Tahitian—cf. mahainui, the name of a tree that is used medicinally; soothing, mollifying in quality, applied to speech, in allusion to the property of the tree maihainui; mahu, meek, not irritable.

Hawaiian—cf. maha, rest, repose; easy, quiet; hoo-maha, silently, quietly; at rest.

Paumotan — mahaki, gently, softly; haere-mahaki, to go easily.

MAHAKU (màhaku), for me. A lengthened form of maku: I waiho te takere hei mihi mahaku—M. M., 103: Homai mahaku tetahi maka—Wohl., Trans., vii. 39. Cf. nahaku, for naku; ahaku, for aku, &c.

MAHAMAKA, the name of a plant (Bot. Akama rosæfolia); also called makamaka.

MAHANA, warm; heat, warmth: I te nui o tona wera, i te kaha hoki o tona mahana—P. M., 21: Na, kua mahana nga kiko o te tamaiti—1 Kin., iv. 34. Cf. hana, to glow, to give forth heat; puhana, to glow; matahanahana, glowing; blushing.

Whaka-MAHANA, to make warm; to warm oneself: I a Hine-Moa ano e whakamahana ana i a ia i roto i te waiariki—P. M., 130. 2. To warm up food a second time.

Samoan — mafana, warm; mafanafana, heat; to be warm: Na latou ufitia o ia i ie, a e le mafanafana ai o ia; They covered him with clothes, but he received no warmth; fa'amafanafana, to hearten, to encourage, to cheer up. Cf. fa‘afana, to warm up food.

Tahitian—mahana, the sun: Mai te maramarama poipoi ia hiti te mahana ra; As the morning page 191 light when the sun rises; (b.) a day: E oti anei ta ratou ohipa i te mahana hoè; Will they make an end in a day? Haa-mahanahana, to warm and comfort a person; a comforter: E imi tia vau i hea i te haamahanahana ia oe? Whence shall I seek comforters for you? Cf mahanaioiò, a hot, sunny day; mahanafirifirirau, a day of perplexity; pumahana, lukewarm; pumaha, scorched; tahana, to warm again, to re-cook; tamahana, to soothe, comfort, encourage; hanahana, splendour, glory; anaana, shining; lustre; tihana, to warm up food again.

Hawaiian—mahana, to be or become warm; to warm, as one person in contact with another; a small degree of heat; warmth: O ka mahana o ka la ke hele nei; The heat of the sun is now passing. Hoomahana, to make warm by the fire, or by exercise; mahanahana, to warm very much or frequently; hoo-mahanahana, to warm oneself by a fire. Cf. hana, to be or become warm; to work (Maori, hanga); koehana, warmth, heat, as of the sun; kohanahana, to be hot, to burn; pumahana, to be warmed as with clothing; to be warm in friendship; mehana, warmth, heat.

Tongan—mafana, warm; warmth, gentle heat: Kuou mafana, kuou mamata ki he afi; I am warm, I have seen the fire. (b.) Zealous; mafanafana, a little warm. Cf. fakafana, to cook the same food more than once.

Rarotongan — maana, warm: Kua kakau kotou i te kakau, kare ra tetai i maana; You will put on your clothes, yet not be warm. Maanaana, to be warm: Kia maanaana oki korua, e kia merengo; May you be warm and filled with food.

Mangarevan—mahana, warm; (b.) to be cooked up again; (c.) clothes; aka-maana, to warm up again, to re-cook; maana, warmth; to be warm; (b.) clothes; maanaana, a little warm; slight warmth. Cf. hana, brilliant, shining; hahana, heat, warmth; mohana, warm; ana, suffocating heat.

Marquesan—mahana, warm; warmth; heat; mahanahana, warm; warmth: Taetae koe, mahanahana koe; Without wealth, without warmth. Cf. pahana, cooking; anything burnt; pihanahana, poignant, smarting.

Paumotan — haka-mahanahana, to console. [See Makariri.] Cf. hana, the sun; a ray or beam; pumahanahana, lukewarm; tihana, to heat up again, to warm; putahana, a sunstroke.

Moriori—cf. tamahana, to scorch. Ext. Poly.: Brumer Island—cf. mahana, the sun. Dufaure Island—cf. mahana, the sun.

Malagasy — cf. mafana, warm, hot; fana, warmed, applied to food cooked and warmed a second time (a root-word only); ranomafana, hot springs; mafanafana, feverish, unwell.

Sikayana — cf. mafana, warm.

Kisa—cf. manah, hot.

Maylay—cf. panas, hot.

Bima—cf. pana, hot.

Wayapo—cf. bana, hot.

Aneityum — cf. ahenhen, to burn, as the sun; henhen, to scorch.

MAHANA, his; for him; hers; for her. A lengthened form of mana; A ka mau i a ia hei wahine mahana—A. H. M., i. 154. Cf. ahaku, mahaku, &c. [For comparatives, see Mana.]

MAHANGA, a snare; to ensnare: Ka taia he mahanga; ka oti; kei te tahere, kei te whakairi—P. M., 10: Ka noho te mahanga ki te kaki — Wohl., Trans., vii. 40. Cf. koromahanga, a noose.

Moriori—mehanga, to ensnare.

Tongan—cf. talimahaga, the noose in large ropes.

MAHANGA (màhanga), twins: He mahanga kei roto i tona kopu—Ken., xxv. 24. Cf. manga, a branch. [See Tongan.]

Samoan—masaga, twins. Cf. masagalei, twins, one of each gender; lotomasaga, to have the disposition of twins: that is, crossgrained, but both angry together; màsagàtama, twins, both boys; màsagàteine, twins, both girls.

Tahitian—maehaa, twins at a birth.

Hawaiian—mahana, any substance branching out; anything double; doubles; mates; (b.) a pair of twins: O iliili lupea na hoku mahana elua; Stretching out as eagles are the two twin stars (Castor and Pollux).

Tongan — mahaga, twins. Cf. mahagana, double, as two trees on one root; magana, a double tree: a tree with two trunks on one root; maga, forked; spreading; mahagalei, twins, one of each sex; mahagataane, twins, both boys.

Marquesan—mahaka, twins.

Rarotongan—maanga, twins: E maanga tei roto i tona kopu; There were twins in her womb.

Mangarevan—mahaga, twins (of human beings only).

MAHANGA (myth.), a chief of old days, noted for his roving disposition. He was a son of Tu-heitia, a water deity—A. H. M., iv. 59.

MAHANGA-A-TUA-MATUA (myth.), the name of a canoe, said to have come from Hawaiki to New Zealand—A. H. M., iv. 23. [See Arawa.]

MAHARA, thought, memory, recollection, meditation; to think of; to meditate on: Maharatia nga rangi o mua—Tiu., xxxii. 7: Katahi a Tawhaki ka mahara i roto i tona ngakau — A. H. M., i. 53. Cf. hara, an offence. [See Hawaiian.] 2. A portion of the intestines.

MAHARAHARA, to think of frequently; to meditate upon; Ka maharahara ki a ia—P. M., 34: Ka maharahara mai, ko te pa ko Maketu kua wera—P. M., 82.

Samoan — cf. sala, incorrect, wrong; salamò, to repeat.

Tahitian—mahara, to recollect; (b.) clear, vacant. Cf. mehara, to think or remember.

Hawaiian—mauhala, to keep up a grudge against any one, to remember his offence; envy; revenge, malice; hoo-mauhala, to lay up or remember the offence of any one. Cf. mahala, to admire; to wonder at.

Mangarevan—cf. aka—makara, to reflect.

Rarotongan—maara, to consider: Kia maara ra au i taua popongi ra; When I had considered it in the morning; aka-maara, to remember: E kia aka-maara ra, e riro ia mei te vai puke i mate vave ra; Remember it, even as the waters which pass away.

Paumotan—mahara, and mehara, to remember; sense, reason; hara-mehara, to call to memory; (b.) imagination.

MAHARA (myth.), the eighth of the great Ages of the existence of the Universe. [For the Time-spaces, see Kore.]

MAHARO (màharo), to wonder. Cf. miharo, to wonder at; to admire; mahara, to think upon, to meditate on.

page 192

Samoan—masalo, to suspect, to doubt. Cf. masalosalovale, to be suspicious without cause.

Tahitian—cf. maharoharo, to cease, applied to anger, or to a desire when extinct.

Hawaiian—mahalo (and mahala), to admire, to wonder at; to magnify the goodness or virtues of a person or thing; wonder, surprise; admiration; beautiful, glorious, admirable; to approve; praise; to honour, to glorify. Cf. halo, to look at; to turn; to look.

Tongan—mahalo, to conjecture, to think, to suspect; imagination, thought, fancy; faka-mahalo, to cause to think upon; to impose upon one's own mind; to deceive oneself. Cf. femahaloaki, to think about each other.

Marquesan—mahao, to contemplate, to think upon; (b.) to admire.

Mangarevan—maharo, to have predilections or leanings; not to be impartial in judgment; (b.) to praise, to extol, to boast.

Paumotan—maharo, remarkable; (b.) to wonder at, to marvel; maharohaga, admiration. Cf. maeharo, to astonish, to amaze.

MAHAU, Whaka-MAHAU, a porch, a verandah: He moe i te whakamahau o te whare—A. H. M., i. 48. 2. Shady, cool. Cf. hauhau, cool.

MAHAU (màhau), for thee; thine. A lengthened form of mau: Kahore ia wahine mahau—Wohl., Trans., vii. 36: Mahau hoki e ata whakatipu—A. H. M., i. 47. [For comparatives, see Mau.]

MAHE (màhè), a sinker for a fishing-line: E mau ano tau maka me tau mahe—Wohl., Trans., vii. 49. Cf. maihea, a sinker for a fishing-line; makihea, a sinker for a fishing-line.

MAHEA, cleared away. 2. Free from obstruction, clear. 3. (Moriori) The name of a certain wind.

MAHEAHEA (màheahea), perceiving indistinctly. Cf. hea, where?

Tahitian—mahea, to cease, applied to rain; (b.) to fade; (c.) to be pale through fear; (d.) to fail, as desire; maheahea, fading; pale, squalid; to turn pale; (b.) to be destitute; haa-maheahea, to cause fading; to make ashamed. Cf. maheaaitu, mental trouble.

Tongan—mahehea, the sound of a voice almost lost in the distance.

Mangarevan—aka-maheahea, to stroll here and there.

MAHENO, an island.

MAHENO, to untie; to be untied, Cf. paheno, to come untied; kaheno, untied.

MAHEU, scattered. Cf. heuheu, to scatter; heuea, to be separated.

MAHEUHEU, weeds, rubbish: E tangi ana ki tona whenua kua tupuria nei e te maheuheu—MSS. 2. A clump of shrubs, or second growth in a clearing.

Samoan—maveu, to be in confusion; to be unsettled. Cf. ve'u, to increase greatly, of men and animals.

Tahitian—maheu, to be coming into notice; to be knowable; maheuheu, to be dishevelled, as the hair. Cf. veu, downy hair; a sort of fringe on the border of a garment.

Hawaiian—maheu, trodden, as a path through high grass; many or frequent tracks. Cf. weuweu, grass, herbage; manuheu, a breaking up, a flying away.

Tongan—maveu, confusion, disorder; jumbled together. Cf. heu, to stir round and round.

Mangarevan—cf. heu, little hairs on the body; hairy, shaggy; veuveu, herbage.

MAHI, work; to work at: I whakapaua atu tona ngakau ki te mahi—2 Wha., xxxi. 21. 2. Abundance. Cf. maha, many. 3. Action, deed, proceeding: A ora noa ake au i te mahi atawhai a taua tipuna nei—P. M., 14.

MAMAHI, hard-working; toil: Kia wareware ki taku mamahi katoa—Ken., xli. 51.

MAHIMAHI, to copulate; to have sexual connection. Cf. mahikino, pudendum muliebre.

Whaka-MAHI, to cause to work: He nui te mahi i whakamahia ai tana ope—Ehe., xxix. 18.

Samoan—cf. màfi, to be honoured; fa'a-mafimafi, to use threatenings [see Tongan].

Hawaiian—mahi, a cultivation, planting; to dig the ground for the purpose of planting food; mahina, a cultivation; a garden; (b.) strong, energetic, as a labouring man, or as a fighting cock. Cf. mahiai, a husbandman.

Tongan—mafi, a conqueror, a victor; mafimafi, power, might; (b.) most powerful. Cf. mafihu, to work; to move.

Marquesan—mahi, to work, to work at: Aoe hoi he enata naia e mahi i te fenua; There was not a man to cultivate the soil.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. masi-a, to rub, scour; masi, the name of a tree, the leaves of which are used as sandpaper.

MAHIA (màhia), sound, noise: Me te whai tonu atu te waka ra i te mahia o te waha o te kuri ra—P. M., 120.

MAHIA-MAI-TAWHITI, the name of a certain karakia, or invocation—A. H. M., iii. 26.

MAHIHI (màhihi), the facing-boards on the gable of a house: Ka mahue nga mahihi, ka ngaro ki te roro—P. M., 24. Cf. maihi, facings of front gable of a house; ihi, the front gab e of a house; taumaihi, the facing-boards on the gable of a house.

MAHIHORE, peeled off. Cf. mahore, peeled; hore, to peel or strip off; pahore, scraped off. [For comparatives, see Hore.]

MAHIKINO, pudendum muliebre. Cf. mahimahi, to copulate.

MAHIMAHI, the name of a tree (Bot. Elæocarpus hookerianus).

MAHINA, faint light: Pupu mahina i te ata—A. H. M., i. 49: To shine dimly: Ka mahina te ata i Hikurangi—A. H. M., i. 43. 2. The moon. [See Mahina (myth.).] Cf. hina, the moon; grey hairs; hinatore, to glow with an unsteady light; hinapo, twilight.

Samoan—masina, the moon; maina, to shine (of fire): Ua vaai mai le fafine ua maina le tala; The woman saw the end of the house shining.

Tahitian—mahina, the moon (in some dialects). Cf. ohina, grey, greyish; hinahina, grey, of the hair.

Hawaiian—mahina, the moon: No na mea maikai a na mahina i houlu ai; For the precious things brought forth by the moon. (b.) A month; (c.) the eye of a snail at the end of its horn. Cf. hina, grey; hinalii, whitish; ahina, a grey colour; pohina, whitish.

Tongan—mahina, the moon: E fakatuu mau ia ke taegata o hage koe mahina; It shall be established for ever like the moon. (b.) White in appearance; page 193 faka-mahina, monthly. Cf. maina, white, as flesh when first cut; hina, white; grey; tahihina, sound, but light in colour, as wood.

Marquesan—mahina, moonlight; (b.) a month. Cf. hina, grey; white, of the hair; pavahina, a white beard.

Mangarevan—mahina, light, not dark; maina, the moon; moonlight. Cf. mahinaatea, day; daylight; haka-mainatea, to give light.

Paumotan—cf. kahina, bright, as the moon; kohinahina, grey; hinahina, indignation. Ext. Poly:

Ilocan—cf. sinamar, splendour.

Malay—cf. sinar, a ray of light; lustre; sinar-bulan, moonlight.

Motu—cf. dina, day.

Sesake—cf. masina, the moon.

Fiji—cf. cina (thina), a torch or lamp; masima, salt.

Java—cf. rahina, and dhina, a day.

Malagasy—cf. masina, sacred; vatomasina, a sacred stone; ranomasina, the sea; the first water carried up at the ceremony of circumcision, obtained by the immersion of the person fetching it, and of the voatavo (calabash) used to carry it; fauasina, salt.

MAHINA (myth.), a chief who picked up the red wreath thrown away by Tauninihi from the Arawa canoe on coming near New Zealand in the voyage from Hawaiki. Tauninihi had thrown away his head-dress on seeing the pohutakawa trees in full red blossom; but finding that the flowers soon faded, he wished Mahina to give up to him the wreath he had thrown away. Mahina refused to do so, and kept his treasure-trove. Hence the proverb: Te pae kura a Mahina. The name of the wreath was Taiwhakaea—P. M., 88. The voyagers on the Aotea canoe are also said to have thrown their wreaths into the sea on seeing the pohutukawa blossoms—P. M., 135. A very different version is given by White (A. H. M., iii. 35), who states that Uenuku made red plumes for his children, and one of these got lost; this was found by Mahina, the moon, who refused to give it back, saying, “It is a plume found by Mahina.”

MAHIRUA (myth.), the name of a messenger sent by Uenuku to consult the oracles. Pawa the priest struck Mahirua dead with a charm, but afterwards brought him to life again—A. H. M., iii. 7. [See Uenuku.]

MAHITI, MAHITIHITI, to spring, leap: Ka kite aia i te kowhitiwhiti, e mahitihiti haere ana i tona aroaro—A. H. M., ii. 176. Cf. whiti, to start; kowhiti, to spring out; korowhiti, to spring up. [For comparatives, see Mawhiti.]

MAHITI, to be spent, exhausted, consumed: Ka mahiti o ratou kai, ka mahiti o ratou wahie, ka mate nga tangata—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32.

MAHITI (màhiti), a white mat covered with the long hair from dog's tails: Kaore ano te hokowhitu a Pouheni mau mahiti, mau puahi, mau paepaeroa—G.-8., 26. Syn. Kahuwaero.

MAHITI (màhiti), to sort; to separate as to size, quality, &c.

Samoan—cf. fa'a-mafiti, to turn inside out, as a dress; to interrupt another's tale.

Tahitian—maiti, to select or choose.

Hawaiian—mahiki, to vibrate; to play up and down, as the beam of a scale: hence, to weigh, as in scales; (b.) to scatter, to blow away, as with a puff of wind.

MAHO, floating. Cf. paho, soaring.

MAHOE (màhoe), the name of a tree (Bot. Melicytus ramiflorus): Taku nui mahoe ki raro o Horoiwi—M. M., 103. 2. A small mallet, used for striking the tattooing chisel.

MAHOEWAO, the name of a tree.

MAHORA, spread out, as food before guests; He oi ano ka mahora te kai—P. M., 137. Cf. hora, to spread out; ora, a wedge; horapa, overspreading. 2. Exposed to view. Cf. tahora, uncultivated; open country. 3. Lank; drooping. 4. Scattered. Cf. hora, scattered; whakakorakora, scattered.

Samoan—mafola, to be spread out; (b.) to be extensive, to be wide; (c.) to be plain, perspicuous in speech; fa'a-mafola; to open up; to spread out, as a cloth, or the fingers. Cf. fola, to spread out, as mats to sleep on; folasi, to spread a report; tafola, a shallow place in a lagoon.

Tahitian—mahora, to be spread out, as cloth; to be opened, unravelled, as a subject; (b.) even, level, smooth; haa-mahora, to open or expand a thing; (b.) to put up a new fence in the front of a house, enclosing a court; mahorahora, open; level; cleared, as land; to be opened up; to be expanded repeatedly. Cf. arumahora, a long swelling wave that does not break; hora, to stretch out the hand in liberality; to spread or lay out.

Hawaiian—mahola, to spread out, to open wide, as a flower in full bloom; spread open; extended; (b.) to spread out, as a garment to dry; (c.) distension of the stomach; maholahola, to spread out extensively. Cf. hola, to open; to spread out; uhola, to spread out; to unfold, as the wings of a bird; mohola, to evolve; to unfold, as the leaves of a growing plant.

Tongan—mafola, to be spread out, or extended; to be diffused abroad; faka-mafola, to spread out. Cf. hola, to abscond, depart; fola, to spread out; folahi, to spread out; laufola, to spread out; tafola, to be scattered; folau, to voyage.

Mangarevan—mahora, to spread; to stretch out; expand; mahorahora, flat, without inequality. Cf. mohora, to stretch out from smallest to greatest; hohora, to spread garments, as a carpet; ora, to wedge open.

Moriori—cf. mohoro, extended.

Marquesan—cf. hoa, to spread out, as cloth.

Rarotongan—cf. oora, to expand; to spread out.

Paumotan—cf. hohora, to unfold; to stretch out the limbs; kahorahora, the surface; area.

MAHORA-NUI-ATEA, MAHORA-NUI-A-RANGI, (myth.), a deity, or Nature - power personified, and preceding the ordinary deities. She was the wife of Maku, and the mother of Rangi (the sky). Her name signifies “Clear, spread out,” or the “bright wide expanse”—S. T., 56: A. H. M., i. 18. She was the mother of the four Props of Heaven—S. R., 12. [See Toko.]

MAHORE, peeled. Cf. hore, to peel or strip off; mahihore, peeled off; pahore, peeled.

Tahitian—mahore, to be peeling off in scales, as the skin of a person after being sunburnt. Cf. horo, to peel; pahore, to flay or skin; ohore, to excoriate; ahore, barked, as young trees.

Hawaiian—mahole, to bruise, as the flesh; to hurt; to break up; maholehole, to break or crush to pieces, Cf. hole, to page 194 poel off, to skin; to flay; a bruise, break, or scratch on the skin; uhole, to skin; to peel the bark from a tree; mohole, to bruise; to crush; to rub off the skin.

Mangarevan—mohore, to peel; aka-mohore, to peel; to flay. Cf. hohore, to rough hew; kahore, to peel; with a knife. [For full comparatives, see Hore.]

MAHU, cicatrized; healed: Ki roto ki te whare whatu-kakahu ra tahutahu ai ka mahu tangata ra—A. H. M., ii. 7. Cf. mahutu, quite healed.

WHAKA-MAHU, to cause to heal; a remedy: Hei whakamahu mo to kiri—G. P., 430.

Samoan—mafu, to heal up (of an ulcer): O le pa'u o le tino sa i ai se papala, a ua mafu; The flesh in which there was a boil, which is healed.

Tahitian—mahu, to cease or stop; to be quenched, as thirst; satisfied, as desire.

Mangaian — mau, to be healed: Mau aea koe i ie mau a Rongo; Be healed with the healing of Rongo.

Hawaiian—mahu, a man who assimilates his manners and dresses his person like a woman; a hermaphrodite; an eunuch. Cf. maha, convalescence; to begin to recover from sickness; mahani, to heal up, to granulate, as a wound, so as to disappear.

MAHUA, raised up, lifted. Cf. hua, a lever; to raise with a lever.

MAHUAHUA (màhuahua), to rise up, to be forced up.

Samoan—cf. mafua, to cause, to originate; masua, to run over from being full, as a basket of taro; fa'a-mafua, a bait of old scraped nut; a dead body lying between combatants, and acting as a lure to tempt some to carry it off and thus bring themselves within range of the enemy.

Tahitian—cf. mahu, to be growing, springing up, as the seed that had been sown; mahue, to be pushed up, as the earth, by the shooting and growth of some plants.

Hawaiian—mahua, increase, growth; to grow large, to increase in size or numbers; to grow strong, as a leader over a people; (b.) to boast, to brag; to glory over; hoo-mahua, to increase, to make more of.

Tongan—mafua, a rising ground, formed for the purpose of causing rods to bound along in the game called jika; faka-mafua, a bush or shrub placed to decoy and take pigeons.

MAHUE, left, left behind: Ka mahue i a ia ana kakahu maori o te ao nei—A. H. M., i 47: Nga korero o era rangi mahue noa ake—Prov. 2. Deserted, forsaken: Ka mahue te wahine rangatira me nga tamariki—P. M., 181: Hokimai ano, e pa, ki a matou ka mahue i konei—M. M., 27. 3. Applied to anything extraordinary, perhaps as not ordinarily attainable.

Whaka-MAHUE, to cause to be left. 2. To finish.

Samoan—cf. masue, to be forced up; to break up, as clouds.

Tahitian—cf. mahue, to be in terror or dismay in some dismal place, such as that of the dead; to have an extra-ordinary appetite, as the women who were supposed to be possessed with a tii or evil spirit. [See Tiki.]

Tongan—mafue, to lie scattered and in confusion; faka-mafue, to treat carelessly; to throw about as worthless. Cf. mahui, to leave, to separate from.

Paumotan—cf. mahue, sudden passion.

MAHUHU, to slip, as a knot.

MAHUHU (myth.), one of the canoes of the migration of the Maori to New Zealand. [See Arawa.]

MAHUIKA (myth.), the Fire-goddess, an ancestress of Maui. Maui found that fire had been lost from among mortals, and resolved to obtain from Mahuika the secret of procuring it when desired. She gave him fire procured from different parts of her body, but he extinguished it all till he had obtained her whole supply. She pursued him, but he escaped in the form of a hawk. In Samoa the Fire-god is called Mafuie; and Ti'iti'i (Maui-Tikitiki-a-Taranga) wrestled with him, and obtained the secret of fire—that is, the art of getting it by friction of wood. Cf. màfu, to burn. In the Bowditch Islands the Fire-goddess is Mafuike. In Savage Island, Maui the father, and Maui the son, went together to steal the fire. The guardian of fire in Tahitian legend is Mahuie. The man who is called “The Father of Fire” is Aoaomaraia. He is so-named because he taught the art of obtaining fire by friction of wood. Before this time men ate their food raw. The Mangarevan Fire-goddess is Mauike, and the Prometheus is Maui-matavaru (Eight-eyed Maui). The Tongans have the tradition also; but, in Tongan, Mofuike means “earthquake.” At Mangaia (Hervey Islands,) Mauiki is the god of fire, and with him Maui had a fearful struggle, worthy of a demigod; but Maui compelled the Fire-god (by tossing him into the air like a ball,) to show him the fire-raising process, and to teach him the magical song. The Marquesan version relates that Maui killed the goddess of fire, and cut off her head, putting the fire into certain trees; the wood of these trees being used ever since for obtaining fire by rubbing—P. M., 29; Ika., 130; A. H. M., ii. 71; Wohl., Trans., vii. 7. For Polynesian stories related at length and compared, see Tregear, Trans., xx. 369, et seq.

MAHUKIHUKI, Part of the pure ceremony for removing the tapu from kumara grounds, &c.: He purenga whakairi, mahukihuki, whakairinga toto—P. M., 133.

MAHUNA (màhuna), for mahunga. [See Mahunga.]

MAHUNU (màhunu), young shoots of common fern.

MAHUNU-AWATEA (myth.), one of the canoes in which the expedition of Whakatau-potiki sailed to avenge the death of Tuwhakararo, and to burn the temple called Te-Uru-o-Manono—P. M., 62.

MAHUNGA (màhunga), he hair of the head; a lock of hair: Ka haere a Marutuahu ki te uku i tana mahunga i te wai—P. M., 136. Cf. hungahunga, tow; refuse of flax-leaf; down or nap which comes off a garment. 2. The head: E kore e ara toku mahunga—Hopa, x. 15. 3. Mealy, as a potato. Cf. mohungahunga, mealy; crumbling. [For comparatives, see Hungahunga.]

Whaka-MAHUNGA, to make trial of a new crop. 2. The ceremony of making sacred those who planted or dug up kumara. After the first-fruits of the crop had been offered to l'ani, the page 195 cultivators became common (noa), or no longer under restriction.

MAHURA, uncovered; to be exposed, as an oven when it is opened. Cf. hura, to remove a covering.

Tahitian—mahura, to be detected, brought to light; or rather, to be coming to light, as a secret. [For full comparatives, see Hura.]

MAHURANGI, the inside of a kumara (sweet potato) used for priestly purposes when chanting certain karakia, or charms. 2. A clear sky.

MAHUREHURE (màhurehure), things cut to pieces; morsels; to cut to pieces: Ko nga mahurehure ara ko nga morehu—A. H. M., v. 35.

MAHURI (màhuri), a young tree, a sapling: Taku mahuri totara, unuhia noatia—M. M., 25. 2. The name of a plant (Bot. Alternathera scssilis).

Tongan—cf. huli, a sapling; hulihuli, to send up many saplings.

Samoan—cf. suli, the sucker of a banana; the true son of a chief.

Hawaiian—cf. huli, the name of kalo (taro) tops for transplanting.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. suli-na, the name of the banana when young, or fit for transplanting.

MAHURU, quieted, set at rest. 2. Deep, yearning affection towards one who is absent. 3. Scrub, small trees. Cf. huru, brushwood.

Whake-MAHURU, to help kindly; to comfort: Hci whakamahurutanga mo te mamae—A. H. M., ii. 11.

Tahitian—mahuru, a little sucking child.

MAHURU (myth.), Warmth, or Summer-time, personified: Ka tangi te pipiwharauroa, ko nga karere a Mahuru—Prov.

MAHUTA, to jump; to rise up on to a higher place: Ka mahuta ake nga kapu o nga waewae o nga tohunga ki te wahi maroke—Hoh., iv. 18. 2. To shine: Tera Atutahi ka mahuta i te pae—M. M., 200. Cf. whiti, to shine, also to start up.

Samoan—mafuta, to rise up, as pigeons.

Tahitian—mahuta, to leap; to fly; mahutahuta, to leap or frisk about; haa-mahuta, to cause something to leap, start, or fly.

Hawaiian—mahuka, to flee away, to escape from; a runaway, one who has escaped.

Mangarevan—mohuta, to act with zeal and activity. [Note.—At Penrhyn Island (Tongarewa), the ancestor of the natives is supposed to have been Mahuta, a chief who was expelled from Manihiki. See Hawaiian.]

MAHUTU (mahutù), quite healed. Cf. mahu, healed. [For comparatives, see Mahu.]

MAI, hither, towards the person speaking: I haere mai pea koe i te kainga i a Te Arahori—Prov.

Samoan—mai, a particle denoting action towards the speaker: O lenei, e le o outou na auna mai a'u iinei; It was not you that sent me hither.

Tahitian—mai, a word denoting action towards the speaker: Na vae oe i aratai mai i o nei? Who sent you here?

Hawaiian—mai, towards a person speaking, hither, here: E mikiala mai i kakahiaka nui; Be here bright and early. (b.) From, as from a person, place, or thing spoken of: Mai hea mai la? Whence came they? (c.) Almost; nearly; near to: Mai make au; I was almost dead.

Tongan—mai, to, towards (used before pronouns of the first person). Cf. agamai, to approach, to be drawing near; inclined this way.

Rarotongan—mai, denoting action towards the speaker: E akavaitata mai ana ra kotou i ko nei, e te au tama a te vaine purepure ra; Draw near hither, ye sons of the sorceress.

Marquesan—mai, hither, a word expressing approach: To ivi a ke atu, to ivi a ke mai; Thy bones stretch thither, thy bones stretch hither. Maimai, to wish, to desire. Cf. memai, coming; to come.

Mangarevan — mai, hither.

Aniwan — my, to come: Teriki nokomy; The chief is coming. (b.) Hither. Cf. amy, to bring.

Ext. Poly.: Nguna—cf. umai, hither.

Motu—cf. mai, to come; mailaia, to bring.

Malay—cf. mari, to come. Eddystone Island — cf. maio, to come.

Yap—cf. moi, to come.

Pellew—cf. mai, to come. The following words also mean “to come”:—Sula, mai; Salayer, maika; Cajeli, omai; Wayapo, ikomai; Massaratty, gumahi; Gani, mai; Liang, uimai; Morella, oimai; Batu-merah, omai; Lariki, mai; Saparua, mai; Camarian, mai; Teluti, wai; Gah, mai; Matabello, gomari; New Britain, mai; Formosa, mai.

MAI (mài), the name of a tree (Bot. Podocarpus spicata).

MAI (mài), mussels taken from the shell.

MAIA (màia), brave, bold: Hei tohu i te maia me mana o te iwi—A. H. M., i. 36: Kia kaha, kia maia, kaua e wehi—Hoh., i. 9. 2. A brave fellow, a hero: Ka mea alu taua maia ki ana whanaunga—P. M., 21.

Hawaiian—cf. maiau, natural skill, ingenuity; skilful; maiha, to be energetic, to act perseveringly.

MAIANGI, raised up: Katahi ia ka hapai ake i tana hiki ake mo tana ika kia maiangi ake—P. M., 24. Cf. maiengi, raised up.

MAIAO, an abscess.

MAIAORERE, a kind of mat, an aorere: He kahukiwi, he kahu-kekeno, he maiaorere—P. M., 150.

MAIENGI, raised up. Cf. maiangi, raised up. 2. Faint from hunger.

MAIHAO, a finger: Ka tou ai te tohunga i tona maihao ki tetahi wahi o te toto—Rew., iv. 17. Cf. maikuku, the finger-nail; hao, to encompass.

Hawaiian—maiao, a toe- or finger-nail; a hoof; a claw.

Rarotongan—cf. maikao. a finger.

MAIHE, a fence.

MAIHEA, a sinker for a fishing-line. Cf. mahe, and makihea, a sinker for a fishing-line.

MAIHI, the facings of the front gable of a house; to finish the gable of a house; to adorn, to embellish. Cf. ihi, the front gable of a house; mahihi, the facing-boards on the gable of a house; taumaihi, the facing-boards on the gable of a house.

MAIHI (màihi), uneasy in mind. Cf. ihiihi, to be terror-struck; paihi, uneasy in mind.

page 196

Tahitian—cf. ihiihi, crafty; ihirea, trouble, perplexity; ihipiro, of ill growth; ihipapa, to demolish.

Marquesan—cf. maihi, to change one's abode.

MAIHI, the name of a shell-fish.

MAIKA (màika), quietly.

MAIKAIKA (màikaika), names of plants: (1.) Bot. Orthoceras solandri; (2.) Arthropodium cirrhatum; (3.) Thelymitra pulchella.

MAIKI, to remove; to depart. 2. To migrate.

Hawaiian—cf. maii, to open or spread out; to unfold, as a flower.

MAIKUKU, a nail on the finger or toe; a claw, or hoof, or talon: E kowhakina ana tona maikuku hei ahi—P. M., 26. Cf. matikuku, the finger-nail; kuku, to scrape; maihao, a finger. 2. The name of a plant.

Samoan—mai‘u‘u, the finger-nail. Cf. mati‘u‘u, the finger-nails.

Tahitian—maiuu, a talon, a claw; the nails of the fingers or toes: A vau ai i tana upoo, a ooti ai tana maiuu; He shall shave his head and cut his nails.

Hawaiian—maiuu, a nail of a finger or toe; the hoof of a beast: No ka halulu o ka hahi ana o na maiuu; At the noise of the stamping of the hoofs. Cf. maiao, a toe or finger-nail; a hoof; a claw; maio, to scratch or mark with the nail; makiau, a nail of the finger or toe.

Rarotongan—maikuku, a finger-nail or toe-nail: E tona maikuku mei to te manu ra; His nails were like those of a bird. (b.) The hoof of a beast: Kare oki e taveu akaouia e te maikuku puaka; They shall not be troubled by the hoofs of beasts. Cf. maikao, a finger.

Marquesan—maikuku, a nail; a claw.

Mangarevan—cf. matekuku, a nail; matikao, a finger or toe.

Paumotan—maikuku, a hoof. Cf. mikau, and mitikau, a hoof; maikao, and mitikao, a claw.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. kuku, a claw; the nail of a finger or toe; kukur, to scratch, to grate.

Tagal—cf. cuco, a nail; a claw.

Fiji—cf. kuku, a finger or toe-nail.

Pampang—cf. cucu, a nail; a claw.

MAIKUKU-KAREWAREWA, the name of a shell-fish.

MAIKUKU-MAKAKA (myth.), the wife of Tawhaki, and the mother of Wahieroa. She takes the place of her sister Hapai in some traditions—A. H. M., i. 129, and iii. 2.

MAIKUKUTEA (myth.), a battle fought near Motiti. In this engagement, Manaia and his army were destroyed by the spells of Ngatoro-i-rangi—P. M., 112. [See Manaia (1).]

MAIMAI, a dance performed at obsequies.

MAIMAI-AROHA, a token of affection. Cf. maimoa, a pet; aroha, love; maioha, to greet affectionately.

MAIMOA, a pet, a fondling. Cf. maimai-aroha, a token of affection. 2. A decoy-bird. Cf. mai, hither.

Whaka-MAIMOA, to cocker, to show much attention to.

Samoan—maimoa (màimoa), to look at, to view as an object of curiosity; maimoaga, a party of sight-seers.

Tahitian—maimoa, a plaything, a toy; a pet, a favourite.

Hawaiian—cf. momoa, to give liberally; to take care of a poor person; to act as the friend of anyone.

Tongan—maimoa, a trifle; a plaything; to trifle; to play. Cf. maitaki, the favourite wife of a polygamist.

Mangarevan—cf. momoa, to nurse, nourish; beautiful, good; aka-momoa, to conserve; to take care of.

Paumotan—maimoa, a plaything, a toy.

MAIOHA, to welcome, to greet affectionately. 2. A token of regard. Cf. oha, generous; haere mai, an expression of welcome; maimoa, a pet; maimai-oroha, a token of affection. [For comparatives, see Oha.]

MAIOIO (màioio), growing weakly; not showing vigorous life. Cf. ioio, aching from weariness; moioio, growing weakly.

MAIORO, an earthwork, an embankment for defence: He maioro nunui hoki nga maioro—P. M., 178. 2. A ditch for fortification, a covered ditch. ‘Cf. maero, a channel for water.

MAIPI (màipi), a wooden weapon, like a sword (syn. hani, and taiaha): He maipi kura tana, to Rua—P. M., 78: Hei maipi etahi, hei panekeneke etahi—A. H. M., i. 22. Cf. maripi, a knife.

MAIRANGI (myth.), the wife of Tu-te-wanawana. Her sons were Tutangatakino, Uenuku, &c., who were of the tribe of Maru, and all were reptile-gods.

MAIRATEA (myth.), a daughter of Tuhuruhuru and Apakura, grand-daughter of Tinirau and Hina, and sister to Tuwhakararo, Whakataupotiki, &c. Her marriage with Poporakewa, the chief of the Ati-Hapai, brought about (indirectly) the death of her brother Tuwhakararo, and the burning of the temple Te-Uru-o-Manono—P. M., 61, et seq.

MAIRE, a song: Ka rongo ia ki te maire a Uenuku i roto i Wharekura—P. M., 108. Cf. mere, a voice of joy; umere, to sing or chant in order to keep time in any united effort; to shout in wonder, satisfaction, &c. 2. A horn (perhaps modern, from maire, the tree having very hard wood, meaning “like maire”: Ko Rinohea, tohu he iwi maire—G. P., 277.) 3. The name of a tree (Bot. Olea apetala, the broadleaved maire; O. lanceolata, the white maire; and O. montana, the narrow-leaved maire). 4. The (so-called) sandal-wood, or maire (Bot. Fusanus cunninghamii): He maire tu wao, ma te toki e tua—S. T., 184.

Hawaiian—mele, a song; the words of a song; a chorus; to sing with joy; to sing and dance; Ina ku ke kanaka i ka hea mele ana; If any man stand up for reciting a mele. Memele, to sing often; to sing many together; a singer; maile, the name of a vine with green odoriferous leaves, of which wreathes were made (Bot. Alyxia olivœformis). Sacred wreaths of this plant were deposited by the chiefs in the temple during the peace-making ceremony.

Tahitian—cf. mere, the affectionate grief of a parent.

Tongan—maile, the name of a shrub, a Myrtle.

Mangaian — maire, the name of a tree, a species of Myrtle: E maire e kakara tuputupu; Abundance of sweet-smelling myrtle.

MAIREHAU, the name of a plant (Bot. Phebalium nudum).

MAIREHU, a small basket for cooked food.

page 197

MAIRERAUNUI, the name of a tree, the “Black Maire” of settlers (Bot. Olea cunninghamii).

MAIRETAWHAKE, the name of a tree (Bot. Eugenia maire).

MAITAI, iron. 2. Foreigners, Europeans (one authority).

Hawaiian—cf. meki, the ancient name for iron; a nail; an iron spike; a secret pit or pitfall in the mountains, into which if one falls he never comes out (an old shaft?).

MAITIITI (màitiiti), a young man, a youth. Cf. iti, small; tamaiti, a child.

MAIWAHO (myth.), a celebrated personage who, when Tawhaki had climbed to heaven, taught him the sacred incantations—A. H. M., i. 51. To him offerings were made, and prayers recited, for the afflicted and leprous—A. H. M., i. 126.

MAKA (Moriori,) fornication, illicit intercourse.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—Cf. makan-parampuan, fornication (parampuan = woman).

Formosa—cf. machachod, an adulterer or adulteress.

MAKA, to throw: Makà iho ana e Ihowa etahi kohatu nui i te rangi—Hoh., x. 11. Cf. makahuri, a large stone; kamaka, a rock, a stone; panga, to throw. [See Formosan.] 2. To put, place: Maka iho te kotuku, te huia, hei whakapaipai mona—P. M., 136.

MAKAMAKA, to throw about. Makamaka whana, to dance the war-dance.

Samoan—ma‘a, a stone: O maa o le maatà e avea ia ma tagutugutu o saito ia te ia; Slingstones are turned with lime into stubble. Ma‘ama‘a, small stones; ma‘ama‘a (ma‘ama‘à), full of small stones, stony. Cf. ma‘anao, gravelly; anoama‘a, rough, stony; ma‘aafu, a heated stone of the oven; ma‘atà, a sling.

Tahitian—maa, to sling stones; a sling, formerly used in war: Ia maa-è-hia ia mai te mea e i na roto i te opu maa ra; As things slung out from the middle of a sling. Mamaa, the dual of above; (b.) to strike above and below, as if at a person's arms or legs, used in the exercise of arms.

Hawaiian—maa, a sling, an offensive weapon of war, formerly in use among the Hawaiians; to sling, as a stone; to throw or cast away, as a sling does a stone; E like me ka nakii ana i ka iliili ma ka maa a paa; Like one who binds a stone in a sling. (b.) to accustom oneself, to gain knowledge by practice; ease of manners; experience; (c.) a string of a musical instrument; (d.) a going about here and there; (e.) the name of a landbreeze at Lahaina; (f.) to be small, as a substance,

Tongan—maka, a stone or rock of any kind: Bea te nau hu ki he gaahi ana maka moe gaahi luo i he kelekele; They shall go into holes of the rocks and caves in the earth. Makamaka, stony, full of stones; faka-maka, to supply with stones; faka-makamaka, to make stony; faka-makaka, to harden. Cf. fakamakata, a slinger; to throw or sling stones; one who uses the sling in war; makaafi, a flint (“fire-stone”); agamaka, hardened; perverse; obstinacy; uhamaka, hail; ba-maka, high rocks; a wall of stone; makamu, to shoot; to flit; makahuni, a pebble.

Rarotongan—maka, to sling; a sling: I teianei e maka atu ei au i te tangata no teianei enua; I will sling out the people of the land: E tika ia ratou ravarai kia maka i te toka ki te rauru okotai; They could all sling stones to a hair.

Marquesan—maka, to fight, to engage in combat: Ua maka te toua; War has commenced.

Mangarevan—maka, a sling; (b.) a gun (modern).

Paumotan — maka, a sling; to sling.

Moriori—maka, to sprawl.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. namaka, a sling.

Central Nicobar—cf. manga, a stone, a rock.

Tagal—cf. pamaka, to sling; mogmog, to fight.

Fiji—cf. mekemeke, to dance and sing; meke-ni-moto, a club-dance.

Malay—cf. marka, anger.

Formosanmagga, to cast, to throw (also paga, the throwing of projectiles; aga, a javelin, &c.); maggag-o-bato, to stone.

MAKA (màka), MAKAKA, shy; wild. Cf. maka, to throw at.

Whaka-MAKA, to startle, to alarm. Cf. maka-maka-whana, to dance the war-dance. 2. To ensnare.

Tahitian—cf. maamaa, a fool, an idiot; haa-maamaa, to make one appear foolish.

Hawaiian—cf. maa, accustomed, practised in any business; maalea, cunning, crafty.

MAKA (myth.), a chief of the Arawa canoe. He settled at Titiraupenga, near Taupo—S. R. 51.

MAKA, a fish-hook. Ko te kauae o tona tupuna te maka i a Maui. Homai mahaku tetahi maka me tetahi mounu—Wohl., Trans., vii. 39.

MAKA (for manga,) a fish, the Barracouta: Ka tae ki nga waka i te moana e patu maka ana — A. H. M., ii. 23.

MAKAHI (màkahi), a wedge. Cf. matakahi, a wedge; kehi, a wedge.

MAKAHURI, a large stone. Cf. maka, to throw; kamaka, a rock. [For comparatives, see Maka.]

MAKAIATUAHAEHAE, MAKAIATUAURIURI, (myth.,) two wives of Tinirau, at the time he took Hine-te-iwaiwa to his home. They were killed by Hina. [See Hina.]

MAKAIKA, the name of a plant (Bot. Arthropodium cirrhatum).

MAKAKA, crooked, bent (bent sideways or backwards, but not forwards). Cf. manana, bent. 2. Stiff.

Whaka-MAKAKA, to stretch oneself, as in the act of yawning.

Tongan—cf. makamakau, crooked; makeke, to be warped.

MAKAKA, the name of a plant (Bot. Ackama rosæfolia). 2. The name of a plant (Bot. Carmichaela australis). (Myth.) This plant has the honour of being considered the material (mixed with red earth,) of which the first man was made by Tane—A. H. M., i. 154. 3. The Maiden-hair Fern (Bot. Adiantum).

MAKAMAKA, the name of a shrub or small tree (Bot. Ackama rosæfolia).

MAKARA (màkara), the head. Cf. karamata, the head of a tree; karaua, the head of the body.

MAKARA (myth.), a god ruling the tides—A. H. M., iii. 49.

MAKARI (màkari), small.

page 198

MAKARIRI, frost; cold: He tangi ana koe, he makariri tou;—G. P., 46. 2. Winter: Mo te makariri ka timataia te mahi o nga kupenga a Maru-tuahu—P. M., 40. Cf. riri, to be angry [see Tahitian]; mariri, tranquillised, allayed.

Samoan-ma'alili, cold: E leai foi so latou ie afu i le maalii; That they have no covering in the cold. Fa'a-ma'alili, to be chilly; to be in the cold stage of a fever.

Tahitian—maariri, cold; to shiver with cold; to be cold: Te tia noa ra te mau tavini e te feia toroa i te pae auahi i ta ratou i tahu ra, no te maariri; The servants and officers that stood there had made a fire, because it was cold. Cf. riri, anger; riritua, to be in a consternation; horiri, to be cold; to be seized with shivering; to be troubled, agitated in mind, by fear or consternation.

Hawaiian—maalili, to abate heat in any substance; cooled (spoken of that which has been hot); (b.) to cool, or appease, as anger: I ka wa i maalili ai ka huhu o ke alii; At the time when the king's wrath was appeased. (c.) Blasted, stunted (said of fruit); hoo-maalili, to cool, to reduce the temperature; (b.) to appease the anger of anyone. Cf. lili, jealousy; displeasure; hulili, to be cold; to shiver with cold; maaelele, to be cold; to shiver; kapalili, to shake rapidly, to vibrate, as a reed or leaf in the wind; a palpitation of the heart; the vibration of the tongue in pronouncing the French “r”; luli, to vibrate, to shake (cf. Maori rure); koolili, the quivering motion of an arrow as it flies through the air; the twinkling of the eyelids; the undulatory motion of the air near the suface of the earth under the direct rays of the aun; kolili, to flutter, as a flag in the wind.

Tongan—cf. lili, anger; matalili, anger; tekelili, to shiver, to shake.

Marquesan—cf. kamaii (M. L. = kamariri), to be cold; cold; ii, anger.

Mangarevan—makariri, to be cold; (b.) to be wanting in activity or zeal; (c.) to regret the absence of anyone; (d.) a shiver of fear; (e.) left alone; (f.) coldness of manner to anyone, or of affection to the absent; aka-makariri, to chill; to make cool.

Aniwan—mukaligi, cold.

Paumotan—makariri, to cool, to chill; cold; (b.) to shake, to shiver; (c.) inconsolable; (d.) fever; hakamakariri, to console. [Note.—This is a true comparison with “cold”, as haka-mahanahana, “to warm”, also means “to console”.]

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. ririnina, winter; dryseason.

Uea—cf. makaechi, cold.

Sikayana—cf. makalili, cold.

Wahai—cf. mariri, cold.

Fiji—cf. riri, rapid; nini, to tremble with fear or rage; liliwa, cold. The following words mean “cold”:—Ahtiago (Alfuros), makariki; Camarian, mariki; Lariki, periki; Massaratty, dabridi; Matabello, aridin; Lepers Island, madidi; Meralava, mamarir; Mota, mamarir; Duke of York Island, madarig.

Formosa—cf. padidi, to shiver, as one in an ague.

MAKARO, to be dimly visible; dimly, indistinctly. 2. To show oneself. 3. Out of sight; lost. Cf. ngaro, lost.

MAKAROKARO, immoderately small.

Mangarevan—makaro, to see badly.

Tahitian—cf. magalogalo, to be sinking out of sight; to be forgetting.

MAKATIKATI (màkatikati), galling, irritating. Cf. kakati, to sting; to cause to smart; katipo, a venomous spider.

MAKAU, a spouse; a husband or wife: He tatari i ta ratou i aroha ai, i te makau—A. H. M., v. 6: Ka tuku tenei ka te tai pouri, ki taku makau mate—Ika., 314.

Samoan—cf. ma'au, to stretch out, as the neck, in looking eagerly after; to stretch out, as the hand, in order to take hold of; a complimentary term for tago (= Maori tango, to take hold of).

Marquesan—cf. makau, to be jealous concerning one's wife.

Mangarevan—cf. aka-makou, to commit adultery.

Moriori—cf. maka, adultery.

MAKAU, at lowest ebb. 2. Winding. Cf. makaurangi, the spirals on the skin at the tips of the thumbs and fingers.

Tongan—cf. makau, lazy, indolent.

MAKAURANGI, the spirals on the skin at the tips of the thumbs and fingers. Cf. makau, winding.

MAKAWE, the hair of the head; locks of hair: Ko nga makawe i rite ki te rimu-rehia—P. M., 30. Cf. kawekawe, the tentacles of a cuttle-fish.

Samoan—ma'ave, a large branching coralline; (b.) a good head of hair; ma'ave'ave, the stalk and cluster of leaves forming a small branch of the breadfruit tree. Cf. ave, tentacles of star-fish, cuttle-fish, &c.; red lines proceeding from a swelling; aveave, one kind of breadfruit; maveve, to have a head of thick long, curling hair; to be thick with feathers, as an ornament of red feathers.

Hawaiian—maawe, to go along a narrow road; to wind along, as in a narrow path; (b.) a small, indefinite part of something, as a bit of string, a small piece of rope; (c.) the print of a footstep, the wake of a ship; maaweawe, spotted, marked, variegated with small changes of colour or form. Cf. maaweloloa, the warp of cloth; maawepokopoko, the woof of cloth.

Mangarevan—makave, stalk, or filament; a fillet or band of cococanut fibre; makavekave, rain that falls with the appearance of threads.

Mangaian—makave, a ringlet.

MAKAWHITI, the name of a fish, the Sea Mullet, commonly called the herring (Ich. Agonostoma forsteri).

MAKEATUTARA (myth.), the father of the great Polynesian demi-god, Maui—P.M., 6, and 20. He is called Tarahunga—A. H. M. ii. 64. Teraka is given as the name of Maui's father—A. H. M., ii. 71. Taraka is Maui's father—A. H. M., ii. 81; but this is the name (Taranga) otherwise given as Maui's mother. [See Maui.]

MAKEKEHU (màkekehu), light-haired. Cf. urukehu, light-haired; ehu, turbid; hu, mud.

Samoan—Cf. efu, dust; ‘efu, reddish-brown; nefu, turbid; lefu, ashes.

Tahitian—cf. ehu, red or sandy-coloured (of the hair); discoloured, as water by reddish earth; rouruehu, reddish or sandy hair.

Hawaiian—cf. ehu, red or sandy-haired; ruddy; florid; the spray of the surf; ehuahiahi, the red of the evening (an epithet of age); ehukakahiaka, the red of the morning (an epithet of youth).

Tongan—cf. kefu, yellow, yellowish (applied page 199 to hair); kefukefu, a kind of grass; efuefu, ashes; efui, to wash the hair during the process of dyeing it.

Marquesan—cf. hokehu, red hair; kehu, fair, blond; oioikehukehu, day-break.

Mangarevan—cf. keukeukura, light hair; vaiehu, distrubed water.

Paumotan—cf. kehu, light-haired, flaxen-haired.

MAKENU, a track, trace.

Tahitian—maenuenu, to be sick at stomach; to be disordered in mind on account of something disagreeable; (b.) disordered, confused; dishevelled, as the human hair, or palmetto thatch.

Tongan—makenu, the sand or earth as disturbed by one walking.

Paumotan—cf. makenukenu, dishevelled.


MAKERE, to drop, to fall; fallen: Makere atu etehi tangata ki te wai—P. M., 74. Cf. makerewhatu, falling heavily (of rain); marere, to drop, fall. 2. To die. Cf. marere, to die; pokerekere, very dark. 3. Cast off, lost, neglected: He papa makere au, i roto te kopae-pararakiteuru—G. P., 154. To get down, to alight; to go down: Ka makere atu ia ki te wai—P. M., 130.

Whaka-MAKERE, a remnant.

Tahitian—mairi, to fall or drop down from a high place; (b.) to fall behind; (c.) to fall asleep; (d.) to drop or disuse, as a custom; haa-mairi, to drop, to let fall; to leave behind. Cf. mairihaa, to drop work; mairimoto, a fall by a blow; mairitaue, to fall off suddenly; wholly; no obstacle being in the way.

Hawaiian—maele, to be dark: Ka kau la ka la i Koua, ke maelc Kohala; The sun stands over Tonga, Tohara is in darkness. Cf. mae, to blast, to wither; to pine away, as a person with disease; maeele, to be benumbed.

Marquesan—makee, a tree of which the bark has been stripped for the making of native cloth. Cf. mekee, that which falls of itself (of fruits).

MAKEREKERE, the name of a shell-fish, a kind of Periwinkle.

MAKEREMUMU, Winter: Ko Makeremumu hupe tautau—Prov.

MAKEREWHATU, falling heavily (of rain). Cf. makere, to drop, fall; whatu, a stone; hail-stones. [For comparatives, see Makere, and Whatu.]

MAKI, an invalid, a sick person. 2. A scar. Cf. makini, gapped, notched.

MAKIMAKI, a cutaneous disease. Cf. mahaki, a cutaneous disease: hakihaki, a cutaneous disease; mate, sick, sickness; dead [see Paumotan]; mangi, weakened, unnerved.

Samoan—ma'i, sickness, illness; to be ill: A outou le mea pipili ma le mea e ma'i e le leaga ea? If you offer the lame and sick, is it not evil? M'aima'i, to have elephantiasis of the limbs; fa'a-ma'i, an epidemic; fa'a-mama'i, mournful, applied to the voice; ma'iga, an epidemic. Cf. ma'iali'i, paralysis; ma'io'o, a fatal disease; tama'ima'i, to be ill; tama'i, bad news; a message of ill tidings; fa'amatama'i, to look ill; alama'i, a family disease.

Tahitian—mai, disease, sickness: Ua rahi to oe mai; Your disease is very great. Maimai, a scrofulous person, full of disease. Cf. aumai, abiding grief; earnest desire; maitaunu, a chronic disease; maitaupo, some disease of the back or shoulders.

Hawaiian—mai, sickness generally, illness, disease; sick, diseased; to fall sick: O kela mai ka mea e uuku ai na kanaka o ia wa; That sickness was what reduced the number of people at that period. (b.) The private parts of men and women; maimai, langour, feebleness; languid, weak. Cf. maihulau, a pestilence; maiii, a pain in the back; maihe, a boil; a running sore; maika, weary, lame; omaimai, weak, void of strength; sick; mae, to blast, to wither, to pine away, as people with disease.

Tongan—mahaki, sickness, disease (also death, when used in the past tense); sick, afflicted: Bea nae malohi aubito a hono mathaki bea nae ikai kei hoko a ene manava; His sickness was so great that he had no breath left. Fakamahaki, to afflict, to cause illness. Cf. mahakimoa, epilepsy, convulsions; a fit.

Rarotongan—maki, to be ill: Kare oki to reira e karanga e ‘kua maki au’; No one there shall say ‘I am sick.’ (b.) Sickness, disease: Kare te reira maki ei riro ei maki mate; This is not a deadly sickness.

Marquesan—maki, a wound; wounded; makimaki, to desire [see Maori Mate].

Mangarevan—maki, sick, ill; a wound, a sore: Kua mano te kiko te maki; The wound has closed up. (b.) An evil, a fault; makimaki, slightly ill; (b.) cooked some days ago; aka-maki, to spoil; to sully; to dishonour.

Aniwan—nimage, sick(ni= article prefixed): Tatane nimace; The man that was ill. Cf. komate, dead.

Paumotan—maki, sick, ill. Cf. make, to perish, decline; tariga-maki, ear-ache; maki-te-kakai, cancer.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. emehe, sick.

Sulu—cf. mangi, bad.

Uea—cf. makinane, sick.

Silong—cf. makit, sick.

Ilocan—cf. masaquit, ill.

Kisa—cf. maki, dead.

New Britain—cf. maki, ill; mait, ill.

MAKI, to have the trouble of a thing. Cf. koromaki, suppressed, stifled, as feelings; maki, an invalid; makitaunu, to handle mischievously.

MAKIHEA, the sinker of a fishing-line. Cf. mahe, a sinker for a fishing-line; maihea, a sinker for a fishing-line.

MAKIKI (màkiki), filled up; tight. Cf. kiki, crowded, confined. [For comparatives, see Kiki.]

MAKINI, gapped, jagged, notched. Cf. maki, a scar. [For comparatives, see Maki.]

MAKINOKINO (màkinokino), disgusted. Cf. kino, bad, hateful; to dislike, to hate; mokinokino, lowering, threatening. [For comparatives, see Kino.]

MAKIRI (màkiri), to take the bones out of birds, preparatory to preserving. Cf. takiri, to untie; to loosen the fibre of flax; makere, to drop, fall.

Tahitian—cf. mairi, to fall or drop down from a high place; to be dropped or disused, as a custom; haa-mairi, to drop, let fall; to leave behind.

Mangarevan—cf. makirikiri, to make little balls of paste for cooking.

MAKIRI (màkiri), an insult, a taunt. 2. False unfounded.

page 200

MAKITAUNU, to handle mischievously, Cf. makoi, to deal deceitfully with; maki, to have the trouble of a thing; maki, an invalid; a scar. 2. To tease. Cf. taunu, to jeer.

MAKO, the Tiger-Shark; Ka rokohina atu e pae ana to mako — Wohl., Trans., vii. 49. Cf. mango, a shark. 2. A tooth of the tiger-shark, worn as an ornament: Katahi ka wetekina te hei, te tara, te mako — P. M., 176. [For comparatives, see Mango.]

MAKOMAKO, the name of a bird, the Bell-Bird (Orn. Anthornis melanura). 2. The name of a small tree (Bot. Aristotelia racemosa).

Samoan — cf. ma'o, the collective name of several trees (Bot. Trichospermum richei; Melochia odorata, &c).

Tahitian —cf. mao, the name of a tree, the bark of which is used in dyeing; omacmao, the name of a singing-bird, about the size of a sparrow; a noisy, chattering person.

Marquesan — cf. makomako, the name of a shrub.

Mangarevan —cf. komako, the name of a land bird, which sings like a nightingale.

Hawaiian — cf. mao, the name of a shrub used in dyeing.

MAKOA, at the lowest ebb. Cf. makau, at the lowest ebb.

MAKOHA (màkoha), soft, slaty rock.

MAKOHA. [See Makowha.]

MAKOI (màkoi), cockle-shells. Cf. koi, sharp; koti, to cut.

Tongan — cf. makohi, to be scratched; makoji, to be nibbled, to be eaten.

MAKOI (màkoi), to use deceitfully. Cf. makitaunu, to handle mischievously; to tease.

Samoan— ma'oi, to act contrarily; fa'a-ma'oi'oi, to act crookedly; to be perverse.

Hawaiian — maoi, bold; shameless; to be bold; (b.) to be inquisitive; to be intrusive.

Tahitian — maoi, to be bent under, as the foot or leg in falling suddenly. Cf. maoia, a sprain; lameness.

MAKOKORORI (makokòrori), the name of a caterpillar, the Looper Caterpillar (Geometrina), or ngata.

MAKONA (màkona), to be satisfied with food: Na reira ka makona tonu tona puku i te kai — P. M., 157. Cf. kona, the lower abdomen.

Samoan — ma'ona, to have the appetite satisfied: Tou te aai foi, a e le ma'ona ai; You will eat, but will not be satisfied. (b.) To be inflated, as a bladder; fa'ama'ona, to feed full; to fill a bag quite full. Cf. ‘ona, the lower part of the abdomen.

Hawaiian — maona, to be stuffed, as in eating; to eat to satiety: Ina e loaa ia makou kona io ! aole makou e maona; Oh that we had of his flesh! we cannot be satisfied. (b.) To have one's desire upon an enemy; hoo-maona, to fill with food. Cf. ona, drink.

Tongan — makona, satisfied with food: Oku ne tunu ae kakano, bea makona ai; He roasts meat and is satisfied. Faka-makona, to satisfy: E faka-makona ae kete oe tagata aki ae fua o hono gutu; A man's belly shall be satisfied with the fruit of his lips. Cf. kona, the lower belly.

Marquesan — makona, satisfied, to be satisfied.

Mangarevan — makona, satiated; aka-makona, surfeited, glutted.

Paumotan — makona, to satiate, satisfy; (b.) full; (c.) a champion, an athlete.

MAKORA, the Red-billed Gull (Orn. Larus scopulinus).

MAKOWHA, expanded; untied. (Also makoha.) Cf. kowha, to split open; ngawha, to burst open; wha, to be disclosed; to get abroad. Whaka-MAKOWHA, to cause to expand.

MAKU (màku), for me (South Island, mahaku): Maku e kawe he kai mana — P. M., 20. Cf. moku, for me; mau, for thee.

Tongan—maaku, for me: Too ae tamajii ni o ave, mo ke tauhi ia maaku; Take away the child, and nurse it for me.

Mangarevan—maku, for me (used concerning food, and marriage).

MAKU (màkù), wet; moist; Kei maku toku— Prov. Cf. makuru, trickling in frequent drops; haumaku, bedewed, wet.

MAKUKU (màkùkù), somewhat moist.

Whaka-MAKUKU, to moisten: A nana i whaka-makuku te mata katoa o te oneone—Ken., ii. 6.

Samoan—cf. ma'ulu, to sprinkle, as rain; to drop, as dew.

Tahitian—mauu, wet, damp.

Hawaiian—mau, to fill with water; to wet; to soak up, as a sponge : Ua hooliloia ko'u mau ana i maloo o ka makalii; My moisture is turned into the drought of summer. (b.) To water, to irrigate land; (c.) a species of small bulrush, growing in damp places; green grass; mauu, to moisten, to wet; (b.) to make a noise in swallowing water; (c.) green; moist; refreshing; greenery; herbs, shrubs, &c.; hoo-mauu, to make wet, to moisten. Cf. maui, to moisten.

Tongan —cf. makulu, to drop, as rain; makuku, to rustle along; mokulu, to fall, as tears.

Marquesan —cf. ku, moistened, wetted.

Mangarevan — aka-makuku, to sprinkle, moisten. Cf. aomaku, humid; auaumaku, slightly damp; makurukuru, frequent falling of tears.

Paumotan — cf. makuru, rain.

Moriori—cf. kumaku, damp.

Rarotongan—mauu, wet, damp: Kua mauu ratou i te ua o te maunga; They are wet with the dew of the mountains.

MAKU (myth.), one of the great Powers preceding the gods. Maku was the son of Te Kore Matua, or Kore te Matua (Nothingness, the first, or parent); his wife was Mahoranui Atea (the clear Expanse), and their son was Rangi (Heaven, or Sky)—A. H. M., i. 18. Maku is probably the same power given as Te Mangu by Dr. Shortland (S. R., 12). He is said to have been the son of Kore-te-tamana (Void, fast bound), and the husband of Mahorahora-nui-a-Rangi. From the union of Te Mangu and Mahora sprung the Props of Heaven [see Toko], and also a fourth son, Rangi-potiki.

MAKUARE (màkuare), in a simple way; common; unremarkable: Ka tangi makuare a Rehua; na Tane te tangi karakia — Wohl., Trans., vii. 35. Cf. kuare, ignorant, mean; ware, low in social position. [For comparatives, see Ware.]

MAKUKU, indolent, inactive.

MAKUKU, the name of a plant. (Myth.) Spirits on their way to the Reinga are clothed in leaves of makuku and wharangi.

MAKUTU (myth.), witchcraft personified. Makutu dwelt with the wicked goddess Miru, in the Tatau-o-te-Po. [See Miru.]

page 201

MAKUWARE (màkuware), regardless; unmindful: Tuatuaina makuwaretia e koe, te wao tapu o Tane— Wohl., Trans., vii. 46. Cf. makuare, common, unremarkable; kuware, ignorant; ware, low in social position. [For comparatives, see Ware.]

MAMA (màmà), light, not heavy: Otira i mama noa ta ratou maunga atu ki uta —A. H. M., i. 155.

Samoan—mama, light, not heavy; to be light: Ua se mea mama ia te ia; As if it were a light thing for him. (b.) Trifling; (c.) the lungs; fa'a-mama, to lighten; (b.) to treat lightly, to make of no account; (c.) to extenuate. Cf. fa'amagiagi, light, not heavy.

Tahitian—mama, light, not heavy: E ua flu matou i teie nei maa màmà; We hate this light bread. Haa-mama, to cause a thing to be light, less heavy; (b.) to treat anything lightly, or with indifference. Cf. aumàmà, light-footed, nimble.

Hawaiian — mama, light, active, nimble; light, in opposition to heavy: A he mama na wawae o Asahela; Asahel was nimble of foot. (b.) To revive from a fainting fit; hoo-mama, to lighten what is heavy; to diminish, as a task; to mitigate an affliction; (b.) to finish, to have done with a thing.

Tongan — maamaa, light, not heavy; lightness; (b.) the lungs; fakamaamaa, to lighten; (b.) to lend a helping hand. Cf. maamaaikai, one light, or ready to eat, but heavy or unwilling to work; maamaagamalie, empty, all gone, all out; mama, light, fire; the world. [See Maori Ao.]

Rarotongan—mama, light, not heavy; aka-mama, to lighten: Peneiake aia ko te akamàmà ake i tona rima; Perhaps he will make his hand less heavy.

Mangarevan — mama, light, not heavy; to be light; (b.) to ease, to lighten, as pain or misery; aka - mama, to lighten, to lessen weight; (b.) to cherish, to watch over. Cf. mahamaha, light, not satisfying, as food; aka-taumama, a light burden.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. mamada, light, not heavy.

MAMA, to ooze through small apertures; to leak. Cf. komama, to run or fall through small apertures; hamama, open; manga, remains of food; mangai, mouth.

Samoan—mama, to leak, of a canoe, water-bottle, &c.; a leak; (b.) a mouthful; (c.) a ring. Cf. fa'ava'amama, to be like a leaky canoe (applied to bád reports pouring in against a person); màga, a mouthful of ‘ava, chewed ready for mixing with the drink.

Tahitian—mama, to drop or leak, as the thatch of a house; (b.) to chew or masticate food; (c.) open, as the mouth; haa-mama, to open the mouth, to gape; to be open, as a grave or a hole; the open or gaping state of anything. Cf. hamama, to gape or yawn; to be open, as a pit; aumama, to chew food for a child; aimama, a person that always remains at home, and lives with his or her parents to adult age; to eat food chewed by the mother.

Hawaiian —cf. mama, to chew with a view to spit out of the mouth; to chew or work over in the mouth; chewed, masticated (to chew with intention of swallowing is nau, i.e. Maori ngau); hamama, to open wide, as a door; to open, as the mouth; hama, to open, as the mouth.

Tongan—mama, to leak; (b.) to chew, to masticate. Cf. mamaaga, a very large mouthful; mami, to chew; taumama, leaky, not fit to sail; mamao, to yawn, to stretch, to gape.

Marquesan —cf. mama, to chew; maka, a mouthful.

Mangarevan — mama, to make water, as a canoe leaking; (b.) to chew, to bruise with the teeth; aka-mama, dripping, leaking; to be pierced through; (b.) to make water; (c.) to behave badly; to be a vagabond; (d.) to kiss. Cf. amama, to chew; to yawn, to gape; oumama, to swell, to inflate; aka-amama, to open as wide as possible.

Rarotongan — cf. amama, open, as a mouth.

Paumotan—mama, to leak, to ooze. Cf. vahamama, a small mouth; hamama, to yawn; to open.

Futuna—cf. mama, to chew.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. mama, to chew (used chiefly of yaqona, the kava of the Polynesians).

Malay —cf. mam, to suck the breast; mamah, to chew.

Savo — cf. mama, a mother. [Note. — In Polynesia, infants are fed with food first chewed by the mother, and then put into the child's mouth.]

MAMAE, in pain: Ana pa tonu ki tetehi, mamae rawa — P. M., 18: Ka mamae koe ina whanau tamariki—Ken., iii. 16. Cf. komae, shrunk; blighted; koma, whitish; ma, white; maea, to be taken out of the ground, as a crop [see Rarotongan]. 2. An outward expression of love for the dead, absent, &c., such as keeping absolute silence for a long time.

WHAKA-MAMAE, to cause to feel pain: Ka maha nga rangi i whakamamae ai—P. M., 125. 2. To begin to be in pain.

Samoan — mae, to be stale (of fish); mamae, to wither, to fade, as a leaf; (b.) to take great care of; to make much of.

Tahitian —mamae, pain: E ua roohia vau i te mamae mai te mamae o te vahine fanau ra; I am in pain, as a woman in childbirth is in pain. (b.) Anguish of mind; mae, thin, lean (applied to animals when decaying, or falling away); withered, fermented, soft, or decaying, as fruit over-ripe; (b.) to be abashed or confounded on account of some charge or accusation, or unpleasant occurrence; maemae, soft, ripe, as plantains, or other fruit; over-ripe, as fruit; tending to dissolution, as flesh or fish; aka-mamae, to inflict pain. Cf. maea, the white or sappy part of trees; (fig.) a worthless person; maehe, dry, withered, scorched by the sun; maeò, a wasting disease of children; dwarfish, of stunted growth, through ill-health.

Hawaiian — mae, to blast; to wither, to fade; to wither, as the petals of flowers or leaves of vegetables: A o kona lau hoi aole e mae; Neither shall its leaf fade. (b.) To roll up, as the leaves of vegetables in drought; (c.) to pine away, as people in disease, i.e. to perish; (d.) to pass away, as a people; (e.) a species of sickness, a pain in the bowels; (f.) faded, as a colour; (g.) sad, sober, as a disappointed person; mamae, a kind of pain or uneasy feeling; (b.) a slight involuntary contraction of the muscles when hurt or threatened to be hurt; maemae, to dry; (b.) to be pure, clean; hoo-mae, to wilt, to fade, as a leaf; to wither, to dry, to hang down, as a wilting vegetable; hoo-maemae, to wilt, as a leaf; to fade, as the colours of cloth; (b.) to dry up; (c.) to cleanse, to purify. Cf. ma, to fade, as a flower or leaf; to wear out, as an overworked person; mai, to fall sick; illness; maea, bad- page 202 smelling; maeele, benumbed; filthy.

Tongan—mae, withered; faded; to fade, wither: Ka e mae hono lau; The leaf shall fade. Mamae, withered, dried; (b.) to value, to be careful of; unwilling to part with; faka-mae, to dry or wither in the sun. Cf. maa, clear, pure; burnt, scorched; mamahi, grief; pain; uneasiness; painful; sorrowful; faka-mamahi, to give pain; to grieve; ofamamahi, compassion; painful sympathy; tamamahi, a blow or reproof that causes pain.

Rarotongan—mamae, pain; to be pained: Eaa toku nei mamaei i kore ei i mutu! Why is my pain perpetual? Kua mamae, kua tae rava ki te paruru o toku ngakau; I am pained to the very heart. Mae, to fade, to wither, as leaves: Te mae ua nei te ngangaere, te maeaea nci te tiare; The grass withers, and the flower fades. Cf. maeaea, to fade.

Marquesan—mamae, to suffer; to be ill; suffering: E haanui oko au i te mamae o to oe hautupu ana tama; I will greatly increase your pains of pregnancy.

Mangarevan—mae, pale; mamae, sickness, suffering; to be ill; to be in misery; aka-mamae, to give pain; to cause sorrow; aka-mae, to humiliate; to make to bow down; mamaeraga, a state of suffering. Cf. komaemae, feeble, falling down (said only of the eyes when dull); maeiei, to relieve the pain of anyone.

Moriori—mae, pain.

MAMAHA (mamàha), steam. Cf. mamaoa, steam; mamoa, cooked; maoa, cooked.

MAMAITI, a large shrimp.

MAMAKU, the name of the largest species of Tree-fern (Bot. Cyathea medullaris). 2. A variety of taro.

Tahitian—mamau, a species of Tree-fern.

MAMAKU (myth.). Mamaku and Ponga (Tree-ferns) were once fish, the children of Te Hapuku, but were chased ashore by Tawhaki on his return from heaven—A. H. M., i. 59.

MAMAKU, to prepare timber in a particular way with the adze.

MAMANGI (màmàngi), the name of a shrub (Bot. Coprosma baueriana).

Samoan—cf. mamagi, a creeping plant (Bot. Faradaya amicorum).

MAMAO, distant, far away: Me haere rawa ano maua ki a mamao rawa atu—P. M., 70. Cf. pamamao, distant; ko, yonder place [see Hawaiian]; hamama, open. [See Tongan.]

Samoan—mamao, distant: Ou te aumaia lo'u poto ai le mea mamao; I will bring my knowledge from afar. Mao, to be far off. Cf. taumamao, to keep off; to keep away from; vàvàmamao, far apart.

Tahitian—cf. taumamao, to be out of reach, as fruit; mamao, first-fruits or offerings for the gods.

Hawaiian—mamao, further, distat; a long distance, afar off; to remove to a distance; to keep at a distance: E ku mamao aku oe i na ninau lapuwale; Avoid foolish questions. Hoo-mamao, to remain at a distance; mao, to carry, to bear off; (b.) to separate, to take to another place; (c.) a moving along, a change of position, as of a body of persons; (d.) to to fade, as a decaying shrub; to corrupt, as a dead body; (e.) yonder, there (a compound of ma and o = Maori ko). Cf. maoea, tired, weary; maoa, a sore caused by the friction of the malo (girdle) between the legs during a long journey.

Tongan—mamao, distant, remote; distance; absence afar: Koia oku nofo mamao e mate i he mahaki fakaauha; He who lives a long way off will die of an epidemic. (b.) To yawn, to stretch, to gape; faka-mamao, to put far away, to cause distance; (b.) to stare about and yawn. Cf. maoluga, high, elevated; taumamao, distant, far-off; deep; tuutuumamao, to stand at a respectful distance; tukumamao, to leave behind, in the rear; vamamao, distant.

Mangaian—mamao, distant: Te enuo mamao i oro atu na, è; The distant land to which you have fled.

Rarotongan—mamao, distant; a far distance: E kite oki ratou i te au enua mamao ra; They shall see the lands of far distances.

Mangarevan—mamao, to extend oneself, to stretch out; aka-mamao, to go away; to forsake; (b.) to remove; to send away.

Paumotan—mamao, far-off, distant; faka-mamao, to remove, to put away. Cf. mamaoroa, a distant place.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. mamao, a voyage; a journey.

MAMAOA (mamàoa), steam: He ana te manawa i te horomanga i te mamaoa hangi—A. H. M., v. 62. Cf. mamaha, steam; mamoa, steam; maoa, to be cooked. [For comparatives, see Maoa.]

MAMARI (myth.), one of the canoes in which the ancestors of the Maori people came to New Zealand. [See under Arawa.]

MAMARU, the sun. Cf. ra, the sun; komaru, the sun. 2. A sail. Cf. ra, a sail; komaru, a sail; maru, shade.

Mangarevan—cf. mamaru, redness of the sky, denoting the presence of the god Maru.

Samoan—cf. mamalu, influence, influential; overshadowing; to protect; malu, to be shaded.

Hawaiian—cf. mamalu, a shade from the sun; to defend one from evil; to parry off; malu, to shade.

MAMAWHITI, a species of small grasshopper. Cf. whiti, to start; kowhiti, to spring up; kowhitiwhiti, a grasshopper; mawhitiwhiti, a grasshopper.

MAME, a dog with short bristly hair. Cf. nane, a dog.

MAMINGA (màminga), to impose upon, to play tricks on: Kia tupato koe, kei tini au maminga ki a ia—P. M., 25. 2. Outwitted. 3. Affectation.

MAMOA (màmoa), cooked. Cf. maoa, cooked; maoka, cooked; mamaoa, steam; maomaoa, steam.

Tahitian—cf. maoa, to be sufficiently baked, as food.

Hawaiian—moa, to dry; to roast, to be cooked in an oven or pan; hoo-moa, to be thoroughly cooked or baked. Cf. maoa, to be dry, hard, or carcked on the skin; mowa, done, cooked, as food.

Tongan—moa, dry, dried. Cf. moho, cooked, ready to be eaten; mao, steam.

Marquesan—moa, cooked.

Mangarevan—moa, cooked. Cf. pamoa, cooked on the coals, without being wrapped up.

MAMORE (màmore), bare, without appendages; stripped bare: He rakau mamore, a tree without branches; He tangata mamore, a childless man; Me he rakau mamore, au nei tu tonu— G. P., 81. Cf. moremore, to make bald or bare; page 203 hamore, bald; tumoremore, shorn of external appendages. [For comparatives, see More-More.]

MAMUTU, clean. 2. Power, authority (as mana): Kaore e tika kia rere noa mai tetahi tangata ki te takahi i te mamutu o tetahi tangata—G.-14, 1886.

MANA (màna), for him; for her; also mahana: Maku e kawe he kai mana—P. M. 20. Cf. mona, for him, for her; tana, his, hers, &c.

Samoan—mana (màna), for him, for her. Cf. mona, for him, for her.

Tongan—maana, for him or her.

MANA, authority; having authority, influence, prestige: Waiho noa iho nga taonga, tena te mana o Taiwhanake—Prov. 2. Supernatural power; divine authority; having qualities which ordinary persons or things do not possess: Me te karakia inoi ki te mana o Tu—A. H. M., i. 35: E hara i te tino mate rawa atu te mate o Tawhaki, a nana ake ano te mana i ora ake ai ano oia—A. H. M., i. 48: He taiaha whaimana = A wooden sword, which has done deeds so wonderful as to possess a sanctity and power of its own. 3. Effectual, effective: He kupu mana tana kupu—M. S., 217.

MANAMANA, to give power to; to enable. Cf. manahau, cheerful, exulting; manako, to like, to set one's heart on; manaaki, to show respect to; manawa, the heart.

Whaka-MANA, to give effect to: Maku e whakaihi, maku e whakamana—S. T., 134. 2. To acknowledge. 3. To give power to: Mana e whakamana Uenuku-Kopako—A. H. M., iii. 2.

Whaka-MANAMANA, to rejoice, exult. 2. Proud, conceited: Ko te tino tangata whakamanamana o te ao ki aia— A. H. M., i. 153.

Samoan—mana, supernatural power: Na faia e ia le lalolagi i lona mana; He has made the earth by his power. Mamana, to do wonders; supernatural power; (b.) to love, to desire; manamana, to bear constantly in mind; to treasure up in the memory; fa'a-mana, to show extraordinary power or energy, as in healing; fa'a-manamana, to attribute an accident or misfortune to supernatural powers. Cf. manatu, to think; mana'o, to desire, wish; manafa, industrious; manamea, to love, desire; atuamanatu, to have a good memory; manàmatua, the supernatural power of a parent bringing a curse on a disobedient child.

Tahitian—mana, power, might, influence; to be in power; honour: te tura e te mana tei mua ia i tona mata; Glory and honour are in his presence. (b.) Powerful, affluent; haamana, to empower, to make powerful; to bestow authority or power; he who gives authority to another. Cf. manao, to think, to reflect; thought; idea, meaning, conception; manatu, profit, advantage; manava, the belly, the interior man; manavaru, an eager desire after a thing; marumana, the grand appearance of one in office; vahamana, a powerful pleader.

Hawaiian—mana, supernatural power, such as was supposed to be the attribute of the gods; power, strength, might; strong, powerful: A i ka la i pii aku ai i ka hakuohia make kekahi kanaka, i mea e mana ai ua kii ohia la; On the day they went up to an ohia tree some man would die, to give efficay to the idol. (b.) Spirit, energy of character; (c.) glory, majesty, intelligence; hoo-mana, to worship, to reverence; adoration. Cf. manao, to think, to meditate; a thought, idea; mananao, thought, opinion; manaoio, to believe; manawa, feelings, affections; a spirit, an apparition; mananalo, insipid, tasteless, as pure cold water (M. L. = mana-ngaro).

Tongan—mana, a miracle; to bewitch: Vakai ke ke fai ae gaahi mana ni kotoabe; See that you perform all these miracles. Mamana, to love; a lover; to be in love; manamana, showery, squally; faka-mana, intimidation, terror; the act of intimidating. Cf. manako, to like; the object liked; to approve; manatu, to think upon, to remember; manavahe, fear, fearful; manava, to breathe, to throb.

Rarotongan—mana, power, authority: E te aronga mamaata ra, te mana ra ia i runga i to ratou; They that are great exercise authority over them. (b.) Supernatural power: Ko taua mana nei nona, ko tona ia atua; His power is the power of his god. (c.) Skill, cleverness: Na te mana o Manii kake mai ei; Who has the skill of Manii to attempt it? Cf. manako, to think upon.

Marquesan—mana, power, dominion, divinity: One tapi i te taetae hakaiki me te mana; Rongo is adorned with princely wealth and power. (b.) Strong, only said of gods.

Mangarevan—mana, powerful, mighty; power: Homai ta te tupuna kia na e turuturu mana; His grandfather gave him a powerful (magic) staff. (b.) Being, existence; (c.) miraculous; (d.) provacation; (e.) divination; mamana, to respect oneself; manamana, to search for anything without the authority of the owner; (b.) said of the winner in a race, &c.; (c.) the object of divination; aka-mana, to empower, to make powerful; aka-mamana, to respect; to preserve; to preserve from being touched; manaraga, power, might. Cf. manamanana, very many, said of over forty persons; manava, soul, conscience; the interior of a person; manega, the action of power.

Paumotan—mana, to be able; can; may; hakamana, to sanction; faka-mana, to honour.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. mana, a sign, an omen; a wonder, a miracle; efficient, as a remedy; wonder-working.

Malagasy—cf. mana, to predict, to prophesy.

Malay—cf. manah, the heart or mind (Sanscrit?); mana, sense, meaning (Arabic?).

Sikayana—cf. mana, thunder.

MANAAKI (manàaki), to show respect to; to entertain: He tohu manaakitanga; A gift, a mark of esteem. 2. To confer a blessing; to bestow a bounty: Ka manaaki te Atua, i a ratou ka mea ‘Kia hua koutou’—Ken., i. 22. [For comparatives, see Mana].

MANAEKA, a garment.

MANAHAU, MANAMANAHAU, cheerful. Cf. hau, eager, brisk; mana, power; ngahau, brisk. 2. Exulting, elated. [For comparatives, see Hau, and Mana].

MANAHUNA, eels which wriggle into dark holes. Cf. huna, to hide. [For comparatives, see Huna.]

MANAIA (myth.), a chief of great power and influence, residing in Hawaiki. He was married to Kuiwai, a sister of Ngatoro-i-rangi, and being displeased with her, he insulted her by page 204 cursing Ngatoro. She sent her daughter Haungaroa, under the protection of the gods, across the sea to New Zealand, whither Ngatoro had gone. The girl found her uncle at Maketu, and informed him of Manaia's curse, whereupon Ngatoro, greatly enraged, fitted out an expedition, and built the canoe Totara-Keria, wherein he sailed to Hawaiki. Arriving there, he found by means of spies that Manaia's people were all in the temples, praying that Ngatoro and his men might all be brought thither dead by the gods. Ngatoro then ordered his party to proceed to the sacred place, and there pretend to be dead, they all striking their noses so violently as to bring blood, with which they besmeared their bodies. On the incautious close approach of Manaia's people, the supposed corpses leaped up, slew the priests, attacked the town, and slaughtered many; but Manaia himself escaped. This is the battle known as Ihumotomotokia (“the bruised noses”). Manaia got together another force, and attacked Ngatoro, but was again defeated with great loss. This battle is known as Taraiwhenuakura. Ngatoro then returned to New Zealand, and after some time was pursued hither by Manaia and a host of warriors. The hostile fleet arrived off the island of Motiti (Bay of Plenty), where Ngatoro was occupying his pa of Matarehua. Ngatoro, by the power of his spells as a great magician, raised a violent storm (Te-Aputahi-a-Pawa), in which the whole army of Manaia, including their leader, perished, the bodies of the slain being almost wholly eaten by fish. This slaughter was called Maikukutea, because little except the finger-nails (maikuku) of the slain was left —P. M., 102, et seq.

MANAIA (2.), a famous ancestor of the Ngatiawa tribe. He invited a gathering of his friends in Hawaiki for the purpose of making spears. In Manaia's absence, some of the guests ravished Rongotiki, Manaia's wife, a fact supernaturally revealed to Manaia before his return home. He determined on revenge; and, having quietly gathered together his people, he slew his treacherous guests, including their chief, Tupenu. Manaia then found that he would have to leave the country, so fitted up his canoe Tokomaru, and, having offered up his brother-in-law (to whom the Tokomaru belonged) in sacrifice, he put to sea. At Whangaparaoa, the point whereon he landed in New Zealand, there lay a stranded whale, for the possession of which he disputed with others who had arrived about the same time. Coasting along, and doubling the North Cape, he reached Tongaporutu, (near Taranaki,) and left his god Rakeiora there. At Mokau he left the stone anchor of his canoe, a rock called Punga-a-Matori. At Waitara he found some of the original inhabitants, and slew them. [See Hiti.] Manaia and his people settled in the Taranaki country—P. M., 138, et seq. Manaia fought two battles in Hawaiki: one called Ratorua, and the other Kirikiriawa. His weapons were named Kihia and Rakea. His sons were Tuurenui and Kahukakanui.

MANAIA (3.), a chief dwelling at Whangarei Heads. He quarrelled with his wife, and kicked her. A slave interceded, and was also kicked; so was the dog of the chief. The gods interfered, and changed chief, wife, and dog into huge rocks. The slave's name was Paeko —M. S., 138.

MANAKANAKA (mànakanaka), apprehensive, anxious.

MANAKO (myth.), the Tenth Age of the existence of the Universe. [For list of the Time Spaces, see Kore.]

MANAKO, to like; Ki te mea e manako hia mai ana ahau e koe, e noho—Ken., xxx. 27. Cf. tumanako, to look on anyone with favour or desire; mana, power; effectual; mano, the heart; manawa, the heart; manaaki, to show respect to. 2. To set one's heart on.

MANAKONAKO, to pine for, to long for, to fret after: E manakonako ake ta taua tamaiti ki au—A. H. M., i. 47.

Samoan—mana‘o, to desire, to wish: Ona fai mai lea o le tupu, ‘Se a ea lou mana‘o?’ The king said, ‘What do you desire?’ Fa'amana‘o, to cause a desire. Cf. mamana, to love; to desire; manatu, to think; manameu, to love; to desire.

Tahitian — manao, thought, idea, meaning, conception; to think, to muse, to reflect: E mea hohonu te aau e te manao i roto ia rotou atoa ra; The inward thought and the heart of them is deep. Manaonao, to exercise anxious thought; haamanao, to think, to remember, to call to mind something known before; haa-manaonao, to alarm, to cause anxiety; work that causes anxiety. Cf. mana, power, influence; manatu, profit, advantage; manava, the interior man; manavaru, an eager desire after a thing.

Hawaiian—manao, to think, to think of, to call to mind; to meditate; a thought; a plan, a device; a purpose: O ka olu o ka leo ka mea i akaka ai kona manao; The clearness of the voice makes clear the thought. Manaonao, to think over, to turn over and over in one's mind; mananao, thought; opinion; hoo-manao, to remember, to call to mind: Hoomanao ae la lakou i na wahine a lakou, i na ia lawalu; They remembered their wives, and their cooked fish. Cf. mana, intelligence; spirit, energy; manaoio, faith; verity; to believe; manaolana, to hope, to trust in, to expect; manaopaa, just, inflexible.

Tongan—manako, to like, to approve, to prefer; the object liked; faka-manako, to beget a liking to. Cf. mamana, to love; a lover; mana, to bewitch; manavaofa, pity; manatu, to remember; femanakoaki, to like mutually.

Rarotongan—manako, to think, to intend: Te manako ra oki te ariki e tuku iaia ki runga; The king thought to elevate him.

Paumotan—manako, sense, reason, perception; to reflect, to think; manakonako, evasion; to shift; suspicion; surmise; (b.) a taste of, a smack of; (c.) to meditate; (d.) unquiet; haka-manako, to remember. Cf. manako-ara, vigilant; turorirori-manako, to discourage; mana, to be able.

MANAKO, the constellation of Magellan's Cloud (one auth.).

MANANA, bent, curved. Cf. makaka, bent, crooked. 2. A fishing-rod.

MANANA, Whaka-MANANA, to give a signal by lifting the eyebrows; to wink; to nod. Cf. nana, the eyebrow.

page 205

MANAPAU, the name of a tree (not known in New Zealand): Ko te ingoa o aua rakau, he manapau—P. M., 18.

Samoan—manapau, the name of a tree.

MANATUNOA, to be pitied; to be an object of commiseration: Hei manatunoa ma te tangata ki taku whare—S. T., 181. [For comparatives, see Manatunga.]

MANATUNGA, a keepsake. 2. An heirloom.

Samoan—manatu, to think, to remember; a thought: Tuu atu ia lou lima i luga ia te ia, ia manatua le taua; Put your hand upon him; remember the battle; fa‘a-manatu, to remind; to put in mind of. Cf. atuamanatu, to have a good memory.

Tahitian—manatu, profit, advantage. Cf. manao, thought; meaning; to think; mana, power; manava, the interior man.

Tongan—manatu, to remember, to think upon: O ku tau manatu ki he ika; We remember the fish. Faka-manatu, to cause to remember. Cf. femanatuaki, to think much of each other; mamana, to love; a lover; manako, to like; to think upon.

Rarotongan—cf. manako, to think,

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. manah, the heart or mind.

MANAUHEA, weak, in ill-health. 2. Reluctant. Cf. manawa-pa, reluctant.

MANAURI, sunburnt. Cf. uri, black; dark; pouri, dark; parauri, dark-skinned. [For comparatives, see Uri.]

MANAWA, the belly: Horuhoru taku manawa i a Hawepotiki—P. M., 108. 2. The heart: Na komotia ana to manawa ki roto taua kete kai—P. M., 107. Cf. whatumanawa, the kidneys. 3. The heart, as the seat of affection, &c.: Kihai taku manawa i piri mai ki a au—G. P., 62. Cf. mana, power, influence; manahau, cheerful; manako, to like; mano, the heart. 4. The lungs: Ka kawea nga manawa ki to ratou ariki—A. H. M., i. 30. 5. Breath: Ta ratou e tumanako atu ai ko te manawa e hangia atu ana—Hop., xi. 20. 6. Life; power.

MANAWANAWA, to sneeze.

Whaka-MANAWA, to have confidence.

Samoan — manava, the belly: Ma faa-fumuina lona manava i le matagi mai sasae; And fill his belly with the east wind. (b.) The womb: Auà sa le punitia e ia o faitotoa o le manava o lo‘u tinà; Because it did not shut up the doors of my mother's womb. (c.) The anterior fontanel of children; (d.) to throb; (e.) to exist on, as a sick man on water alone; (f.) (mànava) to breathe; (g.) to rest from work; (h.) to palpitate, to pulsate; (i.) breath: E faaumatia foi i latou i le manava o ona pogaiisu; They are destroyed by the breath of his nostrils. Manavanava, arterial action; fa‘a-manava, to cause work to stop. Cf. manavaalofa, to love, to compassionate, to be benevolent; manava‘i‘i, pot-bellied; manava-oleulu, the hole in the cranium of infants; manavafiligà, persevering; manavasè, fearful; taumanavalofa, to assist; tulimanava‘ese‘ese, to be of different opinions; manamana, to treasure up in the memory; manatu, a thought; manamea, a beloved one.

Tahitian—manava, the belly, the stomach; (b.) the interior man; (c.) an exclamation of welcome to strangers or visitors, as Manava! a haere mai; You are welcome! come here! Manavanava, to think, to ponder. Cf. manavaru, an eager desire after a thing; rotomanava, delight; manavahuhui, to be so affected as not to be able to eat; manavafati, to be in bitterness or grief of mind; manao, thought, idea; aromanava, a term of endearment used in a pehe or ditty for children; aumanava, thoughts or affections of the heart; the hair of the bosom; a bosom friend; mana, might, influence; tamanava, a wound near the navel.

Hawaiian—manawa, feelings, affection, sympathy; the spirit: Ua mokumokuahua ka manawa o ke alii i ke aloha; The spirit of the chief yearned with affection. (b.) a spirit, an apparition; (c.) the anterior and posterior fontanel in the heads of young children; the soft place in the heads of infants; (d.) a time, a season; a space in either time or place: O ua Lani nei hoi keia ke hemo nei ka manawa o ka Lani; The very Heaven which separates the seasons of heaven. Cf. mana, spirit, energy, intelligence; manao, to think; mananao, thought, opinion; manawanui, patience; steadfast in difficulties; manawalea, to send or give relief in distress; alms; a gift; manawahua, irascibility, anger; manewa, the breathing of a fish, the muscular motion of such breathing.

Tongan—manava, the womb: He ikai nae gaohi ia eia naa ne gaohi au i he manava? Did not he who made me in the womb make him? (b.) The breath, respiration, afflatus; to breathe: Bea nae ikai kei hoko a ene manava; There was no breath left in him. (c.) To throb, to pulsate; fakamanava, to let air into; to allow to breathe; (b.) to be careful of. Cf. manavaofa, compassion, pity; manavafaji, broken-winded; manavafili, to think, cogitate; manavahe, fear, dread; fearful; to fear; manavahoko, courageous, bold, daring; manavajii, cowardly; manava-kavakava, zeal, eagerness; zealous; manava-lahi, courageous; manako, to like; manatu, to remember; mana, to bewitch; a miracle; faimanava, the stomach; to eat to strengthen the manava.

Mangalan—manava, the mind, spirit: Tera e Ruru te uira vananga ei unui i to manava; Oh Ruru, the flashing lightning came to fetch thy spirit.

Marquesan—menava, breath, life-breath: Na puhi iho i te menava pohoe ioto o toia puta iho; Blew the breath into his nostrils. (b.) The soul; (c.) to be in an agony.

Mangarevan—manava, interior, of a man or vessel, or four walls; (b.) the soul; the conscience; (c.) the intestines. Cf. mana, being, existence, power; manava-garua, a wicked heart; manava-poa, sea-sickness.

Paumotan—manava, affected, touched, moved by feeling; (b.) the interior; manavanava, to meditate.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum — cf. nafetu-manava, the heart. Basa - krama — cf. manah, the heart.

Malay—cf. manah, the heart.

Sikayana —cf. manawa, the belly.

MANAWA (mànawa), the name of a tree, the Mangrove (Bot. Avicennia officinalis).

MANAWA (manàwà), the third finger.

MANAWA-AHI, the smoke or steam fizzing out of a piece of burning wood. Cf. manawa, breath; ahi, fire. [For comparatives, see Manawa, and Ahi.]

page 206

MANAWA-KINO, internally uneasy; disquieted. Cf. manawa, the heart; kino, bad, evil. [For comparatives, see Manawa, and Kino.]

MANAWA-NUI, patient, stout-hearted: I muri i a au nei, kia manawanui—P. M., 24. Cf. manawa, the heart; nui, great.

Hawaiian—manawanui, to be a long time; hoo-manawanui, to be patient; to be persevering: I hoomanawanui ai hoi kaua i ka hau huihui o ke kakahiaka; When we two also persevered in the cold frost of the morning. (b.) To be active; to be ready. [For full comparatives, see Manawa.]

MANAWA-PA, grudging. 2. Loth, reluctant. 3. Apprehensive: Maumauria ake tana mahi, kahore he manawapa—Hop., xxxix. 16. [For comparatives, see Manawa.]

MANAWA-POPORE, parsimonious; stingy. 2. Considerate for others. Cf. manawa, the heart; popore, to treat kindly.

MANAWARAU, internally uneasy. Cf. manawa, the heart; manawa-kino, disquieted; manawareka, pleased. [For comparatives, see Manawa.]

MANAWA-REKA, pleased, satisfied; to please: Ma nga ringa o nga tohunga e whakawiri, kia manawareka ai te iwi—A. H. M., i. 36.

MANAWARU, to rejoice: Nga (ka) u ki uta ka kite te iwi katoa nga (ka) manawaru ki te pai o taua paka—A. H. M., i. 155. Cf. manawa, the heart; manawareka, pleased.

MANAWA-TANE (myth.), the dwelling of the Ponaturi (fairies)—P. M., 37. [See Ponaturi.]

MANAWATINA (myth.), a wife of Paikoa. [See Paikea.]

MANAWA-TOTO, a song expressive of extreme disgust.

MANEA, a resort of taniwha, or water monsters.

MANEHE, to glide smoothly along.

MANEHU, the name of a sweet-scented grass: Ara, te karetu, te papaurangi, te manehu—A. H. M., v. 65.

MANENE, a stranger, an alien: A he manene ahau ki tou whenua—A. H. M., ii. 158. Cf. konene, a stranger, a wanderer; whakanene, to jest, to sport.

Samoan—manene, to be slow in walking; to loiter; (b.) to fall slowly, as from a blow in club matches.

Hawaiian—cf. manene, soft and tender-footed; affected in walking, as with dizziness; fearful, trembling with fear; the nervous sensation of one, when in a dangerous situation his hands or feet slip; nenene, to act as a bird about to fly.

Rarotongan—manene, an exile, one not in his own land: He tangata ke hoki koe, he manene ano hoki; You are a stranger and an exile.

MANENE (mànene), importunate, asking again and again.

MANIA (mània), a plain; flat open country: A tae noa atu ki te mania—P. M., 81. [See next word.]

MANIA, slippery: Hapaipai te kiato mua, ka mania, ka paheke—G. P., 265. Cf. manihi, to make steep. 2. Sliding readily over another object. 3. Thin layers of sandstone, fastened into frames, and used for cutting greenstone. 4. Feeling a jarring sensation; set on edge, as the teeth; a creeping sensation, as when in a position of danger. Cf. manioro, setting one's teeth on edge.

MANIANIA, noisy. Cf. maniore, noisy; an exclamation, “Be still!”

Tahitian—mania, calm, no wind stirring; (b.) serene, unruffled, applied to the mind; (c.) blunt, pointless, without an edge; (d.) to be set on edge, as the teeth, by eating sour fruit; maniania, to be disturbed by noise; an exclamation, Hush! silence! Cf. manina, plain, smooth, level; manino, plain, smooth, level; maniataeahaa, a smooth calm sea; maniatiputaputa, a calm in some places, while others near are rough; vahamaniania, a clamorous person that speaks to little purpose.

Hawaiian—mania, a broad smooth place, as a reef uncovered with water; straight, even, smooth, as a surface; (b.) to be blunt, as a dull instrument; (c.) to be smooth-cutting; to smooth down what is rough; maniania, even, smooth; (b.) dull, sleepy, lazy; hoo-mania, set on edge, having the sensation occasioned by a grating noise, as the filing of a saw, &c. Cf. mani, dull, heavy, smooth; laumania, a smooth thin leaf; manie, clear, smooth, plain; manino, calm, smooth.

Tongan—maniania, smooth, slippery; (b.) to be set on edge; to feel a tingling sensation through the body; manimaniia, smooth, from rubbing; fakamaninia, to set the teeth on edge. Cf. nini, to rub the head with the finger-ends.

Marquesan—maniania, polished, smooth; slippery; (b.) level.

Mangarevan—mania, slippery (not with moisture), polished, smooth; (b.) regret for an object lost or stolen; (c.) to have lost an opportunity; to be frustrated; maniania, a setting on edge of the teeth, caused by acid; manimania, sin, error.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. mania, to go astray.

MANIHI (mànihi), to make steep. Cf. ninihi, steep; anini, giddy; mania, slippery.

Samoan—manifi, to be thin; manifinifi, the temples (of the head); fa'a-manifi, to make thin, as a canoe.

Tahitian—manihi, to slip or slide, as in climbing a smooth tree; manihinihi, uneasiness; to feel uneasiness of mind; to sympathise with the distress of others; to be heavy, to feel lassitude. Cf. manuhi, to slip off, as the handle of a tool.

Tongan—manifi, thin.

Hawaiian—cf. nihi, to walk very softly and carefully, as on tiptoe; to creep quietly and softly; nihinihi, anything standing on the edge; the sharp ridge of a mountain, &c.; narrow-ridged, narrow-edged; difficult; strait; ninihi, to walk on the edge of a precipice; to stand up edgeways.

MANIHIRA (mànihirà), the name of a small fish.

MANINOHEA, disgusted. 2. Offensive. Cf. manauhea, reluctant; nauhea, a vagabond; mania, to feel a jarring sensation.

Tahitian—cf. maniaro, sick at stomach, qualmish.

Hawaiian—cf. mania, dizziness; the sensation felt when one files a saw; to be set on edge, as the teeth.

MANIORE, noisy. Cf. maniania, noisy; manioro, setting one's teeth on edge. 2. An exclamation: Silence! Be still!

MANIORO, setting one's teeth on edge. Cf. oro, to sharpen on a stone; mania, feeling a jarring page 207 sensation; to have the teeth set on edge. [For comparatives, see Mania, and Oro.]

MANO, a thousand: I te po-tuatahi, tae noa ki te po-tuangahuru, ki te rau, ki te mano—P. M., 7. 2. A great number: Ka mate te mano tini ra—P. M., 93. 3. (Myth.) The thousands of ancestral spirits, often alluded to in the incantations: Kei to Ihi, kei to Mana, kei nga Mano o runga—S. R., 109.

Samoan—mano, a myriad, an immense number: Ia auea oe ma tinà o afe e mano; Be thou the mother of thousands and millions. Manomano, innumerable.

Tahitian—mano, a thousand, or ten rau. The higher numbers are manotini, ten thousand (10 manotini = 1 rehu); rehu, one hundred thousand (10 rehu = 1 iu); iu, a million. (b.) Many; indifferently, to be numerous.

Hawaiian—mano, four hundred thousand; (b.) thick, multitudinous, many, numerous: Uwa mai kini, ka mano o ke akua; Exclaiming are the hosts, the multitude of the spirits. Manomano, to be many, manifold; great in number; excessive; (b.) magnificent, powerful; greatness.

Tongan—mano, ten thousand: Bea ko hono laulahi koe taha mano; The breadth shall be ten thousand.

Mangaian—mano, two thousand; (b.) countless, innumerable: Te anau Atea, e tini, e mano; The offspring of Vatea, a countless throng.

Marquesan—mano, four thousand; (b.) any great number; a kind of freshwater fish.

Mangarevan—mano, a thousand; aka-mano, to count up to a thousand. Cf. manega, a great number (over 40 persons); manohu, all the world (persons), everybody.

Paumotan—manomano, innumerable.

MANO, the heart; the inner part. Cf. manawa’ the heart; manako, to like, to set the heart on; manowhenua, the interior of a country; permanent, as a spring of wate; mana, power, influence.

Hawaiian—mano, the fountain-head of a stream; (b.) the channel of a stream. Cf. manowai, a channel of a brook or river; the material heart; kumano, the head of a watercourse; a fountain; a brook.

MANOAO, the name of a tree (Bot. Dacrydium colensoi, and D. kirkii).

MANONO, the name of a shrub (Bot. Coprosma grandifolia).

Tahitian—cf. manono, the name of a tree.

Hawaiian—cf. manono, the name of a tree, the timber of which is used for some part of canoes.

Tongan—cf. manonu, the name of a tree.

MANONO, a rock over which the sea breaks.

Tahitian—cf. manono, a powerful, energetic man.

Hawaiian—manono, the sea, as the surf dashes against the rocks. Cf. mano, to throw, to cast.

MANOWHENUA, permanent, as a spring of water. Cf. mano, the heart. 2. The main-land; the interior of a country: Me era iwi o te mano-whenua—M. M., 129. Cf. mano, the inner part, the heart. [For comparatives see Mano, and Whenua.]

MANU (mànu), to float: Te waka a Tupeketi, a Tupeketa, e manu ana mai—Wohl., Trans., vii. 41. Cf. manu, a bird; a boy's kite. 2. To launch, to cause to float: Ka manu ia te waka —Wohl., Trans., vii. 48.

Samoan—manu, to rise above, as a rock out of water, a tree above other trees; (b.) to float high, as a canoe; (c.) to become well-known, as if rising above others; (d.) to show through an attempted concealment; fa'a-manu, to impoverish, as previous beggars taking all a person has to give, so that he is unable to supply those who come after.

Tahitian—manu, to float; to be afloat; to go adrift. Cf. mainu, to drift away; manu, a spy, a scout; a bird; manureia, a person of a roving disposition; manutipao, a person of a fickle or unsteady disposition; panu, to go adrift.

Tongan—maanu, to float, to swim; faka-maanu, to cause to float; to raise from under the water so as to float. Cf. femaanui, to float gently on the sea (two or more objects).

Rarotongan—manu, to float.

Mangarevan—manu, to have nausea, to feel sickness; bile; nausea; aka-manu, to shadow [see Maru]; to make little dots.

MANU, a bird; the generic name for birds: O ia manu, o ia manu, o ia manu o te ao—P. M., 17. 2. A boy's kite: He manu aute e taea te whaka-horo—Prov.: The kite generally shaped like a hawk.—See Locke, Trans., xv. 453; M. S., 175. 3. [See Manu (myth.).]

MANUMANU, rotten. Cf. manuheke, filthy, nasty. [See Tahitian, and Hawaiian.]

Whaka-MANU (myth.), a celebrated bird-perch or snare brought from Hawaiki—G.

Samoan—manu, the general name for a bird: O le ala i ai e le iloa e le manu feai lele; There is a path which no bird knows. (b.) The general name for a beast (a new application of the word); (c.) a crier; manumanu, covetous; mamanu, figured work in cloth, clubs, sinnet, &c.; to be worked in figures; carved. Cf. mànu, to float high, as a canoe; manuali'i, the name of a bird (Orn. Porphyrio samoensis); manu'ena, the white Sentinel Tern; manùi, figured, as cloth, &c.; manu'ia, to be set upon, as one bird by another; faimanu, a bird-catchor; manuoleafà, lean birds, having had no food on account of a storm; manulagi, the large Fruit-Bats (Pteropus keraudrenii, P. samoensis, and P. whitmeei); manulele, the general name for birds, to distinguish them from beasts; manutai, a general name for sea-birds.

Tahitian — manu, a general name for all sorts of fowls, birds, or winged insects: O omiri noa ‘tu anei oe ia ‘na mai te manu ra? Will you play with him as if he were a bird? (b.) Sometimes also used for an animal of any kind; (c.) a short cross-seat in a canoe; (d.) a scout, a spy, in time of war; manumanu, worms, insects, creeping things. Cf. mànu, to float; manutoroa, the figure of a bird, which was an appandage to some maraes (sacred places); manufiri, a stranger; a guest; manuhoa, a bunch of red feathers, tied to the middle finger of the right hand of a deceased person, to prevent the god from eating his soul in the Shades (Po); manureià, a person of a roving disposition.

Hawaiian—manu, the general name for fowis, or the feathered tribe: Ka lele aau o ka manu o Kiwaa; The frightened flight of the birds of Tiwaka. (b.) Salted, applied to meat and fish; (c.) humming, making an indis page 208 tinct noise; (d.) full of holes, like some worthless things; manumanu, defective; full of cracks or holes; rough, irregular, unpolished. Cf. manuku, a dove, so called from its noise; manunu, to crack or creak against each other, as broken bones; manuheu, a flying away.

Tongan — manu, animals, birds, beasts (a generic term): Bea koe faga manu ni, ko eku faga manu; These animals are my animals. Manumanu, a small party which commences the fighting in war; (b.) fringes, or strips of anything light, hung to the canoe sail; (c.) covetousness, avarice; to covet; faka-manu, to act like an animal or lower creature. Cf. aga-fahamanu, beastly, beastliness; manutahi, a bird of the sea, applied to one anxious to do what is not at all becoming to him, as a land-bird to go to sea; manukavai, the look-out bird, the one that leads the way.

Mangaian — manu, a bird generally: Mei te manu e rere ki te ereere ra; As a bird goes to the snare. (b.) Live stock: pigs, fowls, &c. (modern meaning); (c.) a spirit; (d.) a kite; a toy: Kua rere te pa manu naau, e Ake, no nunga i Atiu; Your kites, oh Ake, have sped their flight far away from Atiu.

Marquesan—manu, a general name for all birds: Na manu e ona ana mauna o te fenua; The birds that fly above the earth.

Mangarevan—manu, a bird: Haha te kui, ‘E manu eia;’ The mother said ‘It is a bird;’ (b.) animals, beasts. Cf. urumanu, a feather.

Paumotan—manu, birds in general; manumanu, a beast, a brute; (b.) insects.

Ext. Poly.: Motu — cf. manu, a bird; manurumana, a nest.

Aneityum—cf. inman, a bird; manu, birds. The following words mean “bird”:—Malay, manuk; Brierly Island, maan; Kayan, manok; Sulu, manuk; Waigiou, (Alfuros,) mani; Savu, manu; Dyak, monok; Magindano, manok (domestic fowl); Guaham, manug (the domestic fowl); Kisa, manu; Bisaya, manuk; New Ireland, manuk; Matu, manok; Bouton, manumanu; Menado, manu; Bolang, manoko; Sanguir, manu; Sula, manu; Cajeli, manui; Wayapo, manuti, Amblaw, manue; Gaui, manik; Morella, mano; Lariki, mano; Saparua, mano; Awaiya, manue; Camarian, manu; Camarian, manu; Teluti, manuo; Ahtiago, (Alfuros,) manuwan; Gah, manok; Wahai, malok; Matabello, manok; Teor, manok; Baju, mano; Eromanga, minok; Fate, manu; Sesake, manu; Apl, manu; Espiritu Santo, nanu; Aurora, manu; Meralava, man; Santa Maria, (Lakon,) mah; Vanua Lava, (Pak,) men; Mota, manu; Saddle Island, (Motlav,) men; Ureparapara, man; Torres Island, (Lo,) mon; Rotuma, manman; Ulawa, manu; San Cristoval, manu; Malanta, manu; Ysabel, (Bugotu,) manu; Baki, menu; West Api, menu; Pentecost, manu; Lepers Island, manu.

MANU (myth.). Birds are very often mentioned in Polynesian legend, either as spirits or as incarnations of deities. “The great Bird of Tane, the Bird that goes round the heavens,” (A. H. M., i. 130,) should be compared with the Hawaiian legend of Ka-aaia-nukea-nui-a-Kane (“The large white bird of Tane”), by whom the first man and woman were driven from the paradise of the Taranga-i-Hauora. [See Hawaiki.] In New Zealand, Te-manu-huna-a-Tane (“The hidden bird of Tane”) is the kiwi (Apteryx). [See also Manu-i-te-ra]. The name of two gods at the gate of the courtyard of Lono (Rongo) was Manu. In Mangaia (Hervey Islands), manu was used as “spirit:” thus Ina was overshadowed or possessed by a manu, which impelled her to seek her god-husband, Tinirau. [See Tregear, Trans., xix. 498.] The Paumotans say that many restless spirits escape from heaven in the form of birds. In Tahiti, the god Manuteaa was incarnate in the bird oovea or arevareva, a kind of cuckoo; Ruanu was incarnate in the otuu (M. L. = kotuku), a species of heron; and Raa in the ruro, or kingfisher. In Samoa, the ve‘a, or rail (Orn. Rallus pectoralis,) was the visible sign of Alii Tu; Fanonga, (or Destruction,) was incarnate in the owl, lulu (Orn. Strix delicatula); the war-god of Manono took the shape of a heron (Orn. Andrea sacra); and Moso in the shape of a pigeon, called tu (Orn. Phlegoenas stairi), &c.

MANUMANU, the collar-bone. Cf. taumanu, the thwart of a canoe.

Tahitian—cf. manu, a short cross-seat in a canoe.

Whaka-MANU, to disbelieve.

Tongan—cf. manuki, derision; to deride, to sneer.

MANUHEKO, filthy, nasty. Cf. manumanu, rotten. 2. Ribaldry.

Tahitian—cf. manumanu, worms, insects, creeping things; manuanu, loathsome; to be sick, qualmish.

Paumotan—cf. manumanu, beasts; insects.

MANUHIRI, a visitor, a guest; to receive as a guest, to welcome (also manuwhiri): E! he manuhiri, he manuhiri, e haere mai nei !— P. M., 80: Koa tonu hoki ki a ia hei manu-whiri mana—Ruk., xix. 6.

Whaka-MANUHIRI, to entertain as a guest: Ka whakamanuwhiritia e te tangata o reira—A. H. M., v. 25.

Tahitian—manufiri, a visitor or guest; one who is entertained; also manuhiri, manuhini, and manihini: I roa a‘era taua oroa faaipoiporaa ra i te manihini; There were guests at the wedding.

Hawaiian—malihini, a stranger; a non-resident; stranger-like; new-faced; to be a stranger: I mai la kela, ‘He keiki au na kekahi malihini;’ He said, ‘I am the son of a stranger.’

Marquesan—manihii, a stranger.

Mangarevan — manuhiri, to play at blindman's buff.

Moriori — manuwiri, a stranger.

Rarotongan—manuiri, a visitor: Te aere atura aia ei manuiri na te tangata rave ara; He has gone to be the guest of a wicked man. [Note.—This word may have some historical value, although it varies in sound more than any other common Polynesian word. The Hawaiians relate, in the legend of Kumuhonua and his descendants, (Forn., i. 40,) that they are descended from the youngest of the twelve sons of Kinilau-a-mano. [See Tinirau.] Kinilau-a-mano was the son of Menehune, who was the son of Luanuu [(Ruanuku) see Tuputupuwhenua], and from this ancestral connection the Polynesians were page 209 nationally called Ka poe Menehune (“The Menehune people”). In Tahiti, a similar word has become the class name for the labourers or common people, as Manahune. The variatious in spelling, however, are so excessive, that there will be difficulty in accurate identification.]

MANU-I-TE-RA (myth.), a god who dwelt on the hill Hikurangi. His house was called Totoka—Ika, 283.

MANUKA (mànuka), the name of a shrub or small tree, the so-called Tea-tree (Bot. Leptospermum scoparium): Te ringihanga mai o te tao o te manuka—P. M., 102. (Myth.) This tree had for its tutelar deity the goddess Huri-mai-te-ata—A. H. M., i. 27.

MANUKANUKA, anxiety, misgiving: Wehi noa iho a Hakopa, a manukanuka ana—Ken., xxxii. 7. Cf. manukawhaki, to entice by stratagem.

Samoan—manu‘a, a cut, a wound, a bruise; to be wounded; manu‘aga, a party of wounded men.

Tahitian—manua, to be surly, uncivil; soon angry; haa-manua, to put on consequence by holding back and not showing promptness.

Tongan—manuka, to kill, to murder, applied to chiefs.

MANUKA-RAURIKI, the name of a small tree (Bot. Leptospermum ericoides). It is sometimes erroneously called rawiri.

MANUKAWHAKI, to entice by stratagem: Ka whakatika mai nga kai patari e haere ra i te manukawhaki—P. M., 149. 2. To make a running fight, planting ambuscades. Cf. manukanuka, anxiety. [For comparatives, see Manukanuka.]

MANU-WHAKATUKUTUKU, a boy's kite. Cf. manu, a kite. [For comparatives, see Manu.]

MANUWHIRI, a visitor, a guest: Haere ki to korua manuwhiri—Wohl., Trans., vii. 35: Hei ami kai mo te manuwhiri—A. H. M., v. 54. [For comparatives, see Manuhiri.]

MANGA, the branch of a tree, or of a river: Kei tona nohoanga hoki i runga i te manga o te rakau—P. M., 17. Hence (2.), a brook, water-course, or ditch. 3. Part of a bird-snare.

MANGAMANGA, branch streams: E mimiti ai nga wai mangamanga o nga awaawa—A. H. M., v. 56.

Samoan—maga, a branch, as of a tree, a river, a road, or anything forked; (b.) the curved or hooked part of an artificial-fly hook; magamaga, branched, forked. Cf. fa‘a-maga, to open the mouth [see Maori Manga, and Mangai]; fa‘a-magai, to sit astride; magaala, a branch-road; magamagàlima, the divisions between the fingers; magasiva, branching taro; magava‘ai, to see double; magalua, having two branches.

Tahitian — maa, cloven, divided: Ua fa maira te arero maa ia ratou ra mai te ahi ra te huru; Cloven tongues, as if of fire, appeared to them. Haa-maamaa, to act the fool; to make one appear foolish. Cf. amaa, a branch of a tree or plant; the small branches of the bark of which cloth is made; a division of a subject; amaamaa, small twigs or branches; tomaa, to be divided in mind or affection; torotoromaa, to branch out, as the veins of the arm or leg.

Hawaiian—mana, to branch out; to be divided; to be many; the cross-piece of a cross; a limb of a human body; a branch or limb of a tree: Ma ka mana hookahi, he puupuu, a me ka pua; In one branch, a knob and a flower. Manamana, a brnach, a limb (of a tree or person); to branch out; projecting: He aha la kela mea nui manamana? What is that great branching thing? Cf. manamanalima, the finger; manamananui, the toe; amana, two sticks crossing each other at oblique angles; the branch of a tree in the form of the letter Y.

Tongan—maga, open, forked, spreading; magamaga, full of branches; mamaga, to stride, to extend the legs; faka-maga, to open, to gape; fakamagamaga, to barb, to jag; to make forked. Cf. magaofe, bent, bow-like; magaua (mangarua?), a tree with two trunks on one root, a double tree; toumaga, the branch of the yamvines, or tendrils.

Marquesan — mana, a branch, as of a river: Meieia mai te manatina i na mana efa; It branched out into four branches,

Mangarevan—maga, the branch of tree, sometimes said of the tree itself when forked; (b.) forked, cloven; (c.) a prop for sustaining earth; magaga, the division at the anus; magamaga, forking divisions; mamaga, opened (said only of the opened divisions of the fingers); aka-maga, forked; aka-magamaga, to make forked, or branched; (b.) to commence a mat; aka-mamaga, to ease oneself by stretching out the arms or legs. Cf. komaga, a forked tree.

Paumotan—maga, a branch, a division.

Ext. Poly.: Sulu—cf. sanga, a branch.

MANGA (mangà), the name of a fish, the Barra-couta (Ich. Thyrsites atun): He manga te ika i houa ai te takere o Tainui—A. H. M., v. 3.

MANGA (mànga), the remains of food after a meal. Cf. timaga, an elevated stage upon which food is kept; komanga, an elevated stage on which to store food; mangai, the mouth.

Samoan—maga, a mouthful of ‘ava, chewed ready for mixing with water to make the drink (kava); magamaga, orificium vaginæ; fa‘amaga, to opon the mouth, as a young bird; to gape. Cf. magalo, to be fresh, not salt; sweet, not sour; a kind of taro; a plant the leaves of which are cooked and eaten along with taro leaves; ‘aumaga, the company of young men or young women who chew the ‘ava.

Tahitian—maa, food, provisions of any kind; (b.) small; a little part, or quantity; haa-maa, to get food, to take food. Cf. mama, to chew or masticate food; open, as the mouth; ahimaa, a batch of food; the native oven with its contents; apumaa, generous with food, hospitable; aimama, to eat food chewed by the mother.

Hawaiian—mana, to chew food for infants (children were thus fed by taking food from the mother's mouth and putting it into that of the child); (b.) a mouthful of food. Cf. mama, to chew with a view to spit out of the mouth; (to chew for swallowing is nau, = M. L. ngau;) mano, a shark, “so-called because an eater of men: He inoa no ka ia ai kanaka”—L. A.

Tongan—maaga, a mouthful, a morsel; mamaaga, a very large mouthful; faka-mamaaga, to stuff the mouth with food; faka-maga, to open, to gape. Cf. mama, to chew.

Marquesan—maka, a mouthful; a piece, morsel. Cf. makakina, a noise made page 210 with the mouth when eating; mama, to chew; mau, a feast, repast.

Mangarevan—maga, a mouthful; magamaga, a small mouthful. Cf. mamaga, ripe (said only of pandanus) [see Whara]; komaga, to gather fruits in a mass.

Rarotongan—manga, food, produce.

Futuna—ma, to chew.

Ext. Poly.: Ponape—cf. manga, food. Pellew Islands—cf. manga, to eat.

Fiji—cf. mama, to chew; maga, pudendum muliebre,

Malay—cf. mamak, to chew; makan, to devour.

Java—cf. mangan, to eat.

Silong—cf. makan, to eat.

Formosa—cf. mochan, food.

MANGAEKA, a variety of flax (Phormium).

MANGAEKA-TATARA (mangaeka-tàtara), a kind of garment. Cf. mangaeka, a variety of flax; tatara, a rough mat.

MANGAI (màngai), the mouth: Kokopi rawa iho a Toi a tana mangai—P. M., 65. Cf. manga, remains of food; manga, a branch, division; ngai (for kai), food; whangai, to feed.

MANGAMANGAI, an uneasy sensation in the mouth.

Samoan—cf. màga, a mouthful of ‘ava chewed ready for mixing with water to make the drink; magamaga, orificium vaginæ; fa'amaga, to gape, to open the mouth, as a young bird.

Tahitian—cf. maa, food: mama, to chew food; open, as the mouth; aimama, to eat food chewed by the mother.

Hawaiian—cf. mana, a mouthful of food; food while being chewed for infants to swallow; ai, food.

Tongan—cf. maaga, a mouthful; faka-maga, to open, to gape.

Marquesan—cf. maka, a mouthful; mama, to chew.

Mangarevan—cf. maga, a mouthful.

Futuna—cf. ma, to chew.

Ext. Poly.: Ponape—cf. manga, food. Pellew Islands—cf. manga, to eat.

Fiji—cf. mama, to chew; maga, pudendum muliebre.

MANGAMANGA-I-ATUA (myth.), the mother of Harataunga and Horotata, wives of Tinirau—P. M., 50. [See Tinirau, and Hina.]

MANGAMUKA (myth.), a taniwha, or watermonster, a son of Araiteuru. He had a quarrel with a supernatural being called a Tupua, and was vanquished.

MANGANGA, twisted.

MANGARARA (myth.), one of the canoes of the Migration. [See under Arawa.]

MANGARO (màngaro), mealy, smooth to the taste.

Samoan—magalo, to be sweet, not sour; to be fresh, not salt; (b.) one kind of taro; magalogalo, to be somewhat fresh.

Tahitian—maaro, fresh, sweet, as water without brackishness.

Hawaiian—manalo, sweet, that is free from taint; insipid, free from taste; firm, hard, as good kalo (taro); sweet, as fresh water in distinction from salt.

Mangarevan—magaro, of agreeable smell (said of food); (b.) soft, gentle, tame (said of animals); Ko te mau pui ahine, e magaro ia; These belong to the female sex, and are gentle. Aka-magaro, to render soft; (b.) to tame. Cf. , breadfruit reduced to paste; maga, a mouthful.

Paumotan—cf. magaro, salty, briny.

MANGAROA (for Mangoroa,) the Milky Way; Te whetu whakataha, i te Mangaroa—G. P., 28. [See Mangoroa.]

MANGEAO, the name of a tree (Bot. Litsea calicaris). Also Tangeao.

MANGEMANGE, the name of a climbing fern (Bot. Lygodium volubile).

MANGENGE, benumbed. Cf. ngenge, weary; kongenge, sinking, exhausted; korongenge, benumbed; mangi, weakened. [For comparatives, see Ngenge.]

MANGENGENGE (màngèngenge), gritty.

MANGEO, to itch. Cf. mangio, to burn, to itch; mangiongio, a chilblain; menge, shrivelled.

MANGEONGEO, an astringent taste.

Samoan—mageso, the prickly heat, an eruption on the skin; (b.) the itch.

Hawaiian—maneo, to itch; an itching pain; to be sharp and pricking; (b.) to be bitter or pungent to the taste, as after eating raw kalo (taro), or red pepper. Cf. meneo, an itching; a reeling or staggering. [With this cf. mene, to shrivel up, to pucker up = Maori menge, shrivelled. See Menge.]

Marquesan—cf. meneo, itching, to itch.

Mangarevan—megeo, itching, to itch; (b.) bitter, bitterness; (c.) piquant to the taste.

Paumotan—mageo, to itch.

MANGERE (màngere), lazy; E mangere ana koutou, e mangere ana—Eko., v. 17: He tangata momoe, he tangata mangere, ekore e whiwhi ki te taonga—Prov.

Tahitian—cf. maere, tedious, prolix; tediously; minutely.

Hawaiian—cf. manele, a species of palanquin; to carry on the shoulders of four men, as a palanquin or sedan-chair. [Note.—Formerly this was commonly used by high chiefs, until one very corpulont and irritable personago was thrown down a precipice by his bearers.] A bier; the name of a pole on which two men carried a corpse.

MANGI (màngi), weakened, unnerved. Cf. mangenge, benumbed; maki, an invalid; ngongi, water [see Tahitian]; manginoa, giddy.

Tahitian—mai, watery; withered (applied to yams, taro, &c., when injured by the sun or dry weather); maimai, diseased; a scrofulous person; one full of disease. Cf. mae, thin, lean; withered.

Tongan—magli, heavyladen, as a canoe; (b.) tired; magiigii, heavyladen, as a canoe; tired.

Mangarevan—aka-magi, to leave off, to cease from hard work.

MANGINOA (màngïnoa), giddy: Ka manginoa ‘hau, e ai te aorewa—S. T., 190. Cf. mangi, weakened, unnerved. [For comparatives, see Mangi.]

MANGIO, to burn, as pain; to itch. Cf. mangeo, to itch.

MANGIONGIO, a chilblain. [For comparatives, see Mangeo.]

MANGO (mangò), the shark of different species; the Dogfish: Ko te waha i rite ki te mango—P. M., 30. Cf. mako, a Tiger-shark.

Samoan—mago (magò), one kind of shark.

Tahitian—mao, the shark, of which there are several varietics. Cf. maohuaiape, a species of large shark; an ungovernable person; maomaomatapiti, the young of the shark; a young beginner in anything.

Hawaiian—mano, the general name for sharks: but it includes several other species of fish, all of which were page 211 tapu for women, on pain of death: Aina ke kanaka e ka mano; The man was devoured by a shark: I ka mano, i ka nuihi, i ke kohola; Of sharks, huge sharks, and whales. Cf. ilimano, shark-skin, used for drum-heads.

Marquesan—mako, the shark; (b.) a libertine, a debauchee; a prostitute. Cf. moko, the shark.

Mangarevan—mago, the shark: Hi mai ta ratou e puhi e mago; They fished up only eels and sharks.

Paumotan—mago, a shark.

MANGOHE (màngohe), soft. Cf. ngohengohe, withered, flaccid. [For comparatives, see Ngohengohe.]

MANGO-HURITAPENA (myth.), a chieftain of the Ati-Hapai tribe. He was killed by Whakatau on his expedition to revenge the death of Tuwhakararo—P. M., 74. [See Whakatau.]

MANGOPARE, the Hammer-headed Shark (Ich. Zygæna malleus). 2. A pattern of woodcarving. [For comparatives, see Mango.]

MANGOROA, the Milky Way. (Also called Mongoroiata.) [See Ika.]

MANGOTIPI, a pattern of wood-carving. Cf. tipi, to pare off; mangopare, a pattern of wood carving.

MANGU (myth.), Te Mangu. One of the primal Powers of the Cosmos, preceding the ordinary gods. He is stated to be the son of Kore-tetamaua (Void fast-bound), and to have wed Mahorahora-nui-a-Rangi (The great expanse of Heaven). Dr. Shortland considers that Mangu as “The Black” is equivalent to “Erebus”—S. R., 12. He is the father of the Props of Heaven [see Toko], and cf Rangipotiki. White, using the South Island nomenclature, gives this name as Maku, equivalent to “Moisture.” [See Maku.]

MANGU, black: Kei roto ka mangu mai, kei waho ka whero mai—G. P., 246: Kia whakawehia ano hoki e te mangu o te rangi—Hopa, iii. 5. Cf. pango, black.

MANGUMANGU, anything black; dark skinned; a negro: Ka titiro ki a ia, ka kata, ka mea, ‘He mangumangu! He mangumangu!’—P. M., 45.

Samoan—magu, to be dried up, as grass in the sun, or blood in a wound.

Tongan—magu, crusted, crimp; magumagu, the scab of sores; dryness; to scab over.

Mangarevan—cf. kiripagu, black skin; a negro; ohopagu, black hair; magugugugu, dry, said of food.

MANGUAWAI, the name of a fish found in the rivers in Taupo District.

MANGUNGU, closely-knitted, or woven. Cf. whaka-ngungu, to fend off, to ward off; whakangungu-rakau, a closely-woven mat, worn as armour. 2. Broken off. 3. Bruised. Cf. ngùngù, to gnaw; ngau, to bite. 4. A strain from lifting a heavy weight. 5. An omen of defeat, drawn from the state of food imperfectly cooked in the oven.

MANGUNGUNGU (màngùngungu), gritty, grating.

Samoan—magugu, to be scranched; (b.) to be scranchable; (c.) to be broken or cracked, as a bone; (d.) to make a grinding noise, as in walking on gravel. Cf. gugu, to scranch; gu, to growl.

Hawaiian — manunu, in pieces; finely, as if broken fine; (b.) to crack or creak against each other, as broken bones; manununu, to creak, to crepitate, as the finger joints when pulled; a rustling indistinct noise; a slight tremor. Cf. nau, to chew, to chank, to grind the teeth; nunu, a grunting, groaning.

Tongan—ma?u?u, to champ; to crack up bones or anything hard with the teeth; (b.) one kind of sugar-cane; fakama?u?u, to make a champing noise with the teeth; (b.) to exasperate. Cf. gugu, to crack or break up with the teeth; gugulu, to roar, growl; guhui, to break up bones with the teeth; femaguguaki, to growl at each other; magu, to be crusted, crimp.

Marquesan—makukukuku, an expression of annoyance when biting on something hard, in eating.

Mangarevan—cf. magugugugu, dry, said of food.

Mangaian—cf. mangungu, thunder.

MAO, MAOMAO, to leave off raining: He rangi ka maomao, maomao, mao te ua—G. P., 29. Cf. maoa, cooked [see Hawaiian]; kaimaoa, sapless, dry.

Samoan—mao, a lull in the wind, or the waves.

Tahitian—mao, to cease, applied to rain; to become fair, as a rainy day. Cf. maoa, to be sufficiently baked, as food.

Hawaiian—mao, to hush up, to quiet; to make an end; (b.) to pass away, as fog or cloud; (c.) to carry off, to bear away. [See Maori Mamao, distant.] Cf. maoa, to be dry; to be hard.

Tongan—maomao, dry, applied to the interval between showers.

Marquesan—mao, dry, as land once wet.

MAOA (màoa), MAOKA (màoka), cooked: Ka tahuna, ka maoa, ka kai—P. M., 51: Ka maoka, ka mauria mai ki te aroaro o Tane—Wohl., Trans., vii. 35. Cf. mamca, cooked; tàmoaka, cooked; kaimaoa, sapless, dry. 2. Ripe. 3. Ulcerated. Cf. komaoa, ulcerated.

MAMAOA, steam, especially steam of cooked food: He ana te manawa i te horomanga i te mamaoa hangi—A. H. M., v. 62. Cf. mamaha, steam; maomaoa, steam.

MAOMAOA, the first-fruits of a kumara-ground.

Tahitian—maoa, ripe, applied to bread-fruit; (b.) to be sufficiently baked, as food; mamao some offerings or first-fruits taken to the gods.

Tongan—cf. moa, dry, dried; moho, cooked, ready to be eaten; rotten; mao, steam.

Hawaiian—maoa, to be dry, hard, cracked, as the skin; to be painful, as a sore made by friction of the skin; a sore caused by the friction of the malo (waist-cloth) between the legs during a long journey; hoo-maoa, to be weak in the muscles of the thigh; to be lame in the hip-joint.

Marquesan—cf. moa, cooked; komau, cooked, cooking.

Mangarevan—cf. moa, cooked; pamoa, cooked on the coals without being wrapped up.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. ma, ripe, as fruit.

Malagasy—cf. masaka, ripe; cooked.

MAOMAO, the name of a fish (Ich. Ditrema violacea). 2. A variety of kumara or sweet potato.

MAONGA (màonga), for maoka. [See Maoka.]

MAOPOOPO (màopoopo), fitting easily.

MAORI, native, indigenous: Kotahi ano te tupuna o te tangata maori—P. M., 7. He wai maori, fresh water. 2. To observe, to take notice.

Whaka-MAORI, to interpret; to translate into the Maori language.

page 212

Tahitian—maori, indigenous, not foreign. Cf. maohi, native, not foreign; common; marie, indigenous.

Hawaiian—maoli, indigenous, in distinction from foreign; native; (b.) real, in distinction from fictitious; true; genuine; really, truly, without doubt.

Marquesan—maoi, indigenous, belonging to the country; native.

Mangarevan—maori, native, belonging to the country; (b.) royal; (c.) Polynesian, Oceanic; (d.) the right hand. Cf. maohi, Oceanic.

Paumotan—maori, indigenous, native; (b.) sure; (c.) safe; (d.) perfect. Cf. maohi, indigenous; reko-maori, true.

MAORI, a variety of the kumara (sweet potato).

Hawaiian—cf. maoli, a long dark variety of banana.

MAOTA (màota), freshly grown; green. Cf. ota, green, uncooked; kaiota, green, fresh, uncooked. 2. A patch of land, or fern-gully, which has not been burnt off for many years.

MAPARA (màpara), gum of the kahikatea tree. Cf. kàpara, resinous wood of the kahikatea. 2. Wood saturated with gum. 3. A comb. Cf. kapara, a comb.

MAPAU (màpau), MAPOU (màpou), the name of a small tree (Bot. Myrsine urvillei).

MAPAURIKI (màpauriki), the name of a shrub (Bot. Pittosporum tenuifolium).

Whaka-MAPOU, to turn brown or red.

MAPU, to whiz, to hum: Ara i mapu ana ana ngutu—A. H. M., iv. 90. Cf. pu, to blow; purorohu, whizzing; putara, a trumpet. 2. To sigh; to sob. 3. To pant. 4. A squirt, to syringe the ears in sickness.

MAPUMAPU, to whiz, to hiss: Me te mapumapu ana ngutu i te kata—A. H. M., iv. 90.

Samoan—mapu, to whistle; mamapu, a flute or whistle made of bamboo; mapumapu, to grumble; to be discontented. Cf. màpuea, to breathe hard, to be out of breath; màpuitigà, to sigh; màpusela, to breathe hard.

Tahitian—mapu, to blow, to puff, as a person out of breath; (b.) to whistle; a whistle or native flute; (c.) palpitation of the heart after running, &c.; mapumapu, to be weak, tired, exhausted; exhaustion. Cf. mapuhi, to recover breath after swooning; pu, a conchshell, a trumpet.

Hawaiian—mapu, to rise up, as incense; to rise up and float off; (b.) moving, as a gentle wind; floating, as odoriferous matter in the breeze; (c.) to spatter, as when rowing a canoe; (d.) spattering, as water from a paddle: (d.) the name of a wind; mapumapu, to fly upwards, to float off in the air; hoo-mapu, to set off together, as two persons riding in on the surf for a bet (playing on the surf-board); mapuna, to boil up, as water in the sea near the shore, or in other places. [Note.—Andrews derives this word from mapu: cf. the Maori puna, a spring of water.] Cf. pu, to come forth from.

Tongan—mabu, to whistle; to make a whistling noise in the nose; mamabu, to whistle; mabumabu, to whistle repeatedly. Cf. mabuhi, to spout; mabuhoi, to sigh, to breathe hard; maubu, a hollow bubbling sound; bubu, to gargle; to blow gently, as wind; femabomaboi, to babble.

Marquesan—mapu, to whistle.

Mangarevan—mapu, a great sigh given by an overtired person. Cf. mapuna, vapour or smoke rising like wool; ebullition of water into the air.

MAPUA (màpua), prolific; bearing abundance of fruit. Cf. pua, a flower-seed. [For comparatives, see Pua.]

MAPUNAPUNA (màpunapuna), rippling. 2. Bubbling up: Tena e Tane ahua te one ki waho, e mapunapuna ana—A. H. M., i. 117. Cf. puna, a spring of water; mapu, to buzz, whiz; pupu, to bubble up, to boil.

Samoan—mapuna, to spring from, to arise from; mapunapuna, to come to light (of what was hidden). Cf. mapu, to whistle; puna, to spring up, to bubble up.

Tahitian—cf. puna, prolific, as a female.

Hawaiian—mapuna, boiling up and flowing off, as water from a spring; to boil up, as water in the sea; (b.) to excite or stir up the mind; (c.) to turu the affections upon a beloved object; to love ardently. Cf. mapu, to rise up and float off, as incense or odour on the wind; puna, a well, a spring.

Tongan—mabunobuna, to spring up, as water from a fountain. Cf. buna, a leap, a bound.

Mangarevan—mapuna, vapour; ebullition of water into the air; (b.) smoke rising in woolly clouds. Cf. puna, a spring of water.

Marquesan—cf. puna, a source.

Paumotan—mapunapuna, to bubble; to boil over. Cf. puna, prolific.

MAPUNAIERE (myth.), the name of a certain sacred axe. It was called by this name after it had received its handle, lashings, &c. At the time Ngahue gave it to Rata it was called Te-Papa-ariari. This was the axe which Rata sharpened on the body of his sister, Hine-tu-a-hoanga—A. H. M., i. 73. [See Rata.]

MAPUNGA, a large Shag. [See Kawau.]

MAPURA (màpura), fire. Cf. kapura, fire; purapura, seed. [For comparatives, see Pura.]

MARA, to kill. Cf. maru, crushed; killed.

MARAMARA, a chip, a splinter, a small piece: Maramara nui a Mahi ka riro i a Noho—Prov.

Samoan—mala, calamity: Sau ia ina alu ma le ‘au o mala; Leave the fly-fish-hook of misfortune. (b.) Soft; mamala, disease-producing (applied to a husband or wife who is supposed to communicate disease to the partner: also to a mother, or wet-nurse); malamala, to have a bad taste in the mouth from eating poisonous food; (b.) chips of wood; (c.) small pieces of fish; malaia, to die; to be dead; (b.) to be unfortunate; to be unhappy, miserable; (c.) a calamity. Cf. mala'itai, to be unlucky in fishing; malatòimea, calamity coming on animals.

Tahitian—cf. maramara, bitter, acrid; mamara, bitter, saltish; (b.) a species of oyster that is often poisonous.

Hawaiian—mala, the name of a disease; (b.) a swelling or puffing-up of the chest, an enlargement; a growing swelling; (c.) exhausted, spent; malamala, to swell; swollen; mamala, a small piece of any substance broken off from a larger. Cf. malailena, bitterness, bitter, acrid; malailoa, broken fine, scattered.

Tongan—mala, misfortune; (b.) foolishness; malaia, dead; abandoned; a“ursed; malamala, chips of wood, shavings; (b.) lumps of fish; (c.) sour, sourish; fakamalamala, the overplus of wood in building page 213 a canoe, claimed by the carpenters.

Mangarevan—maramara, firewood, dry wood.

Paumotan—maramara, a piece, portion; haka-maramara, to divide into portions. Cf. kamara, a particle; maramarama-toe, ruins. Ext. Poly:

Malay—cf. mamar, a bruise, contusion; marah, anger.

Java—cf. marah, to divide.

Aneityum—cf. namaramara, the remnants of a tribe or family.

Fiji—cf. mara, a burial-place; mala, a chip, a splinter.

MARA (màra), a plot of ground under cultivation; a farm: No te mea ka tae atu hei karakia i a raua mara kumara—P. M., 195.

Samoan—mala (màla), a new plantation.

Tahitian—cf. malae, cleared of weeds, rubbish, &c., as a garden.

Hawaiian—mala, a small patch of ground: a garden; a field. Cf. mamala, a small piece of any substance broken off from a lårger.

Tongan—maala, a plantation of yams; a garden; maalaala, clean, cleared of weeds and rubbish; faka-maalaala, to clear away obstruction.

Marquesan—maa (maà), a plot of ground well wooded with trees.

Mangarevan—mara, cultivated ground; a plantation. Cf. maramara, wood to burn; dry wood.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. mamala, to make a fence; to set up a habitation; vala, a border, as in rice-ground.

Java—cf. marah, to divide.

MARA, a term of address to a man E mara!

MARA, prepared by steeping in fresh water.

MARAE, an enclosed place in front of a house; a yard: A ka tae mai ki te marae o te tuaahu—P. M., 91. Cf. whaka-rae, to be exposed; to stick out; rae, a promontory; the forehead; marakerake, bald, bare. 2. An oven made sacred after a fishing expedition. 3. Hospitable: He tangata marae; A hospitable man.

Samoan—malae, an open space in a village, where public meetings are held: E le ai foi sona igoa i le malae; His name shall not be heard in the meeting-place. (b.) The centre piece of a necklace, as a piece of polished metal. Cf. lae, the part between the lip and the chin, without hair.

Tahitian—marae, the sacred place formerly used for worship, where stones were piled up, altars erected, sacrifices offered, prayer made, and sometimes the dead deposited; (b.) cleared of wood, weeds, rubbish, &c., as a garden. Cf. maraefara, a wise person.

Hawaiian—cf. malae, calm; calmness; a pleasant appearance; smooth, as a plain; lae, a headland; a calm place in the sea.

Tongan—malae, a green, a grass-plat; a circus; malaelae, open, free from obstruction, like a malae; faka-malaelae, an open space resembling a malae; to free a place from trees, &c., for a malae.

Mangaian—marae, the sacred enclosure where religious rites were performed, and sacrifices offered. Maputu, the large marae at Ivirua, was filled with human heads by the Aitu or “god” tribe. Maraerae, cleared off, as weeds, &c.; (b.) cleared from one's path, as enemies.

Mangarevan—Marae, sacrifice; an offering made to the gods; first-fruits.

Paumotan—marae, a temple.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. balai, an audience-hall; a reception-room (Sanscrit?).

MARAENUI (myth.). [See Kawa.]

MARAE-O-HINE (myth.), a pa used as a City of Refuge. It was situated at Mohoaonui, on the Upper Waikato River, and was named in honour of Hine, the daughter of Maniopoto. Its sacredness gave rise to several proverbs, as “The Courtyard of Hine will never be trod by a war-party” (Ko te Marae o Hine, e kore e pikitia e te patu); “Do not intrude on the Courtyard of Hine” (E kei hewa ki te Marae o Hine), &c. (A. H. M., v. 17.) In Hawaii, sacred places of refuge were an established institution; they were called puhonua, and those who sought shelter there, whatever their crime, were safe under the protection of the presiding deity. [See Ellis's “Tour through Hawaii,” p. 137.] The Samoans also had certain villages set apart as sanctuaries of refuge, these were called Tapua'iga, and their ordinary inhabitants did not engage in war, but gave shelter to defeated combatants.

MARAKERAKE (màrakerake), bald, bare. Cf. whaka-rae, to stick out, to be exposed; rae, the forehead; a headland; rakenga, bald, bare.

Samoan—cf. malae, an open space in a village.

Tahitian—cf. marae, cleared of wood, weeds, &c.; rae, the forehead.

Hawaiian—cf. malae, calm, calmness; smooth, as a plain.

Tongan—cf. malaelae, open, free from obstruction.

Mangaian—cf. maraerae, cleared off, as weeds.

Marquesan—maakeake, a desert place; (b.) the surface of water.

MARAKI, the fish hapuku cut into strips and dried, uncooked. Cf. raki, dried.

MARAMA, chips, splinters: Ka tanumia ki nga marama o Tainui—P. M., 71. This is a form of maramara. [See under Mara.]

MARAMA, the moon, as deity. [See Marama (myth.).] 2. The moon: He marama koia kia hoki rua ki Taitai?—Prov. 3. A month: Mahi nei, mahi nei, a ka maha nga ra, nga marama—P. M., 95.

MARAMA, light, not dark; to be light, bright: E hoki mai hoki hei tangata ora ki te ao marama—P. M., 15. Ka marama te rangi, ka marama te whenua, te moana—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32. Cf. ma, white; rama, a torch, a lamp. 2. Transparent. 3. Clear-sounding, loud. 4. Easy to understand.

MARAMARAMA (màramarama), somewhat light; not quite dark.

Whaka-MARAMA, to enlighten; (b.) to stand aside from a window or door to allow light to enter the room.

Samoan—malama (màlama), the moon; (b.) a light, a lamp; the light of a torch; malama, the light of day; to be light, as at day-dawn, or from fire; (b.) the ninth month of pregnancy; malamalama (màlamalama), light, to be light: A o lei faapouliuligia le la, ma le malamalama, ma le masina, ma fetu; While the sun and the light, the moon and the stars, are not darkened. (b.) To be aware of ill-doing, and not forbid it: hence, by implication, to be guilty; fa'amalama, a fire for giving light; (b.) a lamp; (c.) a window; fa'a-malamalama (fa'a-màlamalama), to cause to burn brightly; (b.) to make clear, to explain. Cf. màlamaisana, the moon (in poetry only); mauli, the moon; ma, clean, pure; lama, a torch of candle-nut berries; masina, the moon.

Tahitian—marama, the moon: Mai te marama te teatea, mai te ma- page 214 hana te anaana; Fair as the moon, clear as the sun. (b.) A month: Tei te iva ia o te marama e tei te taau hoe o te mahana; It was the ninth month, and the twentieth day of the month. Maramarama, the light; light, not obscure. Cf. maramafaaipa, the moon standing erect, as to its horns; (fig.) a person who keeps his appointments; maramaroa, a long period of time; maraorao, the break of day; opumarama, an enlightened mind; one of a thoughtful and retentive memory; ma, clean, unsoiled; rama, a torch used by fishermen.

Hawaiian—malama, light, as of the sun, moon, or stars: O hele ka hoku, O hele ka malama; Vanish the stars, vanish the light. (b.) A solar month, in distinction from mahina, a lunar month: I ka la eiwa o ka ha o ka malama; On the ninth day of the fourth month: Nonu i ka malama o Makalii; Wilted in the month of Matariki. (c.) A looking-glass; (d.) one who observes the heavenly bodies, an astrologer; a prophet; (d.) taking care, giving heed; watching over; to preserve; to keep: E malama i ka niho palaoa; Take care of his whale's tooth: Aia ka kakou e malama ai o naele auanei kakou; It is for us to take heed lest we get into danger. (e.) To serve, as a servant; to take care of; (f.) to reverence, to obey, as a command; (g.) to observe, as a festival; to attend to, as a duty; (h.) to be awake to danger: E malama i ka upena nanana; Take heed of the spider's web. (i.) To put and keep things in order; (j.) to swell, to be enlarged, as the belly; malamalama, to shine, to give light, as the heavenly bodies; light: the light of the sun, or a fire: A c like ia me ka malamalama o ke kakahiaka i ka puka ana o ka la; He shall be like the light of the morning when the sun rises: Malamalama paa ka Lani ku i ka Honua; The fixed light of Heaven shining on the Earth. (b.) (Fig.) Light of the mind, knowledge: He malamalama ke kanawai; The law is light. Hoo-malamalama, to enlighten, to cause light. Cf. malamala, to swell, to rise up round and full; lama, a torch; a lamp; lamalama, much light; many lights; mahina, the moon.

Tongan— malama, to shine; faka-malama, to cause to shine. Cf. maa, pure, clean; burnt, scorched; màma, fire; light; to shine; mamaaga, the source of light, the sun; lama, to shine; the reflection of light from a distance; lamaji, to watch.

Marquesan—maama, the light of day: Koe no a, maama koe; There was no day, there was no light. Meama, the moon; (b.) a month; maamaama, light: E ua haake te Atua i te maamaama me te potano; God divided the light from the darkness.

Mangarevan—marama, day; light; daylight; (b.) the moon: Koia te marama; That is the moon. (c.) Wise, instructed. Cf. ma, to fade, to lose colour; rama, to illuminate; karamarama, a window.

Rarotongan—marama, the moon: I na! apopo te marama ou; Behold! to-morrow is the new moon. (b.) A month: I te ra e rua ngauru ma a i te marama; On the twenty-fourth day of the month. (c.) The light, as of day, &c.: Auraka te marama kia kaka mai ki runga i te reira; Neither let the light shine on it. (d.) Bright, shining: Te enua marama o Vatca; The bright land of Vatea.

Aniwan—cf. umrama, months.

Paumotan—maramarama, intelligent. Cf. marako, lucid; rama, a torch; to burn; flame.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. malàma, the moon.

New Britain—cf. malana, light.

Fiji—cf. malamalawa, the early part of the morning before daylight; marama, a lady; rarama, light; rama-ka, to enlighten; ramaka, shining from a distance, as a white cloth in the sun, or a fire in the night when a town is burning.

Kayan—cf. mala, light; flame; ma, gold.

Formosa—cf. maramoramo, twilight; marara, to enlighten; rara, the light.

Tagal—cf. mamar, yellow.

Aneityum—cf. alauma, to blaze.

MARAMA, to rise up (for maranga): Ka roa ka marama te manu ra—A. H. M., ii. 17. [See Maranga.]

MARAMA (myth.), the Moon-goddess. Marama and her brother Ra, the sun, were the children of Tongotongo, the wife of Haronga, who was the son of Rangi-potiki. Hence the proverb for the Sun and Moon: Nga tokorua a Tongotongo; The two children of Tongotongo—S. R., 17. The moon becomes seized with disease soon after the middle of the month, and she wanes as her sickness consumes her. When she is excessively weak, she bathes in the Living Water of Tane [see Waiora] which gradually restores her light and strength—A. H. M., i. 141. Marama was the daughter of Rangi and Atutahi—G. P., 52, and 153. 2. A chief lady in the ancient canoe, Tainui. Marama-kiko-hura—P. M., 90. Her adultery with her slave caused the canoe to be unable to pass for time across the Tamaki portage—A. H. M., iv. 32.

MARAMAHI (Moriori,) diligent. Cf. mara, a cultivation; mahi, to work. [For comparatives, see Mara, and Mahi.]

MARAMAWHITI, a variety of kumara or sweet potato.

MARANGA, to rise up: Ka maranga ake taua nauhea ra—P. M., 16. Cf. ranga, to raise, to cast up; to pull up by the roots; a company of persons; tairangaranga, elevated; to raise, to lift up.

Samoan—malaga, to rise from its nest, as a hen; (b.) to rise from ambush, as troops; (c.) to raise a swamped canoe; (d.) a journey; (e.) a travelling party; malaga (màlaga), to cause, to originate; fa'a-malaga, to cause a quarrel; to keep closer to the wind in sailing. Cf. laga, to raise up; to rise from a sitting posture; muamalaga, those in a travelling party who go on ahead; malagàfaga, a party going about begging fly-fish-hooks; taumàlaga, to endeavour to raise, as war.

Tahitian—maraa, to bear, to bear up, to rise up; to be bearable, manageable; also manaa, to be bearable, portable, manageable; maraaraa, heavy, but manageable; movable.

Hawaiian—malana, loose; pulling up easily, as weeds from soft ground; (b.) to float together, as a company of canoes, or a multitude of men: E malana iluna i ka ili kai; Floating it up (the earth) from the bottom of the sea. Hoo-malana, to throw away, as refuse matter; (b.) to be disrespcted; (c.) to take care of; (d.) to be large; to swell, as a dead body. Cf. lana, to float, to swim on the surface; buoyant, floating; lanalana, to make light (not heavy); manana, that which is buoyed page 215 up, held up; that which is tottering and feeble.

Tongan—malaga, to be raised; (b.) an orator; a discourse; to discourse; fakamalaga, to intercede; to advocate; a name given to the god of a mother, supposed to be kind; an intercessor. Cf. malagafono, two persons who attend a proclamation; malagaekina, to plead or intercede for; laga, to erect, to originate; to set in motion; to raise up the soil, the act of turning the soil; taumalaga, to be on the move; to appear anxious to get away.

Mangarevan—maraga, that which moves or goes, said of rain or wind; (b.) the house of purification for women; (c.) stations of ten days' journey apart (there were four of these stations). Cf. raga, to float.

Paumotan—cf. faka-raga, to raise up; faka-tiraga, to raise up.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. ragaia, to pull up, to transplant.

Fiji—cf. laga, to be lifted up (of a club ready to strike any one).

Malay—cf. langgar, to invade.

Java—cf. langa, oil.

MARANGAI, the east wind: He mea ngingio i te marangai—Ken., xli. 6. 2. East: No te raki? Kao! No te marangai? Kao!—P. M., 19. 3. A gale of wind with rain. 4. Heavy surf. 5. The principal posture of defence with the spear.

Tahitian—maraai, the south wind, or nearly from that point of the compass, but not exactly. Cf. maraamu, the south wind, in common modern use.

Hawaiian—malanai, the gentle blowing of the north-east wind; (b.) one of the names of the trade wind. Cf. mananai, a gentle breeze, a pleasant wind to sail with, and no motion of the canoe.

Mangarevan—maragai, the south-east wind; (b.) the south-east quarter; (c.) the South-east Wind personified: Ko te Hakarua te tamahine: ka Marangai tetahi; The North-east Wind is a daughter (of Raka); the South-east Wind is another. Cf. maraga, that which moves (spoken of wind and rain).

Mangaian—marangai, the east.

MARAPEKA, a small species of sea-ear (paua). (Mol. Haliotis virginica.)

MARARA, scattered, separated: Kua marara nga tangata o taua pa—A. H. M., v. 20: A ka marara te iwi, a ka mate etahi o ratou—A. H. M., i. 51. 2. To separate, to go in different directions: He oi wehea ake era to-korua, marara ana ki te wai, ki uta—P. M., 9. Cf. rara, spread out on a stage; to go in shoals; twigs; korara, to disperse; pirara, to be separated; tirara, to be wide apart.

MARARARA (màràrara), rather scattered.

Whaka-MARARA, to scatter.

Samoan—cf. malala, charcoal; màlala, to be reduced to charcoal; malalaola, live coals; làlà, small branches; to stand out like branches.

Tahitian—marara, dispersed, scattered; (b.) the flying-fish. Cf. manana, vagrant, unabiding, wandering; manaa, portable, movable; purara, scattered.

Tongan—cf. malala, embers; malalaga, to execute commands; to wait on a chief.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. parara, to be split; opened.

Formosa—cf. marara, the light of day.

MARARE, the name of a fish, the Butter-fish, or Kelp-fish (Ich. Coridodax pullus).

MARAROA (myth.), the chief of the Rangimata canoe, in the Moriori migration. [See Moriori.]

MARATEA, the name of a fish.

MARAU (màrau), a fork: Me te marau e toru nei nga koikoi i tona ringa—Ham., ii. 13. Cf. purau, a fork; pùrou, a fork; matarau, a forked eel-spear, a grains.

MARE, a cough; to cough; phlegm.

Samoan—male, a chief's cough. Cf. tale, a cough.

Tahitian—mare, a cough; to cough. This is an old word, made tapu on account of its occurring in the name of the King, Pomare.

Hawaiian—male, to hawk and spit; to raise phlegm; to expectorate phlegm; phlegm.

Tongan—mele, to feign a cough, to cough lightly; (b.) a defect; a blemish; (c.) faka-mele, to injure, to mar. Cf. femeleaki, to cough as a sign to one another; to disagree.

Marquesan—maemae, phlegm or spittle coming from the chest.

Moriori—mare, influenza.

Paumotan—mare, a cold, catarrh.

MAREA, many, multitudinous. Cf. mareka, many.

MAREAREA (màrearea), the name of a small fish, Whitebait (Ich. Galaxias attenuatus).

Tahitian—cf. marea, the name of a fish.

Marquesan—cf. maeka, easy; small; a little piece of a thing, a thing of small value.

MAREHEREHE (màreherehe), trouble. Cf. rehea, to be balked, baffled; rehe, wrinkled.

MAREKA, many. Cf. marea, many.

Marquesan—cf. maeka, easy; small; a little piece of a thing.

MAREMARETAI, the Jelly-fish: Nga maremaretai o te moana he whekau no Ruatapu—A. H. M., iii. 35. (Myth.) When Ruatapu burst asunder, the jelly-fishes were made from his entrails—A. H. M., iii. 56.

MARENGANUI, luckily, fortunately.

MAREPE (Moriori,) the east-north-east wind.

MARERE (màrere), kumara (sweet potatoes), used in certain ceremonies previous to planting. Probably the word as signifying “falling” is explained in the line stating: Ka mareretia e te tikitiki o Wahieroa; Fallen from the girdle of (the hero) Wahieroa. 2. The first kumara, planted by the priests with due ceremonies.

MARERE, to drop, fall (of solid bodies): Ka marere nga kakahu—P. M., 31. Cf. rere, a waterfall. 2. To be given: Ka mea ratou ki a ta ‘E kore el marere atu'—P. M., 23: Ka mea mai te wahine ki a Paoa, ‘E kore ra e marere mai’—P. M., 182. 3. To die. 4. To let one-self down, to get down.

Hawaiian—malele, to distribute, or give out to others, as food; (b.) to call out to one for help; hoo-malele, to parcel out; to give to one another, as food. Cf. lele to jump, leap; leleiomo, to plump into the water from a height; leleio, to die suddenly.

Tongan—malele, to incline to; to recline towards; (b.) to run, to pursue, applied to several; fakamalele, the finishing feast after a funeral; faka-malelelele, to put into a dangerous position; to be in danger of falling. Cf. femaleleaki, to run backwards and forwards in a body; lele, to run; a race.

Mangarevan—marere, to fall little by little; aka-marere, to allow to fall. Cf. marare, to fall from weakness.

Marquesan—cf. maee, to lie, to cheat.

page 216

Mangaian—marere, to fall off, as a leaf; (b.) to die.

Paumotan—cf. marerere, to pass on, as a legend.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. marere, bent, slanting.

MAREREKO, the tail of a bird, or a war-plume made of such tail. The plume must consist of twelve feathers, of huia, or other prized birds' plumage.

MARERE-O-TONGA (myth.), a deity, the son of Rangi-potiki and Papatuanuku. He was a brother to Rongo, Tu, Tangaroa, &c., and was born twin with Takataka-putea—S. R., 18.

MAREWA, raised up: Ko te whare i moe ai nga whetu, ka marama ki runga—G. P., 396. Cf. rewa, to float; tarewa, raised up.

Tahitian—mareva, to pass on or go by; (b.) a fleet of canoes, with visitors, bringing presents from one land to another; (c.) to be capable of carrying or conveying, as a canoe; marevareva, to appear transiently at a distance, so that a person has just a glimpse; (b.) to be fickle, moving to and fro. Cf. reva, the firmament, the heavens; the unknown beyond; to depart, &c. [For full comparatives, see Rewa.]

MARIAO, an ulcer.

MARIE, an omen.

MARIE, quiet, appeased: Noho marie korua, mahaku e tora atu — Wohl., Trans., vii. 49. He nui tona ata noho, tona marie—P. M., 158. Cf. marire, quietly, gently; rangimarie, quiet, peaceful; marino, calm; waimarie, quiet, meek. 2. “It is good.”

Samoan — malie, well, agreeable; to be right, proper; (b.) a good message; (c.) to thank, to say “Malie!” faa-malie, to thank, to say “Malie!

Tahitian—marie, slowly, deliberately; (b.) to be silent; (c.) indigenous. Cf. mania, a calm; manino, calm, smooth.

Hawaiian—malie, quiet, calm, still; gentle; to be calm; quietly, gently, slowly: A lohi aku la maua mahope me ka hele malie; We two lingered behind by walking slowly. Hoo-malie, to make quiet, to still, to hush up; to soothe one's passions; malielie, to hush up a perturbation of any kind. Cf. malae, a calm, a calmness; a pleasant appearance; lae, a calm, a calm place in the sea; to be light, clearshining; malino, calm, quiet; mali, to beg in a soothing manner; malina, a calm smooth spot in the sea; malili, to calm down, as a storm, or as one in fierce anger.

Marquesan—meie (M. L.=merie), serene, fine.

Tongan—malie, to be pleased or delighted; pleasing; fortunate; (b.) to do easily or gently; fakamalie, to express pleasure; melie, sweet, delicious. Cf. mamali, to be pleased, to smile; malielau, fair of speech; agafakalaumalie, spiritually minded; fiemalie, comfort, composure, enjoyment; easy, contented; kaugamalie, suitable, easy; laumalie, spirit; soul; life; alive and well, applied to chiefs; melino, peace; molu, soft, softness; taimalie, fortunate, just in time; tuamelie, to anticipate good; to hope.

Mangarevan—marie, well; good; as it should be; (b.) apropos; merie, to be compassionate, sympathetic. Cf. maroi! “Thank you;” “It is well;” mariari, fresh, agreeable; merino, calm; merei, beautiful; aka-rimamerie, to give alms.

Mangaian—marie, gently. Cf. marino, calm.

Ext. Poly.: Sulu—cf. maraiau, good.

Bicol—cf. marahay, good.

Formosa—cf. mario, good.

MARIHOPE (myth.), the name of the kumara store of Ngatoro-i-rangi, on the Island of Motiti—P. M., 110. [See Ngatoro-i-rangi.]

MARIKORIKO (màrikoriko), to glimmer. Cf. riko, to dazzle, to flash; to grow light, as at dawn.

Hawaiian—malio, the opening of the morning: the first rays of light. Cf. liolio, bright shining, dazzling; likoliko, to shine, to glisten, like drops of oil or water.

Mangarevan—mariko, to commence to appear; marikoriko, the morning twilight; dawn. [For full comparatives, see Riko.]

MARIKORIKO (myth.), the wife of Tiki, the first man. She was formed by Arohirohi (Mirage) from the warmth of the Sun and Paoro (Echo)—A. H. M., i. 151.

MARINO, calm: E hoe ana i te maona marino—P. M., 116: Ma enei hau e patu nga hau me te moana kia marino ai—A. H. M., i. 21. A calm, especially at sea: E hora te marino, hora noa i waho, “The waters are motionless now,” &c.—C. O. D.

Samoan—manino, to be calm, to be quiet; free from war; peace; (b.) clear, not disturbed (of liquids). Cf. màlie, slowly; agreeably; a good message.

Tahitian—manino, calm, smooth; haa-manino, to cause calmness of the sea, or of the mind; to become calm, by wind and sea decreasing. Cf. mania, a calm; serene, unruffled; manina, plain, smooth, level; marie, slowly, deliberately; maruuruu, to be calmed.

Hawaiian—malino, and malinolino, calm, quiet, as one whose spirits have been ruffled; calm, as the surface of the sea without wind; quiet, gentle; (b.) reflecting light, as calm water; manino, a calm or quiet after a storm; the abating or lulling of strong winds; maninonino, a lull of strong wind; (b.) a small, quiet place sheltered from the wind. Cf. malina, a calm, smooth place in the sea; malie, calm, still, gentle; malili, to calm down, as a storm; malimali, to talk soothingly; linolino, calm, unruffled, as the sea when there is no wind: hence, reflecting the light of the sun; brightness; splendour.

Tongan—melino, peace, peaceable, freedom from war: O ne liligi ae toto oe tau ae melino; And shed the blood of war in peace. Faka-melino, to act in a warlike manner during a time of peace; (b.) to kill or enslave all on a sudden; (c.) to perpetuate peace.

Rarotongan—marino, calm; a calm: Kua akariro aia i taua uriia ra ei marino; He makes the storm a calm. Cf. marie, gently.

Marquesan—menino, calm (of the sea); without wind. Cf. meie (M.L. =merie,) serene, fine.

Mangarevan—merino, calm, tranquility; (b.) absolute silence after a great noise. Cf. marie, good; well; mariari, pleasant; merinokura, dead calm; merinotuapipi, a light zephyr.

Paumotan—marino, a calm sea; marinorino, lustre, glossy; hakamarino, to still, to calm.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. maino, peace.

Malagasy—cf. marina, level, even.

Bicol—cf. malinao, calm.

Formosa—cf. marne, calm; weak.

MARINO-TO, MARINO-TOKITOKI, very calm. [For comparatives, see Marino.]

page 217

MARINGI, to be spilt: Ka rite ki te wai i maringi ki te whenua, kahore nei e kohikohia ake—2 Ham., xiv. 14. Cf. ringi, to spill; hani, water. [See Hani.] 2. To menstruate; the catamenia.

MARINGIRINGI, to be spilt by little and little.

Samoan—maligi, to be spilled; to be poured out; to be poured down: Ma ua maligi mai o'u faataio e pei o vai; My roarings are poured out like waters. (b.) Pouring of rain; maligiligi, to pour out tears; to weep abundantly. Cf. liligi, to pour; ligiligi, to pour gently.

Tahitian—manii, to overflow, or be spilling. E manii tona riri tahoo mai te auahi i mairi ra; Her anger shall be poured out like fire. Maniinii, to be spilling repeatedly, or overflowing in several places; haa-manii, to spill or shed, as liquid or other things. Cf. ninii, to pour out liquids, or other things.

Hawaiian—manini, to spill or spatter out, as water in carrying; spilling; overflowing: I manini, i hanini, i ninia i ka wai Akua; Scattered about, overflowing, poured out is the divine liquid. Maninini, to overflow, overflowing; to spil over, &c.; hoo-manini, to pour out water by little and little. Cf. mini, to spill over, to pour out, as a liquid; hanini, to overflow, to spill over.

Rarotongan—maringi, to spill, to be spilled; to run over; to pour out, as a liquid: Te rima i marigi ei te toto arakore ra; Hands that pour out innocent blood. Aka-maringi, to cause to spill. Cf. ririgi, to pour out.

Tongan—maligi, to be spilt; faka-maligi, to pour out, to empty. Cf. liligi, to pour out; ligi, to pour.

Mangarevan—merigi, to trickle, flow; flowing; to run, little by little; merigirigi, stronger action of merigi; (b.) the menses of females. Cf. rigirigi, that which is filled; moriki, to sprinkle native cloth.

Paumotan—cf. marigi, to suppurate, as a festering sore.

MARIPI (màripi), a knife: Hangà etahi maripi kohatu mau—Hoh., v. 2. Cf. maipi, a wooden sword; ripi, to cut; koripi, to cut; horipi, to slit. [For comparatives, see Ripi.]

MARIRE (màrire), quiet, gentle, appeased; quietly Cf. humarire, beautiful; marie, quiet; marere, to fall; to die; mariri, tranquillized. 2. Deliberately. 3. Thoroughly; quite.

MARIRI (màriri), soothed; to be allayed, tranquillized: Na ka mariri nei te ngakau o Rangi raua ko Tawhiri—P. M., 10. Cf. riri, anger; marire, quiet, gentle; marie, quiet; marere, to drop, fall; to die.

Samoan—cf. malili, to drop from a tree, applied to fruits dropping prematurely.

Hawaiian—malili, to calm down, as a storm, or as one in fierce anger; (b.) lessened; stunted; degenerated; withered; a blast upon fruits; (c.) to be or become small, as something that is too great; (d.) to become consoled, as one indulging in immoderate grief; hoo-malili, to wither, to droop; (b.) to lessen down, to make less; (b.) to be bereaved, of children as parents, or of parents as children; malimali, to talk soothingly; to persuade; to dissemble. Cf. lili, wrath; pain; jealous; heavy; stiff, as the limbs with lameness.

Tahitian—cf. màriri, cold [see Makariri]; maririmatatahuna, a disease that festers and increases inwardly; mariripureao, a fisherman who promises, but performs not.

Marquesan—manini, soft, agreeable.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. mariry, to be destitute; vacant.

MARO(màrò), a fathom (six feet), measured with the arms extended: Ko tona roa e wha maro—G.-8, 30: Ko te whanui e toru maro—A. H. M., i. 11. 2. Stretched out; stiff: Maro whakateihu ana, maro whakatekei ana—P. M., 27. 3. Hard, solid: Kua meinga e ratou o ratou mata kia maro atu i te kohatu—Her., v. 3 Cf. pàmàrò, solid; papamàrò, hard; tumàrò, hard, solid; maroke, dry. 4. Unyielding; headstrong; not to yield a point; undeviating: Kaua hoki e kawea ketia te ihu o te waka i te putanga mai o te whetu ko te ra; kia maro tonu te ihu o te waka ki reira—P. M., 115. Cf. taumàrò, obstinate. 5. Unimpeded.

MARORO (màròrò), somewhat stiff. 2. Strong. Cf. marohirohi, strong.

Whaka-MARO, to extend, to stretch out.

Samoan—malo (màlò), to be strong, as to be good for work, walking, &c.; malo (malò), hard: Lou muaulu ia malò, ina ia fesagai ma o latou muaulu; Your foreheads hard against their foreheads. Fa'a-malo, to act as a conquering party. Cf. malosi, strong; malosigutu, to be stronger at talking than at work; malona, to be filled out, to be swelled out, extended, as a full basket.

Tahitian—maro (màrò), obstinate, perverse: E tera ra taata màrò amu tama'i e; You son of a perverse rebellious woman! Cf. marotaiapu, a contention made by conquered parties to recover their names; maroia, indifference, listlessness; màròtarahoi, obstinate, self-willed; papamarò, dry, as the ground, grass, &c.

Hawaiian—malo, and maloo, to dry up, as water; to wither, as a tree; dry; dry land, in opposition to water; hoo-maloo, to cause to dry up, as the see; (b.) to dry or season in the sun. Cf. maloohaha, to be dry; malohi, to be slow, to be lazy.

Tongan—cf. Malo! “Well done! Bravo!” a winner in games; malohi, strength; strong, forcible.

Marquesan— mao, a fathom.

Mangaian—maro, dry and hard, as land, &c. Cf. maromaroa, wearied of; lackadaisical.

Mangarevan—maro, hard; (b.) distance in height: E hia maro no te ra? How high is the sun?

Moriori—cf. marote, durable.

Paumotan—maro, to debate, discuss (maro-reko); (b.) headstrong. Ext. Poly.: Vanua Lava (four dialects)—cf. marmar, hard.

Mota—cf. maremare, hard. Saddle Island—cf. marmar, hard.

Ureparapara—cf. maremare, hard. Torres Island—cf. mermer, hard.

Rotuma—cf. momo, hard.

Fiji—cf. maromaro fearless, courageous; maroro-ya, to take care of, to preserve.

MARO, a girdle: He maro kai taua, ko te maro o Tu—P. M., 98: Ka tango i tona whitiki, me tona maro whero—P. M., 98. Cf. marokau, single, unmarried; maronui, a married woman whose husband is absent. 2. A napkin (marototo), a menstruous cloth.

Samoan—malo, a narrow girdle worn in war; (b.) to hang down the tail, as a dog when afraid. Cf. mulimalo, an ornament worn like a tail; malo'u, to bend down, like a branch of a tree.

Tahitian—maro, a narrow piece of cloth, worn by men instead of breeches. Cf. maroapi, a quilted maro; maroapu, a wide page 218 girdle; marou, a wet girdle.

Hawaiian—malo, a strip of kapa (tapa), or cloth, girded about the loins of men. In former times, the malo was the only dress worn by men when at work: A wehe ae i kona malo; He took off his girdle: Ina hume ke kanaka i ko ke alii malo e make no ia; If a person should bind on a chief's girdle the penalty would be death.

Tongan—cf. manoo, small in the middle.

Mangaian—maro, a girdle: E maro tikoru e! itikitiki rouru e; Your girdle is secured, your hair tied up.

Mangarevan—maro, a small girdle for hiding the private parts; (b.) a small packet of pandanus leaves; maroro, native cloth used for covering the head, and floating down the back. Cf. marokiekie, long and white cloth stretched out like a cord on the ground; maromarotaki, a long trailing robe; tuiamaro, a piece of cloth not long enough to encircle the body.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. malo, the cotton - mulberry tree: hence, narrow native cloth beaten out of the bark is so-called; malo-na, to put on the malo; malo-yara, a train, a part of the chief's dress that is dragged behind; malo-bui, to put the tail between the legs, as a dog when afraid: hence, cowed, afraid.

Malagasy—cf. malo, bashfulness, modesty.

MAROHI (màrohi), the common Fern (Bot. Pteris aquilina). 2. Fern-root: E tunu ana i te marohi—P. M., 186: Ka whakatika te manuhiri ki te kai marohi—P. M., 184. Cf. roi, fern-root (edible).

MAROHIROHI (màrohirohi), dispirited, weary. Cf. ruhi, weak, exhausted. 2. Strong: Ko nga tangata marohirohi—Hoh., vi. 2. Cf. maro, hard; headstrong; maroro, strong.

Samoan—malosi, strong: I le lima faaloaloa ma le lima malosi; With a stretched-out arm and a strong hand. (b.) To smart, to tingle, as a sore; fa‘a-malosi, to act with vigour, to act with the strong hand; to encourage. Cf. malo, strong.

Tahitian—marohi, dry; (b.) withered. Cf. maroia, indifference, listlessness; maromaroa, dilatory, slow; maro, obstinate, perverse; persevering; maruhi, to be dead; morohi, to fall to the ground, or come to nothing, as plans or schemes; to be forgotten, or extinct.

Hawaiian—malohi, to be slow, lazy; malolohi, sluggish, numb, torpid; malohilohi, to be weary, fatigued. Cf. maluhi, tired, weary, slow; lazy, dull, drowsy; maluhiluhi, weariness, exhaustion, fatiguing, painful; maloeloe, to be faint, weary; malo, to dry up, as water; to wither, as a tree; lohi, to wait, to linger; tardy; limping; slow.

Tongan — malohi strength, power, force, energy; strong, powerful: Koia ke ke malohi koe, bea ke fai o gali-gali tagata; Be therefore strong, and show yourself a man. Faka-malohi, to strengthen, to support; (b.) to extort, to take by force; extortion, oppression; cruel, oppressive. Cf. agamalohi, fierceness.

Mangarevan — cf. Maroi!. “So much the better!” “Welcome!” (b.) To thank: Maroi! “Thank you!” “It is well!” maro, hard.

MAROKAU, single, unmarried. Cf. maronui, a woman whose husband is absent.

MAROKE, dry: Maroke ake i te ra — P. M., 11. Cf. maro, hard, solid.

Whaka-MAROKE, to cause to dry up: Nga uri o Kiki whakamaroke rakau—Prov. 2. The eaves of a building.

Samoan—cf. malo, hard.

Tahitian—cf. marohi, dry; withered.

Hawaiian — cf. maloeloe, to be faint, to be weary; stiffened with labour or travelling. Cf. maloo, to dry up, as water; to wither, as a tree; dry land as opposed to water.

Moriori—cf. moroke, dry.

Mangaian—cf. maro, dry, hard, as land.

MAROKORE, poor, garmentless: Haere atu te wahine, haere marokore—Prov. Cf. maro, a girdle; kore, without. [For comparatives, see Maro, and Kore.]

MARONUI, a “grass-widow,” a woman whose husband is absent. Cf. marokau, single, unmarried.

MARONGORONGO (myth.), one of the inferior deities, a Lizard-god—A. H. M., i. App.

MARORO (màròrò), strong. [See under Maro.]

MARORO (màroro), the Flying-fish (Ich. Exocœtus speculiger).

Whaka-MARORO, to be quick, speedy.

Samoan—malolo, the flying-fish.

Tahitian—marara, the flying-fish. Cf. taamarara, a mode of catching flying-fish.

Tongan—malolo, the flying-fish.

Hawaiian—malolo, the flying-fish that swims near to or on the surface of the sea.

Paumotan—marara, the flying-fish.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. malolo, the flying-fish; to skim along.

MARORO, wasted, destroyed.

Samoan—malolo (malòlo), to be subdued, to be conquered. Cf. malomaloà, to be very ill; to be in great pain (of a chief).

Tahitian—cf. marohi, dry, withered; maroia, indifference, listlessness; maromaroa, dilatory, slow.

Hawaiian—malolo, to leave off work, on the arrival of a la-kapu (sacred day), to rest; hoomalolo, to rest, to be still. Cf. malolohi, sluggish, numb, torpid; maloo, to wither, as a tree; to dry up, as water; dead, as a dried-up vegetable.

Tongan—malolo, rest, quiet; to cease from labour; (b.) to bow down, to stoop; faka-malolo, to bow down, to appear humble; to give in; the act of yielding to another. Cf. malomi, to be quelled.

Ext. Poly.: Ponape—cf. malolo, to be scarce.

MAROWAERO, an apron made from the hair of dogs' tails: A he marowaero hoki—P. M., 17. Cf. maro, a girdle; kahuwaero, a mat ornamented with the skins of dogs' tails. [For comparatives, see Maro, and Waero.]

MAROWHAIAPU, an apron, or petticoat: Kua riro te tu, me te marowhaiapu, e hara! kua ngaro—P. M., 15. Cf. maro, a girdle.

MARU, shaded, sheltered. Cf. tukumaru, cloudy; taumaru, shaded; tumaru, shady; ruru, sheltered from wind. 2. A shield, a safeguard. 3. Power, authority. 4. The name of a plant (Bot. Sparganium simplex). 5. The name of a tree (Bot. Leptospermum ericoides). 6. The name of a small fish.

Whaka-MARU, calm.

Whaka-MARUMARU, to shade, to shelter; full of shade: Ka kite i te poporo whakamarumaru o Uenuku—P. M., 66.

Samoan—malu, a shade; to be shaded; (b.) a shelter; to be sheltered: Ua taoto foi i page 219 le papa ina ua leai se mea e malu ai; They embrace the rock for want of a shelter. (c.) To be tight, to be impervious, as a house not leaky; (d.) to grow dark, as at night; malu (màlù), cool; to be cool; (b.) eased of pain; mamalu, to over-shadow; overshadowing; (b.) influential; to protect; malulu (màlùlù), cool, damp and cool; malumalu, overcast, cloudy; (b.) the residence of a deity, whether a house or a tree; (c.) a temple; fa‘a-malu, to shade from the sun; (b.) an umbrella; (c.) to protect; fa‘a-malu (fa‘a-màlù), to make cool; to bathe (of chiefs); fa‘a-malumalu (fa‘a-màlumalu), to over-shadow. Cf. maluapapa, a sheltering rock; malumoea, to be overshadowed, so as to hinder the growth of trees; (fig) applied to good-looking men and women, as overshadowing others; malupo, the shades of evening; malufanua, to be protected under shelter of the land, as a boat; màluali‘i, stout, able-bodied; màluauli, to return safe from war; fa‘a-malu‘aiga, a strong, stout man, able to protect his family.

Tahitian—maru, shade, shadow; covert of a rock, tree, &c.: Te hinaaro nei au i te parahi i raro a‘e i tona maru; I sat under its shadow with great pleasure; marumaru, shady, free from the glare of light: Ei raro a‘e i te raau marumaru tona taotaoraa; His resting-place is under the shady trees. Cf. tamaru, to shade; a shadow; marumaruapo, the shade or obscurity of night; marumana, the grand appearance of one in office.

Hawaiian—malu, a shade; the shadow of a tree, or anything that keeps off the sun; to shade, to over-shadow; to cast a shade; over-shadowed: Ma ka malu o kona mau lala e noho iho ai lakou; They will live under the shade of its branches. (b.) Quiet, without care or anxiety; to be comfortable, as in a shade, when all is heat around; to be in a state of peace with others: O ka malu o ka la kai kaa iloko; The comfort of the sun takes effect within. (c.) To be favoured; to have many enjoyments and privileges: E noho ma ka malu; To dwell in the shadow; (fig.) to have the protection of a chief; (d.) to be fruitful; to be blessed; (e.) secretly; unlawfully; (f.) wet, cold, damp; mamalu, a shade, a protection from the sun; (modern) an umbrella; (b.) to defend one from evil; to parry off; malumalu, a shade; (fig.) a protection; safety; shady; to be comfortable; hoo-malu, to bless; to comfort; (b.) to rule over, to govern, as a chief; to protect; (c.) to make peace. Cf. maluhia, peace, quietness, safety; a sense of the presence and power of the gods; fear, dread; the solemn awe and stillness that reigned during some of the ancient kapu (tapu); cloudy and dark, as when the sun does not break at all; malulu, a calm spot of water.

Tongan—malu, a shade, shadow; shelter: Koia teu fiefia ai i he malu o ho kabakau; In the shadow of thy wings I will rejoice. (b.) Mild, milder, applied to the wind; malumalu, clouded, cool, shaded; any shaded place; the cool of the day; malulu, growing milder, mild, as the wind; faka-malu, a screen; an umbrella; to screen, to shade. Cf. malui, protection, shelter; to shelter, screen; malumu, to lie in ambush; femaluaki, to over-shadow by two objects meeting overhead.

Rarotongan—maru, a shade, a shadow: Kua ngaromia te au maunga i te maru nona; The hills were covered with the shadow of it; marumaru, to shadow; to shade; a shadow: Na te rakau marumaru i tapoki iaia ki to ratou marumaru; The shady trees cover him with their shadow.

Marquesan—mau, shade, shadow; to cast shade: Mau kaki Atanua no Atea; Atanua shades the neck of Atea. Cf. komau, shade; a parasol; a roof.

Mangarevan — maru, shade, shadow; obscurity; (b.) to have influence on one's superior; (c.) to tremble, as at a thunder-clap; marumaru, the shadow of foliage, &c.; aka-maru, to shadow, to over-shadow; aka-marumaru, to shade, to give shade; (b.) a protector. Cf. tumaru, umbrageous; shady.

Paumotan—haka-maru, to shadow; (b.) to allay; to temper, soften; to relieve, to ease.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. malu, weather-proof, tight, spoken of thatch; malumalu, the shade.

Malagasy—cf. malomaloka, shady, cool; gloomy.

New Britain—cf. malur, shade.

MARU (myth.), a deity, best known in the South Island as a war-god, where he seems to usurp the position of Tu. He was also worshipped at Whanganui, in the North Island, and was everywhere known, although his place is not very clearly defined. He is sometimes called Maru-i-te-Aewa, Maru-i-te-Koeta, &c.—Ika, 138. He was a son of Rangihore, the god of rooks and stones, who was a son of Maui and Rohe [see Rohe] — A. H. M., i. App. His home was in the third heaven, Nga-Roto; but he has also charge of the three lower heavens, viz. Kikorangi, Waka-Maru, and Nga-Roto—A. H. M., i. App. Maru was one of the gods borne to New Zealand by Haungaroa, when she came to bring to Ngatoro the tale of Manaia's curse—P. M., 102. The planet Mars was sacred to him—Ika., 138. Tawhaki, in a splendid invocation, called up the help of Maru for aid in war, in order to punish Ururangi. Maru was nearly slain by the god Rongomai—A. H. M., i. 106.

Samoan—cf. malumalu, a temple; the residence of a deity, whether a house or a tree.

Tahitian—cf. maru, a devotee to a particular deity.

Hawaiian—cf. maluohia, the sacrifice of a person at the cutting of a tree for a god; the name of the kapu (tapu) setting apart that tree; maluhia, a sense of the presence and power of the gods; the solemn silence and stillness that reigned during some of the ancient kapu (sacred periods).

Mangarevan—mamaru, the name of a god; (b.) the redness of the sky, denoting the presence of that god. Cf. maru, to tremble, as at the sound of a thunder-clap.

Marquesan—Maru is probably alluded to in the Deluge legend as Mau-te-anuanua (M. L. = Maru-te-aniwaniwa).

MARU (marù), bruised, crushed: Ka maru tou matenga i a ia—Ken., iii. 15. 2. killed. Cf. mara, to kill. 3. Cooked.

Whaka-MARURU, sulky.

Samoan—malu (malù), soft, to be soft; (b.) ulcerated; (c.) gentle, easy (of conduct); (d.) to be calm, to be lulled (of the wind); fa‘a-malulu (fa‘a-malùlù), to soften; a softener. Cf. màlù, cool; to be easy from pain; water; màlùlù, damp and cool; agamalù, mild in conduct.

Tahitian — maru, soft, gentle, easy; (b.) affable. Cf. maruhi, soft, downy; page 220 dead; maruuruu, to be calmed, eased, pacified.

Hawaiian — cf. malu, quiet; wet; cold; soaked in water; malule, to be soft; weakness; flexibility; haimalulu, soft, effeminate.

Tongan—malu, loose, soft; (b.) to let go, to relax; faka-malu, to slacken; (b.) to free from pain. Cf. molu, softness; soft, yielding; agamalu, mildness, softness of disposition; agamolu, soft, tender in disposition; malualu, to be torn or shredded; faka-mele, to mar, to injure.

Paumotan — haka-maru, to grow milder; to allay, temper, soften.

Mangarevan—cf. marumaru, to tremble at the sound of a thunder-clap.

Moriori—maru, maimed.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. marah, anger; mamar, a bruise, contusion.

Java—cf. marah, to part, to divide.

Saparua—cf. maru, soft.

Teluti—cf. maru, soft. The following words mean “soft”:—Gah, maluis; Matabello, maluis; Amblaw, maloh; Batumerah, maluta; Aurora, malumlum; Mota, malumlum; Fiji, malumulumu; San Cristoval, (Fagani,) marumurumu; Florida, malunu; Savo, malumu; Ysabel, (Bugotu,) malumu.

MARUA (màrua), a pit; a valley. Cf. rua, a hole, a pit; kòrua, a hole, a pit; wharua, concave; a valley.

MARUARUA, full of holes and hollows, spoken of the ground.

Samoan—malua, a hole in the reef, in which a fe'e lios(fe'e = octopus; Maori, wheke).

Tahitian—maruarua, a ditch or watercourse; a place turned up by hogs rooting. Cf. rua, a hole.

Hawaiian—malua, to dig or prepare holes or hills for planting; (b.) a little spot dug up and prepared for planting; malualua, hilly; up and down, as an uneven road; to be rough and uneven. [For full comparatives, see Rua.]

MARUAIA, the head.

MARUAO, the dawn of day. Cf. ao, to dawn; puao, to dawn.

Mangarevan—cf. mamaru, the glow in the sky denoting the presence of the god Mamaru.

Tahitian—maruao, the break of day; marumaruao, the faint morning light. Cf. maroao, the near approach of day; maraorao, the dawn.

Hawaiian—cf. malaolao, twilight; ao, to become light. [For full comparatives, see Ao.]

MARUAROA (màruaruoa), the name of the third month, a season answering to our June (early winter).

MARU-I-TE-WHARE-AITU (myth.). [See Marute-whare-aitu.]

MARUMARUAITU, to appear suddenly. Cf. aitu, a deity, a spirit.

MARU-PUNGA-NUI (myth.), a chief who came to New Zealand in the Arawa canoe, at the Migration. [See Arawa.] He settled at Rotorua, and died there—S. R., 51. He was the son of Tu-o-Rotorua—P. M., 96. The father of Tu-o-Rotorua—S. R., 82.

MARURENGA, a person frequently plundered.

MARU-TE-WHARE-AITU (myth.), a personage who was destroyed by Maui, and who was Maui's first victim. Maui, by his magic spells, caused Maru's crops to be covered with snow, and killed all the plants. Maru retaliated by sending caterpillars on to Maui's cultivation; then Maui killed him—Trans., vii. 40. Maui had carried off the daughter of Maru, before destroying him—P. M., 20. Tuna (eel), and Koiro (conger-eel), were progeny of Maru-te-whare-aitu—S. T., 57; see also A. H. M., ii. 72.

MARUTUAHU (myth.), the son of Hotunui, a chief of the Tainui canoe. His father went away in consequence of an accusation of theft, and Maru went in search of him. Having found his father, who was being ill-used, Maru invited his enemies to a feast and ceremony of soaking nets. At a certain time he and his men drew the great nets over their foes, and killed them. This slaughter was called “The feast of rotten wood,” (Te kai pukapuka,) on account of the food being piled up over a heap of timber, to make it look larger. Maru-tuahu had three children, Tama-te-po, Tama-te-ra, and Whanaunga. From these sprung the tribes of Ngati-Rongou, Ngati-Tamatera, and Ngati-Whanaunga — P. M., 158.

MARUTUNA, bad, worthless.

MARUWEHI, timid, cowardly. Cf. maru, crushed, killed; wehi, to fear. [For comparatives, see Maru, and Wehi.]

MATA (màtà), a heap. 2. The name of a plant.

MATA, the face: To mata, i haea, ki te uhi matarau— G. P., 28. Cf. matahanahana, blushing; tukemata, the eyebrow. [See Mua.] Also the face of an inanimate object, as the face of the ocean, the surface of the earth: A he pouri a runga i te mata o te hohonu— Ken., i. 2: Haere noa tenei tangata i runga i te mata o nga wai—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32. 2. The eye: O mata e tiromai, nana tu whakarehua, e moe—Ika, 243. Cf. mataki, to look at; matapo, blind; matatau, looking steadily; matakana, wary, shy; matau, to know, to understand. 3. The edge: E rua ona mata, kotahi whatianga te roa—Kai., iii. 16. 4. The point. Cf. matarau, having many points; kamata, the end of a branch or leaf. 5. The medium of communication with a spirit. 6. A charm, a spell: Kua oti hoki tana kotiro te karakia, te mata tawhiti—P. M., 169. 7. The mesh of a net. Cf. matarau, a net fastened to a hoop. 8. The name of a fish.

MATAMATA, a point, extremity: Ko te matamata he mea tahu i te ahi—P. M., 82: Ki te matamata o nga u o tenei wahine —S. R. 110. 2. A headland. Cf. matarae, a headland, promontory. 3. A source. Cf. matapuna, the source of a river; matawai, a fountain-head; timata, to begin; matatiki, a spring of water. 4. The young of the fish nauhuri (sometimes called whitebait).

Samoan—mata, the eye: Sa i ai le mea fa'atusa i luma o o'u mata; There was an image before my eyes. (b.) The face, the countenance (always in the plural): E ufitia e ia o mata o fa'amasino o i ai; He covers the faces of the judges. (c.) the point of anything; (d.) the edge of an instrument; (e.) the mesh of a net; the boundary or edge (in compound words only): (f.) the source or spring; (g.) the most prominent point of an abscess; mata (màta), to look at; (b.) to see; (c.) to have the appearance of; matamata, to look at, to view: Ua fau e Unu, a e matamata le Imoa; Unu lashed it, and the

page 221

Rat was looking on. Fa'a-mata, to sharpen; (b.) a prefix signifying to look like, to have the appearance of. Cf. mataala, to be wakeful; mataela, sore eyes, with matter; mataola, lively-looking; matafa, boils on the face; matafanua, the windward point of an island; matanui, the eye-end of a cocoanut; matamatagi, the wind's eye; matasà, blind; matàmuamua, brazen - faced; matàsusu, a teat; matasepa, squint-eyed; matavai, a fountain; ‘aumata, the inner corner of the eye; ‘i’omata, the eyeball; faimata, a bandage for the eyes.

Tahitian—mata, the eye: Araara aera to raua mata; The eyes of both were opened. (b.) The face of any creature: E te ereere ra ta te taata atoa ra mata; All the men's faces are becoming black. Mata (màta), the first beginning of anything; to begin anything; (b.) the edge of a tool; matamata, the front, in a line of defence; (b.) a second or after-crop of fruit; (c.) to stop up chinks or fissures in a canoe; matamata (matamatà), shame, or a bashful countenance; haa-mata, to commence anything. Cf. unamata, fairfaced, and that only; hihimata, the eyelashes; matafeofeo, a frowning face; matahefa, a squinting eye; matahiapo, the first-born; matahohe, a squinting eye; matapoopoo, hollow-eyed; matatu, a gloomy face; mataura, a fiery face; matapuna, a small spring of water; prolific; matana, to begin; mataare, the head or top of waves; haeamata, an introductory invocation to a god that he might open his eyes and attend; matahiti, some incantation or charm; tamata, to begin a thing.

Hawaiian—maka, the eye: O Lono nui maka oaka; Oh, great Rongo with the flashing eyes. (b.) The face, the countenance: E Lono i ka oili maka akua nei la; Oh Rongo, of the terrible divine face; (c.) the point or edge of an instrument; by the edge; with the edge; (d.) the bud of a plant; the teat or nipple of a female: Ua oa ka maka o ka ilima make; Shattered are the buds of the withered Ilima. (e.) The presence of one, i.e. his favour or blessing; (f.) a guide, a director; (g.) the rays or bolts of lightning: O mai ka maka o ka uwila; Striking are the shafts of the lightning. Makamaka, a friend, a beloved one; an intimate; (b.) good, beautiful; (c.) fresh, new; hoomaka, a destruction, a slaughter; (b.) the budding or first shooting of a plant: hence, (c.) the beginning or commencement of a work or action. Cf. makaakui, a spy; makaakau, the right eye; makalua, two-edged; omaka, the fountain-head; the springing up of vegetables; the nipples of a female; the foreskin of males which was cut off in circumcision (an ancient Hawaiian custom); makaala, watchfulness; makaino, to have an evil eye towards one; makaiwi, the twinkling of an eye, i.e. suddenness; makamua, the first, the beginning; makapaa, a blind person; mukapo, blind; makaihu, the sharp point at the end of a canoe; makakii, a mask (M.L. = matatiki).

Tongan—mata, the face, the countenance; the appearance: Bea naaku tomabee ki hoku mata; I fell upon my face. (b.) The eyes: Bea e ikai mamae a hoku mata; My eyes shall not spare. (c.) The edge, boundary; (d.) a mésh of a net; mamata, to see: Koia naaku hu ki ai o mamata; So I went in and saw. Matamata, to seem, to resemble; (b.) new, applied to a canoe; faka-mata, to sharpen to a point. Cf. matalai, sore eyes; mataihuhu, the nipple, the dug; femamataaki, to see or look at each other; kamata, to begin; mataki, to spy; a spy, a traitor; matama, to be shame-faced, modest.

Rarotongan—mata, the face: Ka anaana tikai toku mata ki te reira tangata; I will set my face against that man. (b.) The eye: Kua nànà akera au i taku mata i reira; Then I lifted up my eyes. (c.) The commencement, first, foremost: O te mata i mua o te tangata e ara mai nei; The first of its inmates awaking. (d.) In the presence of; before the face of: E nga tangata toko itu o ratou tei akara i te mata o te ariki ra; Seven men of them that were about the king's person. Cf. mataià, the first-fruits.

Marquesan—mata, the face; the appearance; (b.) the eye; matamata, to regard with fixed attention. Cf. matapo, blind; matakite, clairvoyant; a prophet, a seer, having prophetic vision; mataku, a lance; huumata, the eye-lash; kapumata, the orbit of the eye; makamakaiima, the fingers; mataà, a sentinel, a watch; sleepless; mataheriri, a one-eyed man; mataotao, to regard fixedly; matakoe, to have a bad appearance; matatoki, the edge of an axe.

Mangarevan—mata, physiognomy; personal appearance; (b.) the eye, the eyes; (c.) the front of a building (mata-hare); (d.) the point of a fish-hook; matamata, a precursor, the first person who arrives of a party; (b.) a drop of water; akamata, to commence, to start with. Cf. mataihu, a cape, a promontory; matakomua, the first menses of a girl; matahou, a novice; matamua, first; mataakaivaiva, a menacing eye; mataara, one who watches; matakikonui, easily seen; atumata, the pupil of the eye (M.L. = whatu); kahumata, the white of the eye; matarua, false, i.e. two-faced; raemata, the face; toumata, the raised ends of an instrument for taking fish; tukemata, the parts about the eye.

Paumotan—mata, the air; the appearance of a person; matamata, adolescence. Cf. matapo, blind; makake, unknown.

Aniwan—cf. foimata, the eyes (foi = Maoripoi, a ball).

Futuna—mata, the eye; (b.) the face; (c.) to appear; (d.) the point of a lance. Cf. mataki, to look.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. màta, the eye; the point of anything; a mesh; matama, the beginning; matamaia, to begin; matamata, new, fresh.

Fiji—cf. mata, the face; the eye; the presence, the front; the particular point whence anything issues forth, as mata ni wai, a spring; a sharp point; the point of a spear; one of many small things, as a grain of sand, a drop of rain, &c. Redscar Bay—cf. mata, the eye; Brumer Islands, matada, the eye; Brierley Island, matara, the eye; Malagasy, maso, the eye; masoandro, the sun; volomaso, the eyelids; masondrano, chieftains; matsa, a wedge; Kayan, matin-dow, the sun (dow=day); mata, the eye; Sulu, mata, the eye; Malay, mata, the blade of a weapon; a sharp edge; the mesh of a net; matamata, a spy, a scout; matasusu, the nipple; muka, the face (Sanscrit? Cf. Hawaiian maka, face); mata-hari, the sun; mata, the eye; mata-ayer, a fountain; Sikayana, karimata, the eye; lofi-mata, the face; Solomon Islands, mata, the eye; Central Nicobar, matsha, the face; Kar Nicobar, page 222 mat, the eye; Savu, mata, the eye; Mariamne Islands, mata, the eye; Silong, matat, the eye; Dyak, maten, the eye; Kisa, makan, the eye; Ilocan, muguing, the face; mata, the eye; Java, muka, the face;

Maduramua, the face; Formosa, matas, to do anything first; macha, the eye; New Ireland, mala, the eye; Baliyon, matoh, the eye; matalau, the sun; Matu, matah, the eye; Tagal, and Pampang, mata, the eye; Tagal, mucha, the face; Bouton, mata, the eye; Sanguir, mata, the eye; Liang, mata, the eye; Batumerah, matava, the eye; Teluti, matacolo, the eye; Ahtiago, matan, the eye; Ahtiago,(Alfuros,) matara, the eye; Gah, matanina, the eye; Matabello, matada, the eye; Wahai, mata, the eye; matalalin the face; Teor, matin, the eye; matinotin, the face; Baju, mata, the eye; Nikunau, matana, the eye; Duke of York Island, mata, the eye, and face; Lifu, mek, the eye; Iai, emakang, the eye; nimakan, the face; New Britain, mata, the eye; Rotuma, maf, the face; Santa Cruz, maku, the face; Ulawa, maa, the face; San Cristoval, ma, the face; Malanta, ma, the face; Vaturana, mata, the face; Florida, mata, the face; Ysabel, (Bugotu,) mata, the face; Ysabel, (Gao,) matata, the face; New Georgia, mata the face; isumata, the face; Aurora Island, mata, the eye; mataso, a spear; Meralavas, matas, a spear; Torres Island, (Lo,) mata, a spear; Ureparapara, matah, a spear; South-East Api, mata, the eye; Sesake, mata, the eye; Fate, mita, the eye; Ambrym, meta, the eye; Malicolo, mata, the eye; Pentecost Island, mata, the eye; Lepers Island, mata, the eye; Espiritu Santo, mata, the eye; Macassar, mata, the point; a mesh; a spring; a source.

MATA, raw, uncooked; unripe, green: Honoa te pito mata ki te pito maoa—Prov.: Ka mata te umu o Kuiwai—P. M., 84. Cf. haemata, to cut up in an uncooked state; kaimata, uncooked; matatea, cooking slowly. 2. Warm, of blood newly spilt: A ka inumia a matatia ana toto— A. H. M., i. 35.

MATATA, a tender growth of plants.

Samoan—mata, raw, unripe: Auà na te le talia mai ia te oe se tufaaga ua vela, a o se tufaaga mata lava; He will have raw flesh from you, not that which is sodden. Cf. gaumata, to die young (lit. “to be broken green”); mataali, to fall before becoming mature, as cocoanuts and leaves.

Hawaiian—maka, raw, in opposition to cooked; raw, uncooked flesh; (b.) fresh, as fresh provisions, in opposition to salted; (c.) white, as a potato well cooked and dry. Cf. makaloa, always green; always fresh; a kind of rush of which mats are made.

Tongan—mata, raw, uncooked; matamata, new, applied to a canoe.

Mangaian—mata, raw, uncooked; E tuarangi kai taro mata; A goddess feeding on raw taro.

Mangarevan — mata, crude, raw, uncooked. Cf. moto, raw, green; aka-tumata, under-done, uncooked.

Futuna—mata, raw.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. emetmat, raw; not dry or seasoned, as boards.

Malay—cf. matang, and mantah, raw, unripe.

Formosa—cf. matacha, raw, green, unripe, uncooked; youthful; matach, moist, damp; juicy.

Macassar—cf. mata, under-done; raw.

MATA (matà), flint, quartz, or obsidian, used for cutting: Homai he mata, kia haehae au, è—G. P., 116; Ko ona niho kei te koi mata — P. M., 30: Ko te mata ko te rakan i a ia—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50: Katahi ka haehaea ki te mata-whaiapu, ki te matatuhua—P. M., 150. 2. (Modern) A bullet; lead. 3. The name of a bird. (See Matata.) [Note.—For curious myth as to weapons of obsidian, see Ngahue.]

Hawaiian—maka, a very hard stone, out of which maika stones were made. (The maika was a game in which a small round stone was rolled.) Cf. makai, any sharp-edged tool.

MATAAHO (mataàho), a window. Cf. mata, eye; aho, light; matahihi, a window; matapihi, a window. [For comparatives, see Mata, and Aho.]

MATAAHO (myth.), “The overturning of Matahao”: the Maori Deluge. [See Tuputupu-Whenua.] 2. A chief, a descendant of Tu-o-Rotorua. He and his tribe occupied the island of Mokoia-P.M., 96. Mataaho, with his friend Kawaarero, killed Potaka-tawhiti, the dog of Uenuku-kopako, and this led to fierce war in the Rotorua country—P. M., 124.

MATAARA, to watch, to keep awake. Cf. mata, the eye; mataki, to watch, to look at; ara, to rise up; to awake.

Tahitian — mataara, a vigilant, wakeful eye; (b.) a shining or staring eye. Cf. mata, the eye; ara, to awake, to be watchful.

Hawaiian—makaala, to wake, to be awake; to be watchful; aware, or on guard; vigilant: Makaala ke kanaka kuhea manu; Watchful is the man who snares birds. (b.) To look at but not to see, by reason of blindness. Cf. maka, the eye; ala, to wake, to watch.

Marquesan—mataa (mataà), a watch, a sentinel; a night-watch; (b.) sleeplessness, insomnia. Cf. mataka, a sentinel; metaà, to grow young again; to vivify, enliven.

Mangarevan—mataara, watchful; one who does not sleep. Cf. mata, the eye; ara, to awake. [For full comparatives, see Mata, and Ara.]

MATAATI, first-procured: Tetahi paihere o nga hua mataati—Rew., xxiii. 10. Cf. mata, source; point; matamua, first. 2. First: Ko te tangata rana i korero mataati ki te iwi—A. H. M., i. 150. 3. The first person slain in battle: Kei ahau te mataati! —S. T., 249. Cf. mataika, the first person slain in battle; matangohi (as mataika); ika-o-te-ati (as mataika).

MATAATUA (or Matatua), (myth.) one of the canoes of the Migration to New Zealand. [See under Arawa.]

MATAHAE (màtàhae), a divergent stream from the main body of a river; an arm of a river making a “loop” round an island.

MATAHANAHANA, blushing. Cf. mata, the face; hana, to shine, to glow; mahana, warm; puhana, to glow. [For comparatives, see Mata, and Hana.]

MATAHAREHARE, offensive. Cf. harehare, a cutaneous eruption; the itch; offensive.

page 223

MATAHI, the first and second months of the Maori year. The first is Matahi-o-te-tau; the second is Matahi-kari-piwai. Cf. tahi, one; mata, point, source.

Hawaiian—cf. makahiki, the name of the first day in the year; the space of a year; a year.

Tahitian—cf. matahiti, a year.

MATAHIAPO (matahìapo), valued, precious. Cf. taiapo, to carry in the arms; hiapo, tender, as an infant's skin. 2. A chief.

Tahitian—matahiapo, the first-born child. Mangaian-mataiapo, a chief. Hawaiian-makahiapo, the first-born child. Cf. hiapo, the first-born child; makamae, precious, valuable.

Paumotan—matahiapo, the first-born child.

Marquesan—cf. hiapo, the tree from the bark of which native cloth is made.

Samoan—cf. siapo, cloth made from the bark of the paper mulberry.

MATAHIHI, a window, or window-place. Cf. matapihi, a window; mata, the eye; hihi, a ray of the sun. [For comparatives see Mata, and Hihi.]

MATAHORUA (myth.), one of the canoes of the Migration. [See under Arawa.]

MATAI (màtai), to try to obtain by indirectly asking; to seek to obtain by artifice. 2. A beggar.

Tahitian—matai, skilfulness; dexterity; (b.) presents given to visitors. Cf. mataitaiaheva, to solicit vehemently for property while the other party refuses; matahio, a beggar; to ask or beg for food, property, &c.; matamau, a beggar; to beg, to ask for food.

Hawaiian—makai, to look at closely; to spy, to act the part of a spy; to examine secretly for evil purposes; (b.) sourness of mind; stinginess. Cf. maka, the eyes.

Mangarevan—cf. matai, to cleave, to rift.

Tongan—matai, clever.

MATAI (mataì), the name of a tree (Bot. Podocarpus spicata). (Myth.) The mother or tutelary deity of this tree was Kui-u-uku—A. H. M., i. 23.

MATAIKA (màtàika), the first man killed or taken in a fight: Ehara i a ia ano te mataika—P.M., 93. Cf. matamua, first; matangohi, mataati, ika-o-te-ati, all meaning the same as mataika; ika, a fish; màtà, obsidian, &c., used for cutting. The second person killed was called tatao. [See Ika.]

Hawaiian—The first man killed was called elehua.

Tahitian—cf. faiaia, dead bodies obtained in war and carried to the marae (sacred place); these were called faiaia after the prayers had been performed; previously they were called haia (ia = a fish); matatui, the first fish obtained in a new net, previously given to the gods; the first slain in battle.

MATAIRA (Moriori,) the name of a tree (Bot. Myrsine urvillei).

MATAITAI (màtaitai), salty, of a saltish taste; brackish. Cf. tai, the sea. 2. Fish: Me nga mataitai i kainga matatia e ia ra—P. M., 80. 3. Salted provisions. 4. Shell-fish: Ki te keri mataitai mau—G. P., 78. [For comparatives, see Tai.]

MATAITU (myth.), the name of a celebrated stick carried by Tura, and used to obtain fire by friction—A. H. M., ii. 13. [See Tura.]

MATAKAHI, a wedge: E, ko te matakahi maire!—Prov. Cf. mata, a point; an edge; makahi, a wedge; mataora, a wedge; kahi, a wedge.

Mangarevan—cf. mataka, to open, to expand; matai, to cleave, rift.

Hawaiian—cf. makai, any instrument with a sharp edge, as a hatchet, &c.

MATAKAI, an evil charm; food given to procure death: Muri iho he karakia matakai—A. H. M., i. 8. Cf. mata, a charm; kai, food. [For comparatives, see Mata, and Kai.]

MATAKANA, vigilant, wary, watchful. Cf. mata, the eye; kana, to stare wildly; pukana, to stare wildly; mataara, to be watchful. 2. Shy; distrustful.

MATAKAURI, a variety of the kumara (sweet potato).

MATAKAUTETE (màtàkautete), a weapon made like a saw, by inserting shark's teeth in a wooden frame. Cf. mata, a stone used for cutting; kautete (as mata-kautete).

MATAKAWA, distasteful. Cf. kawa, unpleasant to the taste; bitter; wahakawa, having a distaste for ordinary food; wakawa (as wahakawa).

Mangarevan—matakava, not to frequent a place, on account of rudeness shown. [For full comparatives, see Kawa.]

MATAKEKE (matakèkè), disliking, detesting, hating anyone. Cf. , different, strange.

Tahitian—matae, to be teased or vexed by being disregarded; mataetae, obstinate, hard to deal with; (b.) to be discouraged by want of success in counselling, reproving, or some undertaking; matae (mataè), a stranger; strangeness; alienation. Cf. e. different, strange.

Hawaiian—makae, to set against, to be opposed to; hoo-makae, to turn away from; (b.) to slight, to treat contemptuously. Cf. ee. opposite to, adversely, against. [For full comparatives, see Ke.]

MATAKEREPO (myth.), a name of Whaitiri, the grandmother of Tawhaki. She was called Matakerepo (“darkened eyes,”) on account of being blind. As she sat counting over her ten sweet potatoes. Tawhaki took one; she then counted the nine, and he took another; and so on, till only one was left. Thenceforth, in making offerings to Tawhaki the offering was divided into ten parts, and each part was offered separately to the god. This was called ngahuru, “the collection,” and was used as a sacred name for “ten” instead of tekau—A. H. M., i. 57; P. M., 44; Col., Trans., xiv. 36, note; Wohl., Trans., vii. 17, 43. Called Kerepo—A. H. M., i. 49.

MATAKI (màtaki), MATAKITAKI, to look at, to inspect; to watch: Ka hui te tangata ki te matakitaki—P. M., 146: Katahi ka ata matakitakitia te maia e huna nei te tangata—P. M., 150. Cf. mata, the eye; takitaki, to look for, to trace out.

Samoan—cf. matai‘a, one keen to see fish; to look out for fish, so as to direct the fishers; mata, the eye; tulimata‘i, to look steadfastly; màta, to look at.

Tahitian—mataitai, to look at, to examine; to satisfy curiosity. Cf. mataì, skilfulness, dexterity; skilfully; knowing.

Hawaiian—makai and makaikai, to look at closely, to inspect; to spy out; to act page 224 the part of a spy; to examine; to look on, as a spectator: Muimui aku la na kanaka ame na wahine e makaikai; Men and women assembled together to examine: A lele iuka lakou e makaikai; They came ashore to look about. (b.) To follow, to entrap any one; (c.) a guard, a constable; guarding.

Tongan—mataki, to spy; a spy; (b.) a traitor, a betrayer; (c.) well spread out; stretched out; faka-mataki, to draw out of creases; to stretch out to its full length and breadth. Cf. mata, to see; mataga, a place of observation; matata, clear.

Paumotan—matakitaki, a visit; to pay a visit; (b.) to frequent, to visit often. Cf. mataki-mataki-haere, to travel.

Futuna—mataki, to look.

Rarotongan—cf. matakite, watchful.

MATAKIORE, the Stitch-bird (Orn. Pogonornis cincta).

MATAKITE, one who foretells the future; to practise divination: E kore tera iwi e kitea e te tangata, erangi ma nga matakite e kitea ai tera iwi—G.-8, 29: Kihai ranei koutou i mahara he tangata matakite te penei me au nei—Ken., xliv. 15. Cf. mata, a medium of communication with a spirit; mataki, to look at, to watch; kite, to see.

Samoan—cf. ‘i'ite, to predict, to foretell; màta, to look.

Tongan—cf. mataki, to spy; kite, to see; kikite, divination; prophecy; faka - kitekite, anything said or done by a person near his decease, and afterwards spoken of as a prognostication.

Rarotongan—cf. matakite, to be watchful, on the alert.

Marquesan—matakite, clairvoyant; (b.) a witness; testimony.

Mangarevan—matakite, an eye-witness. Cf. mata, the eye; kite, to see; kiteaua, visible.

Paumotan—matakite, to beware of; (b.) to keep down, to keep in order.

MATAKOKIRI, a meteor. Cf. mata, a point; matà, a sharp stone; kokiri, a spear; to launch; a body of men rushing forwards.

MATAKOMA, swollen.

MATAKU, to fear; to be fearful; inspiring fear; passive: matakuria, to be feared: No reira i mataku ai a Rupe—P. M., 35.

Whaka-MATUKU, to frighten, to terrify.

Samoan—mata'u, to fear, to be afraid: O le ua faia ua leai sona mata'u; Who is made without fear. Fa'a-mata'u, to frighten, to threaten: Ia fa'amata'utia i mea i pouliuli ai le aso; Let the blackness of the day terrify it. Cf. mata'utuia, to be greatly frightened.

Tahitian—matau, fear, dread; to be in terror: Eiaha e matau i te taata o taua fenua ra; Do not fear the men of that country. Matautau, fearful, dreadful; to have repeated sensations of fear; faa-matau, to terrify; to threaten, to produce fear; one who causes fear, or that which makes afraid; haa-matau, and haa-matautau (as faa-matau). Cf. taimatau, to grieve on account of some disaster.

Hawaiian—makau, to fear, to be afraid; to dread, fear; dread of evil: Ua makau au i ka upena o ka make; I am afraid of the snares of death: A paniia iho la ka hilahila ame ka makau ma ka hakahaka o ka huhu; Shame and fear took the place of anger. (b.) To tremble; to be agitated with fear; hoo-makau, to pat one in fear; (b.) to drive or frighten away. Cf. makaukii, great fear of the gods (M. L. = mataku-tiki); makaulii, a very careful person.

Rarotongan—mataku, to fear, to dread; terror: Kia mataku mai ratou iaku te au rà katoa; That they may fear me all their days.

MATAKUPENGA, fat covering the intestines. Cf. mata, the mesh of a net; kupenga, a net.

Samoan—cf. mata'upega, the meshes of a net.

Tongan—cf. matakubega, the instrument used in making the meshes of a net.

MATAKURAE, the extremity of a headland. Cf. rae, a headland; matarae, a headland; kurae, a headland; matamata, a headland. [For comparatives, see Matamata, and Rae.]

MATAMATA. [See under Mata.]

MATAMATA, the young of the fish mohi.

MATAMUA (màtàmua), first. Cf. mua, the front; ki mua, first; mata, source; point. 2. Elder: He aha matou o matamua i kore ai e mohio ki tona wahi e ngaro nei—P. M., 13.

Samoan—matamua (matàmua), the title-page, the first page of a book.

Hawaiian—makamua, first, primary; the beginning; (b.) the first or oldest of a family of children. Cf. maka, the beginning of an action; mua, first.

Tahitian—matamua (màtàmua), the first, the beginning; foremost. Cf. mata, the first beginning of anything; mua, first, foremost.

Marquesan—cf. haa-mua, the eldest son of a family.

Mangarevan—matamua, the first. Cf. mata, the front of a building; matakomua, the first menses of a girl.

MATANUI, undisguised, open, above-board. Cf. mata, the face; the surface; nui, great.

MATANGA (màtanga), understanding affairs; accustomed; experienced. Cf. mata, the eye; matau, to know.

MATANGARO (te kaho matangaro,) the batten next to the ridge-pole of a house.

MATANGATA, a kind of shell-fish, a univalve mollusc.

MATANGERENGERE, benumbed, cramped. Cf. ngerengere, a kind of leprous disease; matangurunguru, numbed; kerekerewai, numbness; materekereke, benumbed; matarukuruku, benumbed. 2. Grieved, vexed; A ka matangerengere aua tangata, ka tino riri hoki—Ken., xxxiv. 7. Cf. ngengere, to growl; matangurunguru, disappointed, mortified (nguru, to groan, to grunt?). 3. Ashamed. 4. Having a face badly ulcerated: He kupu matangerengere—Prov. Cf. ngerengere, a kind of leprous disease.

MATANGI, the wind. Cf. angi, a light breeze; tangi, to wail. 2. The air.

Samoan—matagi, the wind; to blow, to be windy: E fai foi ma matagi tetele o upu a lou fofoga seia afea? How long will the words of your mouth be like a strong wind? Cf. i'umatagi, the end of a storm; pùnimatagi, to be wind-bound.

Tahitian—matai, wind; air: E au ia i te ota e puehu noa i te matai ra; He is like chaff driven by the wind. Cf. mataihorihori, a cold chilling wind; mataioa, a pleasant breeze; matairofai, a squall; apoomatai, the source of the wind, the quarter whence it blows; pumatai, the quarter whence page 225 the wind blows; ruamatai, the quarter whence the wind blows.

Hawaiian—makani, wind; a breeze; air in motion: Ke ani nei ka makani; ke ani peahi la ia Limaloa; The wind blows softly; it fans Limaloa with a fan. (b.) The weather; (c.) the news; the report of some recent event; the gossip of a neighbourhood. Cf. pumakani, to blow, or rage, as a whirlwind; ani, to blow softly; kani, to hum; sounding, singing.

Tongan — matagi, the wind: Bea ke li hono vahe e tahe ke viligia i he matagi; A third part you shall scatter in the wind. Matagia, to be favoured with a fair wind; faka-matagi, to wait for a fair wind. Cf. beematagi, bruised and softened by the wind, as bread-fruit; matagimalie, a wind to come and go on; fematagiaki, a wind to and from the same place; likamatagi, to fear tempest.

Mangaian—matangi, the wind: I rere, i rere ki te matangi, è! They sped, they sped on the wind.

Marquesan—metaki, the wind.

Mangarevan—matagi (matàgi), the wind: Kua aio te matagi; The wind has lulled. Cf. matagitukiapau, a gale; porimatagi, a high wind; tuamatagi, the wind entering into a place.

Aniwan—tumtagi, the wind (for tu-mtagi, tu = the).

Paumotan—matagi, the air.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. cagi (thangi), the wind.

Sikayana—cf. matani, the wind.

MATANGIREI (myth.), the place first inhabited by Turi in New Zealand; it was a house built at Patea—G. P., 153. A. H. M., i. 7, is a misprint; see Maori part.

MATANGOA, the name of a plant (Bot. Cardamine divaricata).

MATANGOHI (màtàngohi), the first person killed or taken in a fight: Na kua riro i a ia te matangohi—P. M., 118. Cf. mataika, the first person killed or taken in a fight; ika, fish; ngohi, fish. [See Mataika, and Ika.]

MATANGURUNGURU, benumbed. Cf. matangerengere, to be benumbed; matarekereke, benumbed; matarukuruku, benumbed. 2. To be disappointed, mortified. Cf. matangerengere, to be grieved, vexed; nguru, to growl; ngengere, to growl.

MATAO (mátao), cold: Hua noa he wai matao, ana kua wera—P. M., 97. Cf. mátoke, cold; matomato, cool. 2. A window (for mataaho): Ka puta te ahi i te matao o te whare, ka puta a Ruru ki waho ka tukia mai te matao o te whare ki te ahi—A. H. M., ii. 29.

MATAOTAO, cold; cool: Ka mate taua i te mataotao—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50.

Whaka-MATAO, to cool; frigorific: Hei whakamatao, mo te kiri o tenei mahaki—G. P., 430.

MATAORA, living, alive. Cf. ora, life; living.

Samoan—mataola, to be lively - looking; (b.) to be revived after sickness; (c.) to be lascivious-looking. Cf. ola, life, to live; mata, looking, appearing.

MATAORA, a wedge. Cf. ora, a wedge; matakahi, a wedge; mata, point, edge.

MATAORA (myth.), a man who was the legendary inventor of tattooing in spirals, &c., as we now see it—M. S., 128. [See Mokokuri.] Mataora was the Orpheus of Maori-land, he descending to Hades (Po) in search of his wife Niwareka. In the Under-world he saw his father-in-law, Uetonga, who looked at the tattooing on Mataora's face and wiped it off, offering to mark him properly by puncture. Mataora consented, and was tattooed. He was nursed by his wife till he recovered, and she accompanied him back to daylight; but Mataora had omitted to leave one of his wife's garments with Kuwatawata, (the guardian of the door of Death,) as an offering, so it was decreed that thenceforth no mortal should be allowed to return from the Shades to the world of light—A. H. M., ii. 4; also G. P., 38. [See Uetonga, Niwareka, &c.]

MATAORUA (myth.), the canoe of Kupe. [See Kupe, also under Arawa.]

MATAPAIA, a kind of stone: Me te matapaia hei pohatu tao—G.-8, 26. Cf. matà, quartz, obsidian, &c.; a cutting stone.

MATAPIHI, a window, a window-place: A tau noa atu i te matapihi o te whare o Tinirau—P. M., 35. Cf. matahihi, a window; mataaho, a window.

Tongan—cf. mataha, a door or opening; mataba-jioata, a window.

MATAPIKO, niggardly; greedy.

MATAPO (matapò), blind; a blind person: He matapo taua kuia nei—A. H. M., i. 49. Cf. mata, the eye; po, night, darkness; matapouri, gloomy, sad.

Samoan—matapo, blind. Cf. mata, the eye; po, to be blind.

Tahitian—matapo, blind: Matapo noa iho te taata, e ite ia; The man that is blind shall see. Cf. mata, the eye; po, night.

Hawaiian—makapo, to be blind naturally, unable to see; a blind person; to be blind morally: O ka waiwai kipe ka mea e makapo ai ka poe ike; A gift makes the wise blind. Hoo-makapo, to make one blind; to smite with blindness. Cf. makapouli, to faint; to faint for want of strength; to be dizzy; makaponuinui, to be dizzy or faint from want of food; makapaa, a blind person; maka, the eye; po, night.

Marquesan — matapo, blind; a blind man: A aahi i te matapo; Lead the blind person. Cf. mata, the eye; po, night.

Rarotongan—matapo, blind: Kua rave atura aia i te rima o taua tangata matapo ra; He took the blind man by the hand.

Mangarevan—matapo, blind: E na i te tupuna matapo; There is the blind ancestor. Aka-matapo, to blind; (b.) to hide from view. Cf. mata, the eye; po, night; matapohepohe, sickly-eyed.

Paumotan — matapo, blind.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. mataboko, blind; blindness.

MATAPOPORE, taking care of; watchfulness over; fostering. Cf. popore, to treat kindly; tupore, to treat kindly. 2. To desire earnestly.

MATAPOURI (matapòuri), gloomy, sad; darkness of mind: Ma Rehua e takiri te matapouri o te tangata mate, me te tangata ora—A. H. M., i. 33. Cf. matapo, blind; pouri, dark, sorrowful; po, night, darkness; uri, dark; mata, the eye.

Hawaiian—makapouli, the darkness that precedes fainting; to faint, to fail from want of strength; to be dizzy. Cf. makapo, to be blind; pouli, to be dark; to be sad, silent; po, night; uli, dark.

Tahitian—matapouri, to be faint through hunger. Cf. pouri, dark, page 226 obscure; po, night. [For full comparatives, see Mata, Pouri, and Po.]

MATAPOURI, the name of a species of duck, the New Zealand Scaup, the Black Teal and Widgeon of colonists (Orn. Fuligula novœzealandiœ).

MATAPUNA (màtàpuna), the source of a river: A ka tutakina atu nga matapuna o te rire—Ken., viii. 2. Cf. puna, a spring of water; matamata, a source; matawai, a fountain-head; matatiki, a spring of water.

Tahitian — matapuna, a small spring of water; (b.) a bog, a marsh; (c.) prolific.

Hawaiian — cf. puna, a well, a spring.

Samoan — cf. màpuna, to spring from; mata, the source; puna, a spring of water. [For full comparatives, see Mata, and Puna.]

MATARA, untied, untwisted. Cf. tatara, loose, untied; kotara, loosened, untied. 2. Distant: Kua mamao noa atu te uta, kua matara noa mai raiou ki waho—P. M., 111. Cf. tatara, distant.

Samoan—matala, to be open, as a leaf; (b.) to be split open; (c.) to be untied, as fastenings; (d.) to make haste; fa‘a-matala, to make slack; to make loose. Cf. tatala, to untie, to unloose; to release from a contract.

Tahitian — matara, to be untied, loosened, disentangled; (b.) to be forgiven a crime; mataratara, to be untied or loosened repeatedly, or in several places; haa-matara, to be untied; to be set at liberty; haa-mataratara, to set free; to untie repeatedly; also to slacken or loosen, without untying. Cf. tatara, to untie, to set free from entanglement; tatarahiro, to unravel; (fig.) to examine an affair thoroughly; matararaa, a loosening, an untying.

Hawaiian—makala, to open what is closed; to separate a little; a separating; (b.) to draw out, to extract; (c.) to open a little, as a door; an opening; to open, as a book which has a clasp on it; (d.) to untie, to loosen; to set at liberty; a loosening; (e.) to remit, as a debt; to forgive, as an offence; makalakala, to hold or keep the eyes open. Cf. kala, to loosen, to untie, as a rope; to absolve.

Tongan—matala, open, expanded, as a flower; (b.) free from restraint; ready, applied to the mind; (c.) to burst away, to get free; faka-matala, to rehearse; to explain, to enlarge upon; to open out. Cf. matalafi, small wedges; matalala, like a deserted place.

Mangarevan—aka-matara, to cut the first thread so as to unravel anything.

Mangaian—matara, to be loosened.

Paumotan — haka-mataratara, to unloose; to slacken.

Ext. Poly.: Fijimacala (mathala), clear, plain; understandable; unfolded, as a leaf.

MATARAE, a headland. Cf. mata, a point; matamata, a headland; rae, the forehead; a headland; kurae, a headland. [For comparatives, see Mata, and Rae.]

MATARAHI, MATARARAHI, large. Cf. rahi, large; mokorahi, great; metararahi, great.

Samoan—cf. matalasi, to be various; to be complicated.

Hawaiian — cf. maalahi, noble; possessed of privileges. [For full comparatives, see Rahi.]

MATARAU, having many points (“hundred-pointed”): To mata i haea ki te uhi matarau—G. P. 28. Cf. mata, a point; rau, a hundred. 2. A forked spear, for catching fish. Cf. purau, a fork; marau, a fork.

Mangaian — (myth.) Matarau, “the two hundred eyes,” was a name of Tonga-iti, under which he was worshipped in the Hervey Islands. His incarnation was the black and white spotted lizard. He was the third son of Vatea. [See Atea.] Matarau was a lizard-god; he had eight heads, eight tails, and two hundred eyes—M. & S., 291.

MATAREHE, a kind of Eel.

MATAREHUA (myth.), the name of a fortified village built by Ngatoro-i-rangi on the Island of Motiti, Bay of Plenty. Here Ngatoro was attacked by the forces of Manaia, in revenge for Ngatoro's expedition to Hawaiki and the battle of Ihumotomotokia—P. M., 100. [See Ngatoro.]

MATAREKA, pleasant. Cf. reka, sweet, pleasant; manawareka, pleased, satisfied; waireka, agreeable in flavour. 2. To like, to be fond of. [For comparatives, see Reka.]

MATAREKEREKE, benumbed. Cf. matarukuruku, benumbed; matangurunguru, benumbed; matangerengere, benumbed. 2. Annoyed.

MATARERE (màtàrere), a forerunner, a harbinger. Cf. rere, to fly; to run, as water; matamua, first; matahite, one who foretells.

MATAREREPUKU, the name of a species of witchcraft (makutu), so-called because the charm was effected by the tip (matamata) of the tongue of the tohunga or wizard secretly (puku) applied.

MATARIKI, the Pleiades, a constellation, the sign of the first month: Ka whetu rangitia, Matariki, te whitu o te tau—G. P., 254: Takina mai ra, nga huihui o Matariki—G. P., 330: Tirohia Matariki, te whetu o te tau—G. P., 308. 2. [See Matariki (myth.).]

Samoan—matali‘i, the Pleiades.

Tahitian—matarii, the Pleiades; (b.) a year, or season, reckoned by the appearance of the Pleiades.

Hawaiian—Makalii, the Pleiades, the Seven Stars; (b.) the celestial sign of Castor and Pollux; (c.) the name of a month; (d.) the name of the six summer months colectively; (e.) diminutive, littleness; inferiority. Cf. makaliiohua, a species of very small fish, found in shoals near the shore; a multitude of diminutive creatures of any kind.

Tongan — Mataliki, the name of a constellation; (b.) to appear in sight (used of many).

Marquesan—Mataiki, the Pleiades.

Mangaian—Matariki, the Pleiades.

Mangarevan—Matariki, the Pleiades.

MATARIKI (myth.). A tradition states that the Pleiades were seven chiefs, translated after death to heaven, and an eye of each only is visible—J. L. N., p. 52. The Moriori mention Matariki as a heavenly person, son of Ranganuku, and father of Wari. In Hawaiian song Makalii is mentioned as a god, “The spirit of Rongo and of Matariki”—For., ii. 393. The Mangaians say that the stars of the Pleiades were originally one, but Tane sent Aumea (Aldebaran) and Mere (Sirius) to chase him (Matariki), and he took refuge in a stream.

page 227

Sirius drained off the waters; then Tane hurled Aumea bodily against Matariki, who was shivered into fragments—M. & S., 43.

MATARUA (myth.), a sea monster or large shark, supposed to inhabit the ocean depths. When the sea is discoloured, so that no fish can be caught, the Natives call it, Te tutae a Matarua.

MATARUKURUKU, benumbed. Cf. matarekereke, benumbed; matangurunguru, benumbed; matangerengere, benumbed. 2. Annoyed.

Hawaiian—cf. makaluku, to turn against one for harm; to be bent on slaughter.

MATATA, to be split; to gape: Te kowhatu nei, e! matiti, matata!—P. M., 97. Cf. tàtà, to split up; kotata, split; ngatata, split; matatawha, open. 2. To be open.

Tongan—matata, the mark or impression of a blow; (b.) a sound as of something torn asunder; (c.) clear, free from filth. Cf. ta, to strike or beat; to hew. [For full comparatives, see Ta.]

MATATA, the name of a bird, the Fern bird (Orn. Sphenœcus punctatus): Ka haere te taua ki te patu i te manu nei i te matata—A. H. M., i. 35. This bird was offered up by the elder warriors before an engagement.

MATATA (matatà), to carry on a litter. 2. To defend with a pad.

MATATA (matàtà), the name of a plant (Bot. Rhabdothamnus solandri).

MATATAAU (matatàau), to move aside.

MATATARA, a dam for water.

MATATAU, looking steadily or constantly: Matatau tonu mai tana titiro ki a ia— Ken., xxiv. 21. Cf. mata, the eye; matatu, wakeful; mataki, to look at; matau, to know; matakite, to foretell, to divine.

Tongan—matatau, a straight or sure eye. Cf. matata, clear, free from obstruction; mata, the eye; faka-matatoa, to look bold and impudent.

Mangarevan—cf. matatau, to agree mutually; people in the same condition. [For full comparatives, see Mata, the eye.]

MATATAWHA (matatawhá), open. Cf. matata, to split; to gape; tàtà, to split up; kotata, split; tawhà, to burst open, to crack; ngawhà, to burst open.

Tongan—matatafa, a cut; a surgical operation. Cf. matata, the mark of a blow; tafa, a gash, an open wound made by something sharp; tafagaloa, open, free. [For full comparatives, see Mata, and Tawha.]

MATATEA, cooking slowly: Kai hanu, matatea te umu—MSS. Cf. mata, raw, uncooked; tea, white.

Tahitian—matatea, a pale face, through fear or sickness. Cf. mata, face; tea, white. [For full comparatives, see Mata, and Tea.]

MATATENGI, thick. Cf. matotoru, thick. As tengi means three, and matengi three, there may be some connection with toru, three, in matotoru, perhaps as three-fold, three-ply.

MATATIKI (màtàtiki), a spring of water. Cf. matamata, a source; matapuna, the source of a river; matawai, a fountain-head.

MATATIRA, in a row; ranked: Matatira tonu ta ratou tu—P. M., 40. Cf. tira, a file of men, a row. [For comparatives, see Tira.]

MATATITI, a variety of taro.

MATATOUA (matatòua), dimmed, having lost lustre.

MATATU (màtàtù), to begin to flow.

MATATU (matatù), wakeful: Kei te matatu tonu i te roa o te po—S. T., 183. Cf. mata, the eye; mataara, to watch, to keep awake; matatau, looking steadily or constantly; mataki, to look at. [For comparatives, see Mata.]

MATATUA (myth.), one of the canoes of the Migration to New Zealand. [See under Arawa.]

MATATUHI, a shoal of fish. Cf. matatu, wakeful, watchful; hi, to fish with a hook and line.

MATAU (màtau), to know: No te mutunga o te tangi ka matau a Rehua, ko Tane tenei—Wohl. Trans., vii. 35. 2. To understand, to have in mental possession: Ko wai o koutou kua tino matau ki nga karakia?—A. H. M., i. 9. Cf. mata, the eye; matatu, watchful; matakite, to divine the future; tatau, to count, to repeat one by one. 3. To feel certain of: E matau ana ahau he mohio ia ki te korero—Eko., iv. 14.

Whaka-MATAU, Whaka-MATAUTAU, to make to know, to teach. 2. To make trial of: Ka ki atu a Maui, ‘Kohia, whakamatau’—Wohl., Trans., vii. 41: He aha koutou i whakamatautau ai?—Eko., xvii. 2.

Samoan—matau (màtau), to consider; to mark attentively. Cf. màta, to look at; mata, the eye; tau, to count; to barter, buy, or sell; that which is right and proper.

Tahitian—matau, to be accustomed or used to a thing; matautau, to accustom or practise repeatedly; (b.) carefully; to be scrupulous; haa-matau, the old word for “to accustom.” Cf. mata, the eye; mataì, skilfulness, dexterity; tatau, counting, numbering; tattoo.

Hawaiian—makau, to be ready, to be prepared for an event; in a state of preparation; hoo-makau, to make ready, to prepare.

Tongan—matau, dexterous in throwing; faka-matau, to accustom, to habituate; to do frequently; to do cleverly. Cf. matai, the clever one, the best one; tau, becoming, fit, proper; to fit.

Marquesan—cf. matau, to chant for the dead with songs; matatatau, genealogy.

Mangarevan—matau, skilled in, accustomed; akamatau, to introduce a custom; aka-matautau, to try to understand.

Paumotan—matau, customary; haka-matau, to use; to accustom. Ext. Poly:

Magindano—cf. matau, knowledge.

MATAU (màtau), we. For matou. [See Matou.]

MATAU, a fish-hook: Ko te matau ra tena i hi ai te whenua rahi—G. P., 160.

Samoan—matau (màtau), a fish-hook. Cf. taumatau, to fish with a hook; to buy fish-hooks.

Hawaiian—makau, a fish-hook: I hoolouia i ka makau kekahi poe i holo ilalo; Some who had sunk down were hooked up with fish-hooks. Cf. kamakau, the art of manufacturing fish-hooks from the bones of men or animals.

Tahitian—matau, a fish-hook: E oomo vau i tau matau i roto i to apoo ihu; I will put my hook in your nostrils. Cf. huihuimatau, to polish the pearl fish-hook; mataunati, a sort of fish-hook.

Tongan—matau, a fish-hook. Cf. taumatau, to angle,

page 228

Marquesan—metau, a hook.

Mangarevan—matau, a fish-hook: E mau matau hana tetahi; And shining fish-hooks were another (present). (b.) A hook for catching men on festival days. Cf. tamatau, to make hooks.

Rarotongan—matau, a hook: E aere atura koe ki te pae roto e titiri atu ei i tetai matau; Go to the sea-side and cast in a fish-hook.

Paumotan—matau, a fish-hook.

MATAU, right, on the right hand; the right-hand side: Me nga aitua o te taha matau—A. H. M., i. 28: Ki te anga koe ki maui, na, ka ahu ahau ki matau—Ken., xiii. 9. Cf. katau, right, the right-hand side.

Samoan—matau, the right-hand side; the starboard. Cf. taumatau, the right hand.

Tahitian—Cf. atau, the right-hand side; on the right.

Hawaiian—cf. akau, right, on the right-hand side.

Tongan—matau, the right, to the right; starboard; faka-matau, to go the right. Cf. toomatau, right, on the right side.

Rarotongan—cf. katau, right, on the right-hand side.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. matau, right, the right side; ligaimatau, the right hand.

Kayan—cf. tow, the right hand.

MATAURA, reddish. Cf. ura, to glow, to be red; kura, red; matawhero, reddish; rubicund. [For comparatives, see Ura.]

MATAWAI (màtàwai), a fountain-head. Cf. matamata, a source; wai, water; matapuna, a spring of water; matatiki, a spring of water.

Samoan—matavai, a spring; a fountain. Cf. mata, a source, a spring; vai, water.

Tahitian—cf. matapuna, a small spring of water; opihamatavai, a water-course.

Hawaiian—cf. makavai, watery-eyed; nearsighted; (b.) corrupt, running, as a sore; mata, the eye; wai, water.

Tongan—matavai, a spring, a fountain: Aia naa ne liliu ae maka koe anovai, moe maka afi koe matavai; He turned the rock into a standing water, and the flint into a fountain. [For full comparatives, see Mata, and Wai.]

MATAWAIA, filled with tears: A ka titiro atu o kanohi ki a ratou i te roa o te ra, a, matawaia noa—Tiu., xxviii. 32. Cf. matawai, a fountain; matamata, a source; mata, the eye; wai, water; roimata, a tear.

Hawaiian—cf. makawai, watery-eyed.

MATAWERO, a charm for killing a taniwha, or water-monster. Cf. mata, a charm; wero, to pierce, to spear. [For comparatives, see Mata, and Wero.]

MATAWHAORUA (myth.), one of the celebrated canoes of the Migration to New Zealand—P. M., 83. Also called Matahorua—P. M., 83. [See under Arawa.]

MATAWHERO, reddish; rubicund. Cf. whero, red; mataura, reddish.

MATE, dead; death: Ka taka te tangata ra, mate tonu atu—P. M., 37: Ko te take tenei o te mate—P. M., 32. 2. Extinguished. 3. Cut, or otherwise prepared for building (spoken of timber, &c.). 4. Sick, ill, sickness; to suffer: Kua mate—kahore i mate rawa—P. M., 47. 5. Affliction; adversity; oppression; hardship; grievance; ruin. Cf. matekiri, disappointed. 6. To be in an unconscious state. 7. Old age (matenga). 8. Overcome with admiration, &c.: Ka mate te wahine ki a Tawhaki, ki te tangata ataahua—Wohl., Trans., vii. 44. Cf. matenui, to desire earnestly; mateoha, loving, fond; matea, longed for, greatly desired. 9. Calmed down, as the sea. 10. Moving slowly; slack; tai-mate, slack-water.

Whaka-MATE, to put to death: Kia puta mai hei whakamate i nga mano o Manaia—P. M., 93. 2. To cause to be ill.

Samoan—mate, dead (of animals, trees, fire, &c.) [cf. oti, to die (of men); maliu, to die (of chiefs)]; also of a road that is overgrown and indistinct; to die, to be extinct; to die away (of wind): O ai ea lau auauna, ina ua e silasila i le uli mate, e pei o a'u nei? What is your servant, that you should look on such a dead dog as I am? (b.) To be benumbed, to be cramped; (c.) to be upset (of a canoe); fa'a-mate, to put to death a dying animal. Cf. matefanau, to be dead with child-bearing; matelaina, to be starved; tamate, to kill (of trees and animals); to cut off all the leaves of a tree.

Tahitian—mate, death; to die; dead; (b.) to be ill, sick; to be hurt; faa-mate, to produce sickness or death; (b.) to affect sickness; haa-mate, to cause death, to kill; to cause illness; (b.) to feign illness. Cf. mateai, to be longing, as for food; matcono, a strong affectionate desire; to exercise love, compassion, &c.

Hawaiian—make, death; dead: Me he mau aoopua la e kau ana, pela ke kau ana o ka make mahina o na kanaka; As sharp-pointed clouds hang in the sky, so death hangs over men. (b.) Hurt, injured, wounded, vanquished: E make ai ia oe; It will be overcome by you. (c.) To need, to have necessity; it is necessary; (d.) to desire, to wish for; makemake, to desire much, to wish for; a desire, a wish; a rejoicing, a gladness: Ina e makemake oe e haipule; If you wish to practise religious duties. Mamake, and mamamake, to die or perish together, or in companies; hoomake, to kill; (b.) to wish to die; to fast; (c.) to put in a state of privation, to cause thinness of flesh; (d.) to put oneself where he would appear to be lost: E hoomake oe i kou nalu; Plunge under your surf. Makena, a wailing, a mourning for the dead. Cf. makewai, to be thirsty; makewale, that which has died of itself; kinomake, a dead body; makee, greediness of gain; makekau, irascible.

Tongan—mate, dead; to die; the dead; deadly; extinct: Ka nae tuku eia a ene tamajii mate ki hoku fatafata; I laid the dead child in my bosom. (b.) Benumbed; (c.) to turn over, as a canoe; (d.) a guess; matea, deadly, mortal; (b.) to guess; mamate, benumbed, numbness; (b.) sterile; (c.) to be swamped or upset; matemate, comparatively smooth, as the sea; becoming smooth; (b.) perfect, complete; fixed, settled; faka-mate, poisonous, deadly; poison; the cause of death. Cf. matemateaha, to die one after another; to follow in succession; matemutukia, to die in the prime of life; tamaimate, fatherless; tamate, to kill; to erase; extinction.

Rarotongan—mate, dead; to die: Mate iora te tamaiti a taua vaine nei i te po; This woman's child died in the night.

Marquesan—mate, to die; dead: He tiatohu e mate oe; You will certainly die. (b.) To be ill, sick. Cf. mateika, death.

Mangarevan—mate, to die, to be page 229 dead: Mate Mauike, moe roa; Mahuika died and disappeared. (b.) To be sick, ill; (c.) to love, to desire passionately; aka-mate, to kill; (b.) to make ill; (c.) to flatter; to tickle, to cajole; matega, illness; death; aka-matemate, to make love to a girl; to caress; to flatter; to cajole. Cf. matematega, affable conversation; cajolery; mateiruga, to desire honours; matekoteko, long, severe work; matenoa, lazy; cowardly; mateoge, famine; mateteito, deceased.

Aniwan—cf. komate, to be dead.

Paumotan—mate, to die; dead. Cf. make, to perish, to decline.

Ext. Poly.: Nguna—cf. mate, dead, a dead person.

Motu—cf. mate, to die; matelea, to faint.

Aneityum—cf. mas, to die.

Fiji—cf. mate, dead; to die; death.

Malagasy—cf. maty, dead; matihena, benumbed, torpid; matimaty, lukewarm; matinihiany, setting one's heart on, eager, wishing for.

Ilocan—cf. natay, dead; ipapatay, to die. Solomon Islands—cf. mate, dead; sick.

Magindano—cf. miate, to die.

Kisa—cf. maki, dead.

Java—cf. pati, death.

Duke of York Island—cf. mat, to die.

Lifu—cf. meci, to die.

Iai—cf. mok, to die.

New Britain—cf. mat, dead; mait, ill.

Formosa—cf. macha, dead; matis, lost, gone.

Macassar—cf. mate, dead; death.

MATEA, longed for, greatly desired. Cf. mate, overcome with admiration, &c.; matenui, to desire earnestly. [For comparatives, see Mate.]

MATEHIRINAKI, to die from old age. Cf. mate, to die; to be ill; whaka-whirinaki, to lean against anything. [For comparatives, see Mate, and Whirinaki.]

MATEKIRI, disappointed; nonplussed. Cf. mate, affliction; hardship; grievance.

MATEKOKO, the name of a pestilence which formerly destroyed many of the Natives.

MATENUI, to desire earnestly. Cf. mate, overcome with admiration, &c.; nui, great; mateoha, loving, fond; (b.) to show attention to; to be fond of; to adore. [For comparatives, see Mate, and Nui.]

MATENGA (màtenga), the head: Ka maru tou matenga i a ia—Ken., iii. 15.

Samoan—cf. tegalima, the upper part of the arm; tegavae, the upper part of the leg, the thigh.

MATENGA, death: Me rapu ake e taua, te matenga, te ora—P. M., 30. Cf. mate, dead; to die. 2. Old age: Ka whaihangatia te whata hakahaka mo tona matenga—A. H. M., ii. 12.

MATENGATENGA (màtengatenga), benumbed. 2. Aching. Cf. tumatatenga, apprehensive. 3. Disgusted. 4. Causing pain.

Tongan—cf. mate, benumbed.

Samoan—cf. mate, to be numbed.

Mangarevan—matega, death. [For full comparatives, see Mate.]

MATENGI, three. Cf. tengi, three.

MATEOHA, loving, fond. Cf. mate, overcome with admiration, &c.; oha, generous; a keepsake; aroha, to pity, to love; matenui, to desire earnestly. [For comparatives, see Mate, Oha, and Aroha.]

MATEROTO, miscarriage: A ka materoto tana tamaiti—Eko., xxi. 22. Cf. mate, to die; sick, ill; roto, within, inside.

MATEWAI, thirsty. Cf. matenui, to desire, earnestly; wai, water.

Hawaiian—makewai, thirsty, to be thirsty. Cf. make, to desire; wai, water. [For full comparatives, see Mate, and Wai.]

MATI, dry. Cf. raumati, summer. 2. Shrivelled. 3. A dry branch.

MATITI (màtiti), a dry branch of a tree frequented by birds, and resorted to by bird-catchers.

Samoan—mati, stale, as water that has been left for some time, or cocoanuts picked some days before. Cf. naumati, dry, destitute of water, as a country.

Hawaiian—cf. laumake, the abating or subsiding of water; a drought.

Tahitian—cf. raumati, to hold fair, as the weather.

Tongan—maji, sour, decayed, as the cocoanut when kept too long.

MATI, the fruit of the native Fuchsia tree (kotukutuku).

Samoan—cf. mati, the name of several species of fig.

Tahitian—mati, the name of a tree, and its berries.

Tongan—maji, the name of a tree, and its fruit.

MATIA (màtia), a spear. Cf. tia, a peg, a stake; to drive in, to stick in; matikuku, a fingernail; matihao, a claw; matika, a fish-hook.

Samoan—cf. ti‘a, a dart.

Hawaiian—makia, a pin, a bolt, a wedge; to fasten as with pins, &c. Cf. kia, to drive, as a spike or nail.

Tahitian—Cf. patia, to lance; a spear; tiatao, a long spear.

Marquesan—cf. matiero, a lance.

Ext. Poly.: Meralava—cf. matas, a spear; Saddle Island, (Motlav,) mtah, a spear; Saddle Island, (Volow,) metah, a spear; Ureparapara, matah, a spear; Torres Islands, (Lo) mata, a spear. (These probably = Maori mata, a point).

MATIAHO, a finger, a claw. Cf. matikara, a finger; matimati, a toe; hao, to grasp greedily; to encompass; matika, a fish-hook; mati, a dry branch.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. matikao, a finger.

MATIHE, to sneeze. Cf. tihe, to sneeze; tihewa, to sneeze. [For comparatives, see Tihe.]

MATIHETIHE, a plant resembling coarse wheat, growing on the sea-shore.

MATIKA, a fish-hook. Cf. matau, a fish-hook; matikara, a claw; a fish-hook; matia, a spear.

MATIKA, to carry on a litter. 2. To rise up. Cf. whaka-tika, to straighten; to stand up; matike, to rise from a recumbent position.

Tahitian—matia, to grow or spring up, as plants; (b.) to recover health, after sickness; matiatia, to be recovering a little after sickness. Cf. matie, to grow. [For full comparatives, see Tika.]

MATIKARA, a finger: Kowhakina mai ana te ahi i te toi iti o nga matikara—P. M., 26. Cf. koikara, a finger; matimati, the toe; matikuku, a finger-nail; a claw; matihao, a finger; mati, a dry branch. 2. A fish-hook. Cf. matika, a fish-hook.

MATIKE, to rise up from a recumbent position. Cf. matika, to rise up.

page 230

MATIKO, to descend. 2. To run.

MATIKUKU, the nail of a finger or toe; a claw; a hoof. Cf. maikuku, a finger-nail; matimati, the toe; matikara, a finger; matihao, a finger, a claw; kuku, to nip; to grate; hakuku, to scrape.

Samoan—mati'u'u, the finger-nails: Ona matiuu ua pei o atigivae o manu felelei; His nails were like birds' claws.

Tahitian—cf. maiuu, a talon, a claw; the nails of the fingers and toes.

Hawaiian—cf. makiau, a nail of the fingers or toes; maiau, finger or toe-nails; a talon; a claw; maiuu, a nail of a finger or toe; a hoof a beast.

Rarotongan—cf. maikao, a finger.

Mangarevan—matikuku, and matekuku, a nail; a claw. Cf. matikao, a finger or toe; the index-finger.

Paumotan—cf. maikuku, a hoof; maikao and mitikao, a claw; mikau aud mitikau, hoof.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. matikao, the finger.

Savu—cf. kuku, the nail of a finger.

Fiji—cf. kuku, a finger or toe-nail.

Malay—cf. kuku, a claw; the nail of a finger or toe.

Pampang—cf. cucu, a nail, a claw.

Tagal—cf. cuco, a nail, a claw.

MATIMATI, a toe. Cf. matikuku, a finger-nail or toe-nail; matikara, a finger; matihao, a finger; mati, a dry branch.

MATIPAU, MATIPO, the name of a tree (Bot. Myrsine urvillei).

MATIPOU (myth.), one of the minor deities, a reptile-god—A. H. M., i. App.

MATIRAKAHU (Moriori,) the name of a bird, a species of Rail (Orn. Rallus modestus).

MATIRE, MATIRETIRE, a rod or wand used in the pure ceremony.

MATIRO, to beg for food. Cf. motiro, to beg; tiro, to look; tiro-makutu, to look covetously.

Hawaiian—makilo, to look wistfully after a thing; (b.) to beg; (c.) to go about begging food; a beggar. Cf. kilo, to look earnestly at a thing.

Tahitian—cf. matirohi, to be longing for fish, &c.; tiro, to mark or select a thing.

Mangarevan—matiro, to examine, regard; to visit. Cf. matiho, to spy, to keep a lookout, either from curiosity or desire for food.

Paumotan—matiro, to solicit, to beg; (b.) adulation, to fawn upon, to flatter, tickle.

MATITI (màtiti). [See under Mati.]

MATITI (myth.), a son of Rongo-ma-tane. He was the guardian deity of the door of the store wherein kumara (sweet potatoes) were kept—A. H. M., i. App.

MATITORE (màtìtore), split, as firewood. Cf. toretore, split into strips.

MATIWHITU, the name of a fish, the red kokopu of Taupo (Ich. Galaxias).

MATO, a deep swamp; a deep valley.

Samoan—cf. mato, a steep place, a precipice.

Tahitian—cf. mato, a craggy rock or precipice; matoe, to crack, split.

Tongan—cf. mato, the edge or boundary of a high perpendicular rock.

Mangaian—cf. mato, a rock, a stone.

MATOHA, untied; unfastened; loosened. Cf. makoha, untied; toha, spread out. 2. Lost.

MATOKA-RAU-TAWHIRI (myth.), the wife of Wahieroa; the mother of Rata. Wahieroa met his death in searching for the koko (tui-birds) his wife longed for—Wohl., Trans., vii. 45. [See Wahieroa.]

MATOKE (màtoke), cold. Cf. matao, cold; matomato, cool; hotoke, winter; cold; hutoke, winter.

Tahitian—cf. matoe, to crack or split; toetoe, cold; putoetoe, cold. [For full comparatives, see Hotoke.]

MATOMATO, cool. Cf. matao, cold. 2. Green, growing vigorously: Me nga otaota matomato katoa—Ken., i. 30. 3. To bud, to germinate, to bring forth leaves.

Hawaiian—cf. makomako, to increase, to enlarge.

MATORO (màtoro), to woo, to court as a lover: Ki te mea ranei ka haere atu au ki te matoro i a Hine-Moa, ekore pea ia e pai mai ki, ahau—P. M., 129. Cf. toro, to visit. 2. To engender desire. Whare-matoro, the large meeting-house of a village.

Samoan—cf. totolo, crawling, creeping, as reptiles; to crawl or creep; toloa'i, to collect together; a brood, a litter.

Tahitian—motoro, to make use of some means to awake and entice a person out of a house for base purposes. Cf. toro, to creep; to select; to pick out; to scrape together.

Hawaiian—makolo, to crawl, as four-footed animal; to run along, to creep, as a vine; (b.) to approach on hands and knees, as the people in former times approached a chief: hence, to ask a favour. Cf. kolo, to crouch, to stoop, to crawl; to urge, as in asking a favour.

Mangarevan—motoro, a bastard, a child whose father is not known till after its mother's marriage; motorotoro, one who creeps about at night; (b.) any shameful action or crime.

Paumotan—motoro, adultery; prostitution; (b.) immodest, indecent.

Mangaian—motoro, to approach a woman for lustful purposes. (Myth.) Motoro was a god, so named by his father Tangiia on account of his uxoriousness for his wife Moetuma—M. & S., 25.)

MATORU (màtoru), a crowd.

MATOTORU (màtotoru), thick: Te kapua roa, te kapua matotoru—A. H. M., i. 41. Cf. toru, three. [See Matatengi.]

MATORUTORU, benumbed.

Samoan—matolutolu, thick (only said of pork). Cf. matoutou, thick, only of pork.

Tahitian—matoru, thick, full-fleshed; (b.) to be inured to hardship; (c.) thirteen in counting; matorutoru, to be subdued or overcome in a contest; to give way, or retreat.

Hawaiian—makolu, wide, thick; (b.) besmeared thickly with dust; makolukolu, thick, deep; thick, as a plank.

Marquesan—motou, thickness.

Mangarevan—matoru, fat, thick, heavy; matorutoru, thick, heavy; cramped; aka-matoru, to thicken, to swell; (b.) to make strong; dense; aka-matorutoru, to benumb a limb. Cf. matoruarahi, to heap up into a great heap; ragimatoru, thick cloudy weather; tekeretùamatoru, an expression used by the Mangarevans for “the thickness of heaven and earth.”

MATOU (màtou), we (excluding the person addressed); also matau: Muri iho i tau whakakitenga mai ki a matou—P. M., 13. Cf. tatou, we; ratou, they.

page 231

Samoan—matou, we, excluding the person addressed: O loo vaivai i matou, a ua malolosi outou; We are weak, but you are strong.

Tahitian—matou, we, three or more, excluding the person addressed: Te teitei na outou, te vahavahahia nei ra matou; You are honoured, but we are despised.

Hawaiian—makou, we, our company, excluding the persons addressed: Alaila, hea mai la ia makou, i mai la, hamau kakou; Then he called to us and said, ‘Let us be still.’

Tongan—cf. a kimautolu, we, us, excluding the person addressed.

Marquesan—matou, we, excluding the person addressed.

Rarotongan—matou, we, excluding the person addressed: Ei reira matou e aere atu ei ki vao kia koe na; Then we will come out to you.

Mangarevan—matou, we.

Aniwan—cf. acimatou, we, excluding the person addressed.

Paumotan—matou, we.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. matou, we.

Matu—cf. malau, and talau, we, us.

MATOU (màtou), to know (South Island dialect): Kohore ia matou, ko tona hakoro ia—Wohl., Trans., vii. 34. [See Matua, to know.]

MATU, fat. Cf. tutu, to melt down fat; kòtutu, to melt down fat; tu, to stand.

Hawaiian—maku, stiff, or thick, as oil of long standing; the dregs of a liquid; (b.) firm, hard; full-grown.

Tongan—cf. matu, to be poured out.

Samoan—cf. matoutou, thick (only said of pork).

MATUA, a parent, and, more especially, father; plural matua (màtua): Ka tangohia mai e ia aga iwi o tona matua—P. M., 58. Cf. kaumatua, an adult; an elderly person; katua, a fullgrown animal or bird. 2. The division of an army, a company: Ka ara he matua, ka ara he matua—P. M., 43: E toru matua, tokotoru hoki nga rangatira—P. M., 102. 3. A master, owner: Ka tae ki te aroaro o tana matua (spoken of a dog returning). 4. To quicken, as a child in the womb: Kua matua te tamaiti.

MATUA (màtua), first. Cf. matamua, first. 2. Important, large, abundant. 3. The main body of an army. 4. (The plural of matua) Parents: Ka mea nga matua ‘kua patua’—P. M., 96.

MATUATUA (màtuatua), important, large, abundant.

Samoan—matua, a parent; (b.) mature, grown up: Ua tupu le tama, ua matua; The youth grew up to maturity. (c.) Elder: ‘o le uso matua, the elder brother; (d.) the name of a game; (e.) the principal house used in pigeon catching; (f.) to frequent, to make a home of; matua (matuà), very; altogether; quite; fa'a-matua, things prepared against the death of a parent. Cf. matuaali'i, an aged chief; matuafafine, a mother; matuàmoa, a hen; matuaisu, an old pigeon; ‘aumatua, a breeding animal; olomatua, an old woman.

Tahitian—matua, vigorous, strong; (b.) hard fixel; habituated; of long standing; to become chronic; matuatua, to be vigorous, as an elderly person; to be settled, habituated to some place or practice; matutua, of an ancient date. Cf. aimatua, to eat with old men only, on account of war or some approaching ceremony; matuapapa, to be piled up; reckoned in order, as a lineage; matuauu, age-worn, time-worn; metia, the modern word for a parent; mitua, a parent; oromatua, the skull of a dead relative, preserved for religious purposes; the ghosts of the dead deified.

Hawaiian—makua, a parent, a begetter, either a father or a mother, i.e., a mature person: applied also to an uncle or aunt; full-grown: Alaila, kuihe iho la kela no ke aloha i na makua; Then she hesitated on account of love for her parents: O ke ala ia i imi ai i ka makua o Kahai; That is the road to seek the father of Tawhaki. (b.) (Fig.) A benefactor; a provider; (c) to enlarge, to grow; (d.) to strengthen, to sustain; (e.) to call one “father;” to honour; hoo-makua, to increase, to be full; to be thick-set. Cf. makuawahine, mother; makuakane, a father; makuaalii, a progenitor, patriarch; the head of a tribe, a chief; aumakua, the name of a class of the ancient gods, who were considered able and trustworthy; a trusty steadfast servant; maku, to be full-grown; firm; hard; stiff, as oil of long standing.

Tongan—matua, parents, old people: Bea i he omi ae tamajii e he ene matua; When the parents brought in the child. Motua, an old man; old, mature; (b.) a married man; (c.) ripe, mature, fit to eat; faka-motua, manly; becoming to an adult; to act the man; (b.) to make old; to give the appearance of age. Cf. akegamotua, the old plan, the old order of things.

Rarotongan—metua, a parent; metua-vaine, a mother; (b.) a father: E tei anei e metua au, nei teiea taua akangateitei noku ra? If I am a father, where is my honour?

Marquesan—matua, individual: a term applied to men, as makui to women; motua, a father: O te tama, tia me te motua a me Ono; Oh the Son, equal with the Father and with Rongo.

Mangarevan—motua, a father: Ko Ataraga te motua, ko Uaega te kui; Ataranga is the father, and Uaega is his mother. Matua, a man in charge of affairs; a superintendent. Cf. aumatua, old, ancient; aumotuapùga, a support, a prop, a protection.

Paumotan—cf. makuahine, mother; aunt; tahamatua, decrepit; matamata, adolescent.

Aniwan—cf. tomatua, to be able.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. matua, mature, ripe; strongly, vigorously; gumatua, energetic, strong; madu, old.

Malagasy—cf. matoa, eldest son or daughter; matotra, strong, lusty, powerful.

Kawi—cf. meta, mother.

Malay—cf. ma, mother; mantuah or martuah, a father-in-law or mother-in-law.

Sikayana—cf. matua, old.

Macassar—cf. matowang, a father-in-law; towa, a parent; an overseer.

MATUAIWI, companies, divisions of an army; Ka oti tera ka whakatakotoria nga matuaiwi—A. H. M., v. 77. Cf. matua, a division of a force; iwi, a tribe. [For comparatives, see Matua, and Iwi.]

MATUAKORE, the name of a celebrated taiaha (weapon), belonging to the Ngati-maniopoto tribe—A. H. M., v. 49.

MATUAKUMARA (matua-kùmara), the root of a plant (Bot. Geranium dissectum).

MATUATUA (màtuatua), a kind of Eel.

MATUATUA. [See Matua.]

MATUAWHANGAI, a foster-father. Cf. matua, a parent; whangai, to feed; to nourish; to page 232 bring up. [For comparativos, see Matua, and Whangai.]

MATUHITUHI, the name of a bird; the Bush-Wren (Orn. Xenicus longipes).

MATUKU, MATUKUTUKU, the name of a bird, the Blue Heron (Orn. Ardea sacra): He matuku noho puku, e tama è—G. P., 182.

Samoan — matu'u, a heron (Orn. Ardea sacra).

Marquesan—cf. matuku, a black bird of heavy flight

MATUKU (myth.), or Matuku-tangotango, or Matuku-takotako, an ogre-chief, the slayer of Wahieroa the son of Tawhaki. Matuku had an underground habitation, a cave called Putawarenuku. Rata, the son of Wahieroa, heard from Matuku's servant that his master could be killed at the fountain in which he washed his face and hair, if Rata came at the time of the new moon. Rata fulfilled these instructions, and killed Matuku; he then proceeded to rescue his father's bones from the Ponaturi—P. M., 67. [See Ponaturi.] Wohlers gives the names of islands, Puorunuku and Puororangi, as the locality in which Matuku dwelt, and also states that Rata noosed Matuku when coming out of the ground to perform the rites of thistle-cutting—Trans., vii. 22.

MATUKU-HUREPO, the name of a bird, the Black-backed Bittern (Orn. Botaurus pœciloptilus). [See Matuku.]

MATUKU-MOANA, the White - fronted Heron (Orn. Ardea novœ-hollandiœ). [See Matuku.]

MATUKUTUKU, a kind of moss.

MATUKU-TAI, the Blue Heron (Orn. Ardea sacra). [See Matuku.]

MATURUTURU (màturuturu), to trickle in drops; to distil: Ano he maturuturu e puputu tonu ana—Wha., xix. 13. Cf. makuru, trickling in frequent drops; tuturu, to leak, to drip.

Samoan— cf. ma'ulu, to sprinkle, as rain; to drop, as dew; to moult, as feathers; ma'ulu'ulu, to be very fatigued, as if about to drop to pieces; tutulu, to leak, as a house; to weep (of a chief); tulutulu, the eaves of a house.

Hawaiian—makulu, and makulukulu, to drop, as water, or a liquid; to shed drops, as water from a leaky roof; to drop, as water from the clouds. Cf. kulu, to drop, as water; to leak; a drop of water; nakulu, to drip, as water; to drop.

MATUTU (màtùtù), convalescent. 2. Remedied.

MAU, productions of the earth; produce.

Samoan—cf. mau, abundance; a testimony.

MAU, to carry; Maunga, the act of carrying: Ka mauria ki te ahi, ka kohua—Wohl., Trans., vii. 35. 2. To bring (followed by mai): Ka mauria mai te kumara, me te mapou, me te kowhai—G.-8, 26. 3. To take up; to lay hold of; seized: Ka whiua atu ki runga ki te upoko o Popohorokewa, e hara! kua mau—P. M., 45. Cf. mautarakini, held by the point. 4. Fixed; continuing, lasting; to be steadfast: Kia mau koe ki te kupu a tou matua—Prov. 5. Confined, restrained: Ka tokoa ki runga e Tane, mau ai—Wohl., Trans., vii. 33. Cf. tamau, to fnsten. 6. Overtaken. 7. Ka mau te wehi!, How dreadful! 8. Kia mau te rongo, to make peace: Kei whai koe kia mau te rongo ki a ratou— Tiu., xxiii. 6. [See Marquesan.] 9. To know, to recognise; Katahi ka mauria te tane e te wahine ra—A. H. M., ii. 7. Cf. matau, to know.

Samoan—mau, to be firm, fast: O i latou uma na avea i latou o tagata o taua na latou taofi mau ia te i latou; All those who took them captives held them fast. (b.) To have abundance of food; (c.) to dwell; (d.) to be decided; to be unwavering; maua, to get, to obtain, to acquire; (b.) to reach, to get to; (c.) to overtake; (d.) to catch; mamau, to be fast, to be firm; (b.) to be costive; fa'a-mau, to make fast; a fastening; (b.) to make a stand in war; (c.) a hinge.

Tahitian—mau, to retain or hold anything; to seize; to take hold of a thing: A mau papa i tei noaa ia oe na; That which you have, hold fast. (b.) An interjection, Hold! ia mau, take hold, mamau, to take hold, to detain; (b.) to have abundance in possession; haa-mau, to establish or fix a thing; haa-maumau, to hold, to continue to hold; (b.) to impress repeatedly and by degrees any subject on the mind. Cf. tamau, to take hold of; to persevere; haa-maumau-orero, to repeat old grievances, or prevent them from being forgotten; to fix or give a temporary permanence to a report; mamau-niho, to hold each other by the beak, as cocks sometimes do in fighting; mauhaa, the handle of a tool; the stalk of fruit; mautori, to withhold; to keep steadfastly; tumau, constipation.

Hawaiian—mau, to repeat often and frequently, as in counting; (b.) to continue, to endure, to persevere; to remain perpetually. Aole e mau ana au me oukou; I shall not always be with you. (c.) To persevere; to flow on continually, as a stream of water: Aia i ka Aaia, haha mau ia a Kane; There at Aaia, constantly breathed on by Tane. Hoo-mau, to persevere; to remain in force, as a law; maumau, to be firm; to be fixed. Cf. mauvale, constant; kamau, endurance; faithful; mao, to carry, to bear off, to carry away; a moving along; a change of position, as of a body of persons.

Tongan—mau, to obtain; to possess; to accept; (b.) fast, firm; constant, unwavering; constancy, firmness: Ikai, ka te mau ha'i koe ke ma'u; No, but we will bind you fast. (.) Always, perpetually; mamau, fast, fastened; (b.) costive; faka-mau, to make firm; to establish; to fasten; to cause to stand; (b.) to marry; (c.) to judge; a judge; faka-mau-mau, to restrain; to repress. Cf. tuumau, steadfast; faka-mauaihe, to keep on at the old things; mauaki, to keep at this; to be so; mauta, to have acquired; to have learnt; mau-mautuga, to stick fast; agamau, fixed, settled; matamau, fixed, tearless (applied to the eyes).

Marquesan—mau, to be firm, strong, solid; haa-mau, to make fast: Mea nati a haamau i tahuna; To tie and make fast in couples. Cf. mou, peace; to appease; tamau, to fasten; to make soild; to attack; maohi, to touch; to seize, to take.

Mangarevan—mau, fixed, firm, to be solid; (b.) to be at anchor; (c.) to hold; to seize; (d.) to practise, to exercise; (e.) true; mamau, to be at anchor; maumau, to hold fast, to be firm; aka-mau, to fix, set, consolidate, fasten. Cf. maukikia, to hold fast, to be firm; tamau, to hold fast.

Mangaian—mau, fixed, fast; to fasten; firm; page 233 E tuku te taura i Enuakura; Mauria! Let down the ropes to Spirit-land; Hold fast! Tongarevan—mau, to possess.

Paumotan—faa-mau, to sustain; haka-mau, to join. Cf. tamau, fixed desire.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. mau, to sit still when ordered to do something.

Malay—cf. mau, to will; to design.

MAU (màu), for thee: Ka whanau he wahine, mau e horoi—P. M., 50: He kai mau, te ate o te tauhou—G. P., 136. Cf. tau, thy; maku, for me; nau, thine, &c.

Tongan—maau, for thee.

MAUA (màua), we two (excluding the person addressed): Me kuhu e maua ki roto ki nga paru o te whare nei—P. M., 48. Cf. taua, we two, including the person addressed; rua, two; raua, they two.

Samoan —maua, we two (excluding the person addressed): E tago mai lona lima ia te i maua; That he might lay his hands on us two.

Tahitian—maua, we two, including the speaker and a person spoken of or understood: O maua ana'e ra i roto i taua fare ra; We two only were in the house.

Hawaiian—maua, we two, those who are speaking, but not including any addressed: Lelelele maua i ke kula o Pele; We two hastened away to the plain of Pele.

Tongan—cf. mau, we, us, ours, excluding the person addressed; a moua, yours, belonging to ye two; a kimaua, we two, used in speaking to a third person, but not including the person addressed.

Marquesan—maua, we two, excluding the person addressed: O maua he tai, o maua a ke iho he tai; Oh, we are the kind, oh we are reserved from the flood.

Rarotongan — maua, we two.

Aniwan—cf. acimawa, we two, exclusive of person addressed.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—of. maua, we two.

MAUAHARA (mauàhara), to cherish ill feeling; hatred: A ka mauaharatia taua tamaiti nei e Rata—A. H. M., v, 8: Kihai ano hoki tana mauahara mo Uenuku—A. H. M., v. 36. Cf. mahara, memory, thought; hara, a sin.

Hawaiian—mauhala, to keep up a grudge against one; to remember his offence; envy, malice, revenge. [For full comparatives, see Hara.]

MAU-A-TE-KAREHE, or Mau-a-te-Kararehe (myth.), a battle in which Uenuku defeated Whena. Uenuku sent his dogs ashore, and they attacked Whena's people—A. H. M., iii. 9.

MAUATARA (mauàtara), on the side.

MAUHI (myth.), a divine ancestress of the God Tane. She supplied him with one of the parts (raho) necessary for the making of man at Kurawaka—S. R., 22. 2. A minor deity, an attendant on Koroko-i-ewe, the god of birth—A. H. M., i. App.

MAUI, witchcraft. 2. The game of cat's-cradle.

MAUI (màui), left, on the left hand: Ki te anga koe ki maui na, ka ahu ahau ki matau—Ken., xiii. 9: A ma nga tohunga ariki e koko he wai ki roto ki nga taringa maui o aua tamariki—A. H. M., i. 5.

Tahitian—cf. aui, left, on the left hand; tahaaui, the left side; tahamaui, the left side.

Hawaiian—cf. aui, to be turned aside in a course; to vary from a direct line.

Samoan—cf. aui, to wind round, as a bandage.

Marquesan—moui, left hand; left.

Mangaian—maui, on the left hand; the left side: O ua rere i maui ia kiritia: Be close to our left side to give us aid. Cf. kaui, on the left side.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum — cf. (in = nom. prefix) inman, left hand; inmatan, right hand; mo, left-handed.

Fiji — cf. ligaimawi, left-hand; mawi, left.

Kayan — cf. maving, left hand.

MAUI (myth.), the great Hero of Polynesia. He is not only known in nearly every group, but the legends concerning his wonderful exploits have been preserved with almost inconceivable faithfulness, especially when it is remembered that a vast period of time has elapsed since these stories were first told and shared among the ancestors of the Polynesians; that some dialects have become unintelligible to the speakers of others; and that many of their religions, customs, &c., have changed entirely. Maui is in most cases regarded as a demi-god, or deified man. Sometimes, and in some places, he rises to full godhead; in others, he is merely human, and that humanity not of a high type. It has been suggested that Maui really was the leader of the Polynesians in their traditional entry into the Pacific; but other opinions are expressed that the tales are older than any occupation of the South Seas, and point to a continental origin. New Zealand and the Hervey Group are the great repository of the Maui legends. Maui appears to unite the classical attributes of Hercules and Prometheus, but, naturally, the traditions are disfigured by the petty details introduced by narrators occupying no exalted place in the scale of civilization.

New Zealand. — Maui was the son of Taranga, the wife of Makeatutara. He had miraculous birth: his mother (being delivered prematurely) threw her infant into the sea, wrapped in a tress of hair from her top-knot (tikitiki); for this reason Maui is always named in full, as Maui-tikitiki-a-Taranga. The water-spirits rolled the baby in long sea-weed, with soft jelly-fish to protect its tender flesh; Maui's divine ancestor, Tama-nui-te-rangi, then took the child and nourished it until adolescent. Maui emerged from the sea, and went to his mother's house, finding there his four brothers, viz.: Maui-taha, Maui-roto, Maui-pae, and Maui-waho, also his sister, Hina, who was afterwards the most famous of Polynesian goddesses. Maui's brothers at first were very jealous of the new-comer, but after he had performed several magical feats, such as transforming himself into different kinds of birds, &c., they acknowledged his power, and admired him. He followed his parents to the Under-world, where his mother prophesied that he would be a great Deliverer, and win immortality for the human race; but while his father was performing the baptismal and purifying ceremonies, he made a slip in uttering the incantations, being hurried, and this was ultimately the destruction of Maui. Maui carried off the daughter of Maru-i-te-where-aitu, and destroyed his crops; soon after this he began to assume his supernatural character, and obtaining the jaw-bone of Muri-ranga-whenua, his ancestress, he used it as a weapon in his page 234 first expedition. This was to perform no smaller feat than to capture the Sun, and make it go slower, as at that time the days were too short. With the help of his brothers, Maui noosed the Sun, and beat him (the sungod) severely with the jaw-bone club, until he had promised to go slower for the future. His next exploit was to haul up the land from the depth of the ocean: here he again used the jaw-bone, this time as a fish-hook. The great fish rose steadily to the divine pulling of Maui, who, when it had emerged from the water, went away to find a priest to perform the fitting ceremonies, and offer prayers of purification; meanwhile leaving the fish (island) in charge of his brothers. They, however, would not wait for the return of Maui, but began to cut up the fish, which immediately began to jump and wriggle about; whereupon the mountains and valleys appeared; the island but for this would have been a level plain. The North Island of New Zealand is well-known as Te-Ika-a-Maui (The Fish of Maui), while the southern extremity of Hawke's Bay is “the fish-hook of Maui.” Maui's home at this time is stated to have been on some rocks in the ocean, towards the west, or “in the sunset” (I te Ra-to, ki te Hauauru) — A. H. M., ii. 80. The hero, finding that fire had been lost on the earth, resolved to seek Mahuika, the Fire-goddess, and learn the secret of the art of obtaining fire. He visited her, but his tricks roused the wrath of the irascible deity, and, although he obtained the secret of fire, he narrowly escaped with life. His transformation into a hawk was not sufficient to save him, as both land and sea were set on fire; but Maui prayed to his great ancestors, Tawhiri-matea and Whatiri-matakataka, who answered with deluges of rain, and extinguished the fire. Maui soon after this went out fishing with Irawaru, the husband of Hina, Maui's sister. They disagreed on account of some entanglement of the fishing-lines, and when they had returned to shore, Maui turned Irawaru into a dog. Irawaru is now known as the “father,” or tutelary deity, of dogs. Hina was inconsolable, and threw herself into the ocean, but she did not perish. [See Hina.] Maui then considered himself able to perform the task of which his mother had prophesied, viz.: to break the power of Death, and win immortality for men. His father tried to dissuade him, urging the fatal “skipping” of the baptismal ceremony, and predicting failure. Maui was determined, and set out for the presence of Hine-nui-te-po (the Great Lady of Night). He found her fast asleep, and prepared for his exploit, which appears to have been to crawl into the mystical creature, and pass safely through; this would have caused her to die. He warned the birds, his companions, that they must keep absolute silence, lest the old lady should wake and engulf him for ever. They were all still for a little while, the little birds screwing up their tiny cheeks to prevent themselves laughing; but just when Maui was about to emerge, the water-wagtail (tiwakawaka) could not suppress his risibility longer, and laughed aloud, when the old lady of the Darkness awoke, and crushed the hero to death. — P. M., 10, et seq.

The variations in the New Zealand narratives are generally in small details, of which the principal follow: — Wohlers says that there were five Maui—viz.: Maui-i-mua, Maui-i-waho, Maui-i-roto, Maui-i-taha, and Mauipotiki (baby Maui). This would seem to agree with Grey's legend as above, because the four Maui found in the house of Taranga do not include Maui-mua (Rupe), who was one of them, as being Hina's brother. [See Rupe.] Wohlers also states that Maui's father was Ranga, or Raka, and his mother Hina; but the southern version is here evidently at fault, as it is also in the assertion that Mu and Weka (wingless birds) nursed Baby Maui, who had been thrown into a thorn-bush—Wohlers, Trans., vii. Concerning the position of Hine-nui-te-po, see S. R., note, page 23; also, A. H. M., ii. 115. Maui, the child of Tama-a-rangi and Taranga; Makea-tutara, a woman—A. H. M., i. App. Taranga a man, and Irawhaki, the wife—A. H. M., ii. 63. Tarahunga, the father, and six Maui, the sons—viz.: Maui-mua, Maui-roto, Maui-pae, Maui-taha, Maui-tikitiki, and Maui-nukarau; the first five are called Maui-wareware, and were inferior to the sixth, who is also called Mauipotiki and Maui-tikitiki—A. H. M., ii. 64. Maui-nukarau (deceitful Maui,) appears to allude to Maui's character for cunning and trickery, which is far from the heroic in modern estimation, but was valued by the ancients generally, and not by the Maori only: hence the proverbs, He Maui whare kino, (“Maui of the evil house,”) and, Ko Maui tinihanga, (“Maui of many devices”). The name of Maui's wife is Raukura—A. H. M., ii. 115. The goddess Rohe was also a wife of Maui's; he ill-used her in a mean and very peculiar way. He wished her to change faces with him, she being beautiful and he ugly; this she naturally objected to, but he obtained his will by uttering an incantation over her when she was sleeping. On awaking, and finding the thievish transformation, she left the world of Light, and went down to the Shades (Po), where she became a death - goddess. [See Rohe.] Pani (elsewhere a male deity) was the wife of Maui-whare-kino—A. H. M., iii. 15. Te Raka the father, and Mahuika the mother of Maui—A. H. M., ii. 71. Maui's wife, Hina, and his brother, Taki—A. H. M., ii. 88. Hine-a-te-repo, the sister of Irawaru, a wife of Maui—A. H. M., ii. 83. Maui, called Maui-i-toa, on account of his bravery; and Maui-i-atamai, on account of his kindness—A. H. M., ii. 90. Maui brought up White Island (a volcano) on his shoulders when he dived into the sea on getting burned—A. H. M., ii. 88. Maui closed all winds into their caves except the west wind—A. H. M., ii. 89. Maui's fish-hook is called Piki-rawea; its point, Awenga; its bait, the body of the man Aki—A. H. M., ii. 91. Maui used his own jaw as a fish-hook—S. T., 62. Maui's fish-hook is called Tuwhawhakia - te - rangi—A. H. M., ii. 111; called Haha-te-whenua—A. H. M., ii. 113; called Tonganui—A. H. M., ii. 114; called Tawakea—A. H. M., ii. 117. The fishing-line named Tiritiri-ki-matangi—A. H. M., ii. 116. Maui's axe named Matoritori—A. H. M., ii. 115. Maui's canoe was called Nuku - tai - me - meha—A. H. M., ii. 70; also Rua - o - mahu page 235 —A. H. M., ii. 84; called Au - raro - tuia—A. H. M., ii. 91; called Riu - o - mahue—A. H. M., ii. 111; called Te Pirita-o-te-rangi—A. H. M., ii. 113; called Tahu-a-rangi—A. H. M., ii. 114; called Taurangi—A. H. M., ii. 117. There are very few prayers to Maui; one commences, Maui, e hoea mai to heru, mo nga pa tuna, &c.

Samoa.—Maui is called Ti'iti'i, (Tikitiki,) the son of Talaga. He went down to the earthquake-god, Mafuie, who dwelt in a subterranean region, and, receiving some fire from him, took it back to the world, and began to cook. Mafuie then came, and blew on the fire, scattering it, and breaking up the oven. Maui angrily soized Mafuie, and they had a wrostling match, in which Maui was victorious. As the price of freedom, Mafuie revealed the secret of fire, telling Maui that he would find it in every piece of wood he cut. Since then man has had cooked food. A woman called Mangamangai became pregnant by looking at the rising Sun, and a child was born, who was called “Child of the Sun.” He and his mother were vexed at the rapidity of the Sun's journey, so he made a noose, caught the Sun, and made him promise to go more slowly.

Savage Island.—A similar story, except that both father and son are named Maui.

Tahiti.—Maui was a wise man, or prophet. He was a priest, but was afterwards deified. Being at one time engaged at the marae (sacred place), and the sun getting low while Maui's work was unfinished, he laid hold of the hihi, or sun-rays, and stopped his course for some time. As the discoverer of fire, Maui was named Aoaomaraia. Maui was also the name of a religious ceremony (cf. mauifaatere, the name of a sacrifice offered to the gods before a voyage; mauitifai, a certain sacrifice performed hastily).

Raiatea.—Maui checked the career of Ra, the sun-god, because of his too frequent visits to Tupapa, the wife of Ra.

Manihiki.—Placing the locality of their legend in Rarotonga, the Manihikians state that Manuahifare and his wife Tongoifare had three sons: Maui the First, Maui the Second, and Maui the Third; also a daughter, Inaika (“Hina, the fish,”) born before Maui the Third. Maui the Third was a wonderful boy, and finding that his father disappeared during the daytime, he followed him secretly, and repeating the incantation which he had over-heard his father use, he descended to the Nether-world (Avaiki). There he saw his ancestress, Ina-the-blind, and cured her want of sight, as Tawhaki also did to his ancestress. [See Tawhaki.] Maui inquired of Ina as to the whereabouts of the lord of fire, and was directed to the abode of the deity Tangaroatui-mata. Maui was shown the secret of obtaining fire by friction of wood. He after-wards slew the old god by stratagem, but brought him back to life by means of enchantment. In those days the Sun travelled so fast that his light disappeared before men could get their food cooked. Maui resolved to noose the Sun, but all his ropes were burnt up by the Sun's fierce heat, until at last he plaited a rope made from tresses of hair of his sister Ina. With this bond he stayed the course of the Sun until amendment was promised by the god of light. This is a remarkable story, because the North American Indians, who also have the sun-binding legend, relate that a rope made of a sister's hair was the only means of capturing that deity. Maui and Ru were the two gods who raised the sky when flat upon the earth. [See Rangi.] Manihiki was raised up from the bottom of the sea by Maui, who had gone out fishing with his brothers. In the strain of lifting the island, the canoe broke in two, and Maui's brothers were drowned. In a quarrel with a personage named Iku, a stamp of Maui's foot rent Manihiki from Rakaanga. (A channel of twenty-five miles width now separates these islands.) Maui ascended to heaven, and carried with him the great fish-hook, now the tail of Scorpio. Scorpio is known at Mangaia as the fish-hook, but is called “The great fish-hook of Tongareva,” i.e. Penrhyn Island; the story is told of Penrhyn, not of Manihiki, and Vatea takes the place of Maui.

Mangaia.—Maui was the son of Ru, the supporter of the heavens, and his wife Buataranga (in Rarotonga, Ataranga.) They lived in the Under - world (Avaiki). Maui was appointed to dwell in the Upper world; but wishing to see whence his parents procured their cooked food, he borrowed a pigeon named Akaotu (“Fearless”) from the god Tane, and, through a rock magically opened, descended to the world of spirits. His mother pointed out the abode of Mauike, the god of fire; and Maui then demanded the secret of fire, which Mauike declined to give, and a fierce struggle ensued. Maui was badly hurt, and to save his life, revealed the secret. Maui set all the nether world on fire, and then, mounting the pigeon, returned to the earth. Ru had propped up the sky [see Toko], and was named the sky-supporter; but having spoken rudely to Maui, was seized by the hero, and hurled up into the sky himself. Maui then noosed the sun-god, Ra, and after receiving his promise to go slowly, allowed the luminary to go on, leaving the ropes hanging. The rays, known to English children as “the sun drawing up water,” are called by the islanders te taura a Maui (“the ropes of Maui”). Mangaia itself was dragged up from the ocean by Rangi, and its central hill was called Rangimotia, the centre of the Universe.

Tonga.—Maui drew up the Tongan Islands from the deep: first appeared Ata, then Tonga, then Lofaga and the other Haapai Islands, and finally Vavau. Maui then dwelt in Tonga. He was the origin of the toa (iron-wood) tree, which in time grew to the sky, and allowed the god called Etuma-tubua to descend. Maui had two sons: the eldest, Maui Atalaga (Maui-a-Taranga), and the younger Kijikiji (Tikitiki). The latter discovered the secret of fire, and taught people the art of cooking food: he made fire dwell in certain kinds of wood. Maui bears the earth on his shoulders, and when he nods in sleep it causes earthquakes, therefore the people have to stamp on the ground to waken him. Hikuleo, the deity presiding over the paradise of the Tongans, is Maui's younger brother

page 236

At Tonga, a place named Houga is pointed out as the spot where Maui's fish-hook caught, and the hook itself was in the possession of the King of Tonga until about a.d. 1770 (!)

Hawaii.—The usual Maui traditions are known, but they are mere skeleton-legends, and have apparently been introduced from the southern groups. Maui appears in several different genealogies: In the Ulu line he is counted as the son of Akalana and his wife Hinakawea. This couple had four sons, vis., Maui-mua, Maui-hope, Maui-kiikii (tikitiki). and Maui-a-kalana (a Taranga). Mauiakalana's wife was named Hinakealohaila; and his son was Nanamaoa. The great fish-hook was called Manaiakalani; and it was baited with the wing of Hina's pet bird, the alae; the hook was then let down upon Hawaii (Hawaiki, i. e. the Under-world), and the Hawaiian Islands were dragged up to daylight. Maui tried to draw them ashore at Hilo, and join them all to Hawaii, but did not succeed. Maui's famous fish-hook, Manaiakalani, is now shown in the government Museum at Honolulu (!). Maui is also called Maui-a-kalawa, or Maui-a-kalamo. Another tradition states that when Maui planted his hook at Hamakua, to fish up the god of fishes, Pimoe, Maui ordered his brethren not to look back, or the expedition would fail. Hina, in the shape of a baling-gourd, appeared at the surface of the water, and Maui, unwittingly, grasped the gourd and placed it in front of his seat. Lo, there appeared a lovely maiden whose fascinations none could resist; and so the brothers looked behind them to watch the beautiful water-goddess. The line parted; Hina disappeared; and the effort to unite the chain of islands into one solid continent failed. A very famous navigator of ancient times says, in an old song: “I am Tauru, the son of Taranga, the Sacred Rest.” As the son of Taranga, this may be a reference to Maui, in a less mythical dress than usual.

Mangareva. — Maui drew the land up from ocean, uplifted the firmament, and tied the sun with tresses of hair. His father was Ataraga; his mother, Uaega. There were eight Maui — viz.: Maui-mua, Maui-muri, Maui-Toere-Mataroa, Tumei-Hau-Hia, Mauitikitikitoga, Maui-Matavaru, Maui-Taha, Maui-Roto. Maui the Eight-eyed (matavaru) was our hero. He was born from his mother's navel, and was brought up by his grandfather, Te Rupe, who gave him a magic staff named Atua-Tane, and a hatchet named Iraiapatapata. The possession of many faces, eyes, limbs, &c., is sometimes in Polynesia attributed to great heroes: e. g. Kamapuaa, a Hawaiian god, is credited with having eight eyes and eight feet.

MAUIUI (màuiui), wearied: Ka mahi nga tangata; ka mauiui, ka noho — Wohl., Trans., vii. 32. Cf. ui, to relax or loosen a noose.

Samoan—cf. màui, to fall down, as a cluster of cocoanuts; to ebb, as the tide; to subside, as a swelling, also of war.

Tahitian—maui, to be in a pet, or fit of anger, on account of disappointment in food, &c.; mauiui, pain, anguish, grief; to be in pain; to be sore; haa-mauiui, to inflict or cause pain. Cf. aumauiui, sympathy with another's grief.

Hawaiian—maui, pain from a broken or fractured limb; broken, fractured.

Tongan—cf. mauiui, healthy; well, as a wound; flourishing.

MAUKA (màuka), MAUKAUKA, dry. Cf. maoka, cooked; ripe.

Tahitian—cf. maua, an old cocoanut; mauaua, aged; beginning to fade or decay; maoa, ripe.

Hawaiian—cf. maua, close, stingy.

MAUKORO, the name of a shrub (Bot. Carmichœlia australis).

MAUKU, the name of a small Ti or Cabbage Tree, used for food (Bot. Cordyline pumilio). 2. (Bot. Hymenophyllum sp.).

Paumotan—cf. mauku, the name of a rush (Bot. Juncus).

MAUKUUKU (màukuuku), the name of a plant.

MAUMAU, to waste, to squander, to lose: Maumauria ana ona taonga ki reira — Ruk., xv. 13. 2. In vain; to no purpose: Maumautia ake tana mahi, kahore he manawapa — Hop., xxxix. 16.

Samoan—maumau (màumau),to waste, to lose; fa‘a-maumau, to waste: Na molia o ia ia te ia, ua ia faamàumau ana mea; Accusation was made to him that the other had wasted his goods.

Hawaiian—mauna, to waste, to dispose of uselessly; maunauna, to spend property, to waste, to live without regard to expense; wasteful; hoo-maunauna, to waste.

Tahitian—maua (màua), to be lavish or wasteful; waste, wastefulness; haa-maua, to call another ignorant; to put on or pretend ignorance; (b.) to waste, to spend without profit.

Tongan — maumau, to waste, to destroy, to break: Oku maumau ae goue, oku tagi ae fonua; The field is wasted, the land mourns. Cf. maumaugofua, easy to demolish.

Mangaian—maumau, to waste.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum — cf. maumau, unseemly; improper.

Motu—cf. maumau, to grumble.

MAUNENE, pudendum muliebre (labia minora).

MAUNU, the Grey Duck (Orn. Anas superciliosa).

MAUNU (màunu), bait; also mounu: Homai hoki tetehi maunu ki au—P. M., 23: Ka tae ki nga matika, ka takaia te maunu—M. M., 184.

Samoan—maunu,bait; fa‘a-maunu, to bait a hook. Cf. taumaunu, to bait.

Tahitian—maunu, bait for fish; (b.) fish newly obtained; (c.) the name of a sacred net, named in some old legends. Cf. aimaunu, to nibble, as a fish does at bait; araunu, bait for fish.

Hawaiian—maunu, a species of crab, used as bait in catching fish; (b.) any bait for taking fish: Ka maunu ka Alae a Hina kuua ilalo i Hawaii; The bait was the Alae (bird) of Hina, let down upon Hawaiki: Alaila, nikiniki iho la ia i ka makau i ka maunu; Then he tied the bait on to the hook. (c.) The writhing motion of a fish on the hook; (d.) anything belonging to a person, as his garment, hair, spittle, &c., which another could get, and by means of it pray him to death. Cf. poomaunu, the bait of a fisherman's hook.

Tongan—mounu, a bait; faka-mounu, to bait. Cf. mounufakalele, a bird tied by the leg and set to fly, to entice others: mounufujifuji, the same, but not allowed to fly; taumounu, to bait; to entice by showing page 237 favours.

Marquesan—mounu, bait for fish.

Mangarevan—mounu, and mohunu, bait, to put on bait; to allure: Ui atu tana kia Maui Mua ei mohunu; He asked Maui-Mua for a bait.

MAUNU, to be drawn from a sheath, or from a belt: Maunu te paraoa, kua motu te upoko—P. M., 103. Cf. unu, to draw out. 2. To come out, to be loosened: I maunu atu ai te taniwha i te rua—G. P., 136. 3. To be taken off, as clothes. Cf. unu, to take off, as clothes. 4. To set forth, to emigrate: A ka maunu atu i te whenua—Eko., i. 10. 5. The unfledged young of birds.

Samoan—cf. maù,to run off, as water; to depart, as a crowd of people; fa‘amaunu, to slacken a fastening.

Hawaiian—maunu, to moult or shed, as the feathers of birds; (b.) to cast off, as some reptiles do their skins; (c.) to change from the chrysalis state into that of the new insect; (d.) anything belonging to a person, as his garment, hair, &c., which another could get, and by means of it could pray him to death.

Mangarevan—cf. maunu, dead leaves of a perishing tree.

Tahitian — maunu, bare, without leaves, hair, feathers, &c.; to be peeled, made bare.

MAUNGA, a mountain: Ko ia te kohu o nga maunga, e rere na ki runga—P. M., 12: Mea ai au he piki maunga nunui te tihi ki tou whenua—M. M., 84. 2. An ending; fixed thing (a derivative of mau). [See Mau.]

Samoan—mauga, a hill, a mountain: O le na te siitia mauga a e lei iloa e i latou; He removes the mountains and they do not know it. (b.) A derivative from mau, a residing at a place. Cf. maupu‘epu‘e, a rising ground.

Tahitian—maua, a mountain; also moua: Ua aueue te mau moua; The mountains are quaking. Cf. tuamoua, a mountain ridge.

Hawaiian—mauna, a mountain: Uu hoohua mai na mauna i ka ai nana; The mountains bring forth food for him.

Tongan—mouga, a mountain: Ki he gaahi mouga moe gaahi tafugofuga; To the mountains, and to the hills. Faka-mouga, to raise a mound; (b.) to raise difficulties.

Mangaian—maunga, a mountain: E maunga i te rà nei; A mountain touching the sun: Tae akera oki raua ki te maunga ra; When they came hither to the hill.

Marquesan—mouna, a hill: Tomi‘ia te tau mouna a e tupo te vau; It will bury the mountains and envelope the hill-sides. Mouka, a high peak of rock; (b.) a tower.

Mangarevan — maga (màga), a mountain. Cf. magaika, a sentry posted on a mountain; mauga (derivative of mau, firm, secure), that which is firm, consolidated; mou, a mountain.

Paumotan — mahuga, a mountain.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. faka-mauna, a mountain.

MAUNGA (myth.). Mountains originated in the impiety of the brothers of Maui. That hero having hauled up his fish (the land), he left it in charge of his brothers while he went to find a priest to perform the necessary ceremonies of purification, &c. During his absence the brothers commenced to cut up the fish, which began to throw itself about, and thus made hills and hollows in its surface. Had it not been for this, the land would have been quite level—P. M., 27. [See Maui.]

MAUNGANUI-O-TE-WHENUA (myth.), a place wherein some of the Kore, the broken or imperfect Elementaries (Children of Night, or Chaos,) were hidden by Tane for ever.


MAUNGATAPU (myth.), the “Holy Mountain” in Hawaiki, the birthplace of the Maori people. It is an appellation of Hikurangi. [See Hikurangi.]

MAUPARIKI, the name of a small tree (Bot. Pittosporum tenuifolium).

MAURANGA, anything carried, or taken up: a derivative from mau. [See Mau, to carry.]

MAURE, MAUREA, the thirteenth day of the moon's age. [See Lunar Tables, in Appendix.]

Mangarevan—cf. omaure, the full moon when it begins to decline.

MAUREA, the name of a spiral shell. 2. Light, downy hair.

MAUREA (myth.), the youngest sister of Poporokewa, the chief of the Ati-Hapai tribe. This chief had married Mairatea, the daughter of Tuhuruhuru (son of Tinirau and Hina); and Mairatea's brother, Tuwhakararo, coming on a visit to her, fell in love with Maurea, who, for his sake, jilted a former lover. This lover killed Tuwhakararo in a cowardly manner. The murder was the cause of war, and of the burning of the great Wharekura (temple) of the tribe. This temple was named Te-Uru-o-Manono—P. M., 61.

MAURI, the heart, the seat of the emotions; also mouri: Na, i waenganui po ka oho te mauri o taua tangata—Rutu, iii. 8. 2. Poles of mapou wood, used in the pure ceremony; also called tokomauri. 3. A small stick used in divination to ascertain the fate of an attacking party. 4. A sacred offering; sacredness, as of hair when cut and fastened to a stone, which then became tapu. 5. Life; the seat of life; also sometimes personified as “The Guardian of Life”: Ka mutu tera karakia ka timata te karakia ki nga mauri—A. H. M., i. 34. 6. The soul: Tena te mauri ka whakakake—A. H. M., i. 39. 7. The incantation used at the close of the pure ceremony, commencing “Ai tena te mauri, te mauri ka noho”—G. P., 420. 8. The twenty-eighth day of the moon's age. Cf. maure, the thirteenth day of the moon's age.

Samoan — mauli, the heart (a rare word). Cf. maùli, the moon.

Tahitian— mauri, a ghost or departed spirit.

Hawaiian—mauli, the first day of the new moon; (b.) an obscure cloud seen at a distance; (c.) a shoot, as from a tree or vegetable, and, poetically, from persons as chiefs.

Tongan—cf. mauli, a midwife; to practise midwifery.

MAURU (màuru), the West (one auth.). Cf. uru, the west; tuauru, western; hauauru, west. 2. The north-west wind: Ko te riri o te rangi, te mauru te hau—S. T., 181. 3. (Moriori) the south-west wind. [For comparatives, see Uru.]

MAURU, to abate: Ka mauru ake ai te aroha i ahau — A. H. M., v. 18. 2. Quieted, eased, stilled: Kia mauru tona ngakau i te ika a tona tauiri—P. M., 25.

page 238

Whaka-MAURU, to quiet, appease. 2. To keep steady. 3. To subside.

Tahitian — mauruuru, agreeable, pleasing, satisfactory; pleasure, delight; to be pleased; haa-mauruuru, to give pleasure or satisfaction.

Paumotan—haka-mauruuru, obliging, kind.

MAURUA, the middle seam of a floor-mat.

MAUTARAKINI, held by the point, or near one end. Cf. tarakini, held by the point; tara, a spear point; mau, to lay hold of. [For comparatives, see Mau, and Tara.]

MAUTE, fire.

MAUWHA, small bushes, brushwood.

MAWAKE (màwake), the south-east wind. 2. (Moriori) The north-east wind.

MAWAKEROA (myth.), the chief of the Wakaringaringa canoe, in the Migration to New Zealand. [See under Arawa.]

MAWE, long and beautiful, applied to the hair of the head.

MAWEHE, to be separated; divided: Na whakatika ana a Rongomatane ki te wehewehe i a raua, kore ake i mawehe— P. M., 8. Cf. wehe, to divide; tauwehe, to be separated.

Hawaiian—mawehe, to loosen, to separate; to be loosened, to be separated. Cf. wehe, to open, as a door; to uncover what is covered. [For full comparatives, see Wehe.]

MAWEHU, fibrous roots of trees and plants entangling in a stream. Cf. weu, a single hair; maheu, scattered. [For comparatives, see Heu.]

MAWERA, broken up into separate masses, as clouds. 2. Uneasy in mind. Cf. mawhera, open.

MAWETE, untied. Cf. wewete, to untie; to unravel; mawheto, untied, loosened.

Tahitian—mavete, open, as a door; unfolded, as a garment. Cf. vetea, separated; vevete, to separate, to divide.

Tongan—movete, to be scattered; to fall to pieces; to be loose; faka-movete, to loosen, to untie; (b.) to disperse. Cf. vete, to untie; to loosen. [For full comparatives, see Wewete.]

MAWHAI (màwhai), the name of a plant (Bot. Sicyos angulatus): Te tupunga ake o te màra hue, he mawhai—G.-8, 19.

MAWHAKI, broken. Cf. whawhaki, broken; whati, to be broken short off; kowhaki, to pluck off.

Samoan—mafa‘ifa‘i, to be broken out, to be extracted; to be wrenched out. Cf. fa‘i, to break off, to pluck, as a leaf; tafa‘i, to break off; mafati, easily broken off, as branches.

Tahitian—mafaifai, to gather or pluck off fruit or leaves. Cf. faifai, to gather or pluck fruit; fati, to break, as a stick.

Tongan—mafaki, to be separated; to be in joints or pieces. Cf. faki, to pluck, to break off, as fruit; fakita, to pluck or break off cocoanuts from a bunch; mafajifaji, broken up; faji, to break up. [For full comparatives, see Whati, and Whawhaki.]

MAWHARU (màwharu), the thirteenth day of the moon's age.

MAWHATU (màwhatu), hanging in curls; covered with curly hair; kapu-mawatu, separated into distinct curls. Cf. whatu, to weave.

Mangarevan — mahatu, twisted, frizzly (only said of hair). Cf. ohomaatu, hair curling naturally.

MAWHE, faded. Cf. ma, white; komae, shrunk, blighted.

Samoan—cf. mamae, to wither, to fade, as a leaf.

Tahitian—cf. mae, thin, lean; maehe, dry, withered; maea, the white, sappy part of trees.

Hawaiian—cf. mae, to wither, to fade.

Tongan—cf. mae, withered, faded.

Rarotongan—cf. mae, to fade, to wither, as leaves.

MAWHERA, open. Cf. mawera, broken up into separate masses, as clouds; whewhera, spread out; open; tawhera, open, gaping; kowhera, to open, to gape; pawhera, dried fish. 2. The mouth.

Samoan — mafela, orificium vaginœ apertum; (b.) to spread out food before all are assembled. Cf. fela, an everted eyelid (ectropium); the eye (only in abuse); to pull down the under eyelid, an action equivalent to a charge of adultery on the part of the person before whom it is done.

Tahitian—mafera, to take advantage of a person of the opposite sex when asleep. Cf. fera, wry, as the eye from disease; indistinct, as the vision of a sleepy or intoxicated person.

Hawaiian—cf. lela, redness of the corner of the eye.

Tongan—mafela, open, extended; mafelafela, too open, too much extended. Cf. fela, the eyes (a low term); felai, to open out.

Marquesan—mahea, to be in flower. [For full comparatives, see Whewhera.]

MAWHETO, untied, unloosened. Cf. mawete, untied.

MAWHITI, to leap, to skip (also mahiti). Cf. whiti, to start, to be alarmed; mowhiti, to jump; korowhiti, to spring up suddenly; kowhiti, to jump up. 2. To escape: Ka mawhiti te ropu i mahue—Ken., xxxii. 8.

MAWHITIWHITI, the Grasshopper: Kua kawea mai nga mawhitiwhiti e te marangai—Eko., x. 13.

Samoan—mafiti, to spring out, as a spark from fire; to spring up, as a splinter of wood; mafitifiti, to spring up continually. Cf. fiti, a somersault; tafiti, to somersault; moefiti, to be restless in sleep.

Tahitian—mahiti, to be started, as a subject spoken of; (b.) to to be soon angry; hasty, passionate; mahitihiti, apt to fly up, applied to the outrigger of a canoe; (b.) to pluck or pull up, as weeds; haa-mahiti, to make mention of a thing; to start a subject; the person who starts a subject. Cf. hiti, to rise, as the sun; hiti-mahuta, to start in surprise; hitirere, to start in surprise.

Hawaiian—mahiki, to vibrate, to play up and down as the beam of a scale: hence, to weigh, as in scales; (b.) to scatter, to blow away, as with a puff of wind; (c.) to pry up, as with a lever; a prop or fulcrum on which a lever rests; (d.) to cast out, as an evil spirit; (e.) to hop, to jump, to leap; mahikihiki, to jump or fly frequently; (b.) to vibrate rapidly, as the tongue; to shake, as an earthquake; (c.) to overturn, to upset; (d.) to flutter, to flap; mahihiki, to spatter; (b.) to flap in the water, as a duck at play. Cf. hikilele, to fly; quickly; to jump or start, as in surprise or fear.

Tongan—cf. mahiki, page 239 to rise, to appear higher than formerly.

Mangaian—maiti, to fly up, to spring up.

Mangarevan—mahitihiti, to gush out, as water; mehiti, to pass from one point to another (said of wind); (b.) to pass from sickness to health; mehitihiti, to gush out (said of water).

Paumotan—cf. togohiti, a grasshopper.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. mavici (mavithi), a shrimp.

MAWHITI (màwhiti), a white dogskin mat. (Also mahiti.)

ME, if; if the case were that: Me he mea hoki no tatou ratou, kua noho tonu ki a tatou—1 Hoa., ii. 19. 2. As if; like; as it were: Na kua penei me te koroheke nei te ahua—P. M., 52.

Hawaiian—me, as, like, like as: Me he aukuu la ke kau i ke ahua; As an aukuu (bird) lights on a bank: Alaalawa na maka me he pueo la; Its eyes looking about like an owl. Mehe, if: Mehe kai e haa aku ana Ku; As if the sea were dancing for Tu.

Ext. Poly.: Nguna—cf. me, also.

ME, with, often to be rendered by “and”: Pai rawa nga takitaki me te maihi o te whare—Wohl., Trans., vii. 49. Cf. ma, and.

Hawaiian—me, with; in company with: Aole i lilo kanaka i ka hewa me Poki; The people did not turn to wickedness with Poti.

Marquesan—me, with: Atea me Ono etahi ona; Atea with Rongo in one place. (b.) And: I vavena o te A me Po; Between Day and Night. (c.) Also; (d.) for. Cf. meaha, why?

Mangarevan—me, and; (b.) with; (c.) for: E turuturu mana me hakamana kia na; A staff of power (for) to make him mighty. (d.) Which, what? Me te a oti? What follows? What then?

Paumotan—me, with; (b.) since.

ME, a particle used as a future imperative: “must,” or “let”: Ka mea mai te tuahine ‘Me mutumutu koe’—P. M., 44.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. me, a particle answering somewhat to our imperative, and the word “let,” as: Me da lako, Let us go; Me lako! Go!

MEA, a thing: Otira, i mohio ia ki nga mea katoa—P. M., 59. 2. A word used as a subsitute for another noun: Me a ratou mea ki o ratou ringa—P. M., 21. 3. Such an one; sometimes used as we say “Mr. What's-his-name”: Ka mea atu ‘Mo mea ma.’ 4. To do: He aha tenei kua meatia nei e koe—Ken., iii. 13. 5. To cause. 6. To say: Ka mea mai a Tu-Matauenga ‘Ae, tátou ka patu i a raua’—P. M., 7. 7. To intend; to wish. 8. To think: Ka mea a Hine-Moa na Tutanekai te pu e rangona atu nei e ia—P. M., 129. 9. A lapse of time: mea—mea: Mea kau ake, very soon; meake (mea-ake), very soon. 10. A thing of no consequence: “It is of no consequence;” “It does not matter.”

MEMEA, pudendum muliebre.

MEAMEA, without standing or value; illegitimate: He tama meamea au no to tatou papa—A. H. M., iii. 11.

Samoan—mea, a thing: Auà o le mea na au matuà fefe ai; The thing I feared has come to me. (b.) A place; (c.) an animal or live creature; (d.) a creature, applied to persons; (e.) the private parts, when used idiomatically; (f.) to do, to prepare. Cf. meafale, furniture; meavale, the populace.

Tahitian—mea, a thing, a person; anything previously mentioned; (b.) such an one, when the person is not named; (c.) to do, a word used as a convenient substitute, instead of naming the action: E mea tia ore ta oe e rave na; The thing you do is not right. Cf. mena, a thing.

Hawaiian—mea, a thing, an external object: Eia ka mea a kakou e hana aku ai; This is the thing which we will do. (b.) A circumstance or condition; (c.) a person, a thing, in its most extensive sense: A me ko laila poe mea a pau; And all the host of them. (d.) Having the quality of obtaining or possessing something: as he wahine mea kane, a woman possessing a husband; (e.) to do, to say, to act; (f.) to meddle with; (g.) to touch, to injure; (h.) to trouble with unprofitable business; to hinder: Aohe i mea mai ka malihini i kona olioli; A stranger does not meddle with his joy. (i.) To cause to come to; (j.) to speak, to utter; to ask questions; hoo-mea, to hinder, to stand in the way. Cf. meakiai, a guard, a protection, a preserver; meahale, the owner of a house; a chief.

Tongan—mea, things in general; matters; property; affairs: Bea koeni foki, kuou ha'u au ke lea i he mea ni ki he tu‘i; Now therefore I am come to speak of this thing to the king. (b.) To do; (c.) to look at, to attend to. Cf. meai, to know, to be acquainted with; femeaaki, to converse (applied to chiefs); faka-meaa, ingenious, clever; to handle.

Rarotongan — mea, a thing: Tera taau mea e rave ia ratou; This is the thing you shall do to them.

Marquesan—mea, a thing: Aoe e ae na mea pohoe; No living things were moving. (b.) An individual; (c.) to do; (d.) to do a bad action; meamea, a joke; pleasantry.

Mangarevan—mea, a thing; (b.) similar, equal; (c.) because; (d.) placed before a word used as a verb = past participle; before a substantive it forms a diminutive; before adjectives it signifies “it is,” as Mea makariri, It is cold; Mea mata, It is raw; aka-meamea, to make alike, to cause to resemble. Cf. emea, a thing; karamea, a thing; meameanoa, it does not matter.

MEAKE (meàke), soon (mea and ake). [See Mea (9).]

Mangarevan — meake, much; in large quantity. [For full comparatives, see Mea.]

MEATINGIA, a passive of mea. [See Mea.]

MEHAMEHA, lonely, solitary: Te whare mehameha, í a Miru e ara—G. P., 370.

Tahitian — mehameha, to be terrified, frightened; frightful, terrifying; memeha, to recoil; to withdraw, as a warrior his spear.

Hawaiian—meha, to be solitary, to dwell alone; to be desolate; loneliness; mehameha, lonely, desolate; retired; secret; forsaken: A pau mehameha Apua; To destroy the solitude of Apua. Hoo-meha, to dwell alone, without society; to sit solitarily in a house or at home, as in keeping the ancient kapu (tapu).

MEHEMEA, if. [See Me.]

MEHO, false, untrue; an untruth: He meho! Fudge! stuff!

MEINGA, MEINGATIA, passive forms of mea. [See Mea.]

page 240

MEKA, true; a truth (only as an exclamation): He meka! He meka! True! true!

MEKAMEKA, a chain: Etahi mekameka, he mahi whiri—Eko., xxviii. 22.

MEKARI, in a short time; within a little. Cf. mekore, within a little.

MEKE, to strike with the fist. Cf. omeke, one who is jested with; a butt; a numbskull. 2. Pounded fern-root. Cf. komeke, pounded fern-root.

MEKO, to withhold, to refuse to give.

Hawaiian—cf. meo, one who is often calling to obtain favours; a sickly crying child; one sickly, weak, taking hold of everything in his way.

MEKORE, within a little. Cf. mekari, within a little; in a short time.

MEMEA (memèa), the grave; to decay. 2. [See Mea.]

MEMEHA, to be dissolved, to pass away: Memeha atu te kapua, ngaro atu—Hopa, vii. 9. Cf. mehameha, solitary; memeke, to pass away; to disappear.

MEMEKE, to pass away, to disappear: Ka mahue, ka memeke nga tangata ki tahaki—Wohl., Trans., vii. 47. Cf. memeha, to pass away.

MEMENE. [See under Mene, to show wrinkles.]

MEMENGE. [See Menge.]

MENE, to assemble; to be assembled: I te po tuatahi ano ka mene nga tohunga—A. H. M., i. 5. Cf. humene, gathered up into small compass; tamene, to be assembled; mine, to be assembled; amene, to gather, collect; mene, to show wrinkles; menge, wrinkled. [See Hawaiian.]

Whaka-MENE, to assemble: Ka whakamene nga tangata—A. H. M., ii. 11.

Whaka-MENEMENE, to cause to assemble: No reira ka (nga) whakamenemene e Tari ka (nga) kaumatua o te iwi—A. H. M., i. 153.

Samoan—cf. menemene, small (of the breasts).

Tahitian—cf. mene, round, globular; meneù, to be increased in quantity; omene, to double a thick rope, or break a stick; omenemene, to roll up or coil a rope; round, plump; tamene, to compress a thing to reduce its bulk; timene, to squeeze, to compress into a rounded form.

Hawaiian—cf. mene, to pucker up, to contract; menemene, to curl up; to contract, as a wound; menui, contracted; curled in; blunted off.

Marquesan — cf. meni, united, joined; humena, the cry of all the people assembled on a feast-day.

Mangarevan—cf. mene, to fold up; to bend, to bow; crushed, bruised.

Paumotan—cf. menemene, round; komenemene, to roll.

MENE, MEMENE, MENEMENE, to show wrinkles: Memene noa ana nga paparinga o te tini manu ra—P. M., 31. Cf. menge, wrinkled. [For comparatives, see preceding word Mene, also Menge.]

MENEMENE, to have a short, hacking cough. Cf. mare, a cough.

Tongan — mele, and melemele, to feign a cough; to cough lightly.

MENGE, MEMENGE, shrivelled, withered: Koia nga tamariki o Iharaira te kai ai i te uaua memenge—Ken., xxxii. 32. Cf. taramengemenge, crisped, curled; koromengemenge, crumpled, curled up; whewhengi, shrivelled, withered; mingo, curled, curly. 2. Wrinkled. Cf. mene, to show wrinkles.

Samoan—cf. migi, curly; migimigi, dry cocoanut husks (so-called because they curl up); menemene, small (of the breasts).

Tahitian—mee, to shrink or warp, as green timber; shrunk, warped, as timber by the sun; (b.) manageable. Cf. mene, round, globular.

Hawaiian—mene, to shrink or settle down; to pucker up, to contract; menemene, to curl up; to contract, as a wound. Cf. menui, contracted; curled in.

Mangarevan—mene, to fold up; to bend, to bow; (b.) crushed, bruised.

Paumotan—cf. menemene, round; komenemene, to roll.

MENGERANGI, a variety of kumara (sweet potato).

MERE, MEREMERE, a battledore-shaped club: a stone weapon for hand-to-hand fighting: Ko nga patu, he patu poto kau, he mere-mere, he onewa, he patu paraoa—P. M., 91.

Tongan—cf. mele, a defect, blemish; fakamele, to mar, to injure.

Paumotan—cf. komare, a weapon.

Ext. Poly.: Brumer Islands—cf. waumerri, a polished spear.

MERE, a voice of joy (one auth.). Cf. umere, to sing or chant, in order to keep time; maire, a song.

Hawaiian—mele, a song; the words of a song; a chorus; to sing with joy; to sing and dance; memele, to sing often; to sing many together; a singer.

Tahitian—cf. mere, the affectionate grief of a parent.

MEREMERE, the Evening Star: Tera te whetu, kapokapo ana mai, ko Meremere ano—G. P., 69.

Tahitian — mere, the name of a star.

Mangaian — mere, the name of a star, Sirius.

MEROITI (mèroiti), small, inconsiderable. Cf. iti, small; moroiti, small; meroriki, small.

MERORIKI (mèroriki), very small. Cf. riki, small; meroiti, small. [For comparatives, see Riki.]

METARARAHI, great. Cf. matararahi, great; rahi, great; mokorahi, great. [For comparatives, see Rahi.]

METO, putrid. 2. Extinct.

METO (myth.), the lowest division of the Underworld. Herein the soul of a man became annihilated. Also Ameto. [See Reinga.]

MI, to urinate, to make water: Katahi ka mi ia e Pawa tana mimi— G.-8, 26: Ka miia nga mimi o te iwi nei ki roto ki nga ipu—G.-8, 27.

MIMI, urine; to urinate: Ka tawhai mimitia e Pawa tana mimi—G.-8, 27. Cf. tongamimi, the bladder.

MIAGA, urination; to urinate: Ka karangatia e Hineteiwaiwa ‘Ko au tenei, e haere ana au ki te mianga’—Wohl., Trans., vii. 52: Ko te mianga anake ka puta ki waho—A. H. M., i. 13.

Samoan—mimi, to make water; miaga, urine.

Tahitian — mimi, urine; to make water.

Hawaiian — mi, to void water; mimi, to void or pass water, as man or beast; (b.) to play tricks on one; mii, the page 241 place for voiding urine; the member by which it is voided; mia, to make water; miana, the place for voiding urine; the member by which it is voided; Cf. opumimi, the bladder; mio, to flow swiftly and strongly, as water in a narrow channel, or in a mill-race.

Tongan—mimi, urine; to make water. Cf. tagamimi, the bladder.

Rarotongan—mimi, urine; to urinate.

Marquesan — mimi, urine; to urinate. Cf. tumimi, the bladder.

Mangarevan — mimi, urine; to urinate; (b.) to percolate, to filter through. Cf. mimiha, to flow in large quantities; togamimi, the bladder.

Paumotan—mimi, to urinate.

Ext. Poly.: Motu — cf. mei, urine.

Aneityum — cf. ami, to urinate.

Fiji — cf. mi, or mimi, to pass urine; mi-na, the bladder; mimi, to run in a small stream; tomimi, to leak.

New Britain—cf. mimi, to urinate.

Formosan—cf. misi, to make water; isi, urine; miach, foul, dirty.

MIERE, honey. [A word said to be introduced from the French miel, honey, or Latin mel, honey. It appears to be general, even in islands unlikely to adopt French words (such as New Zealand), and the Tongan would seem to disprove introduction; but honey, and the honey bee, were not known in New Zealand until brought by the colonists.]

Samoan — meli, honey.

Hawaiian—mele, and meli, honey. Cf. mele, yellow; melemele, yellow.

Tongan—melie, sweetness, sweet, delicious; faka-melie, to sweeten. Cf. hone, (English word), honey; huamelie, anything sweet to the taste.

Rarotongan—meli, honey.

Mangarevan—mere, honey.

MIERE, the game of mu, or draughts. Miere, is, properly, one of the points of the game: Miere! “Check!” as at chess; blocked up, unable to move. [See Mu.] 2. To become powerless, to be exhausted.

MIHA (mìha), a distant descendant.

Hawaiian—cf. miha, to flow along, as a wave; to move along as a succession of waves.

MIHA, to wonder. Cf. miharo, to wonder at; to admire. [See Miharo.]

MIHARO (miharo), causing wonder; to wonder at; to admire: A ka miharo ona tuakana ki to ratou teina—P. M., 17. Passive, miharotia, to be regarded with wonder or admiration. Cf. maharo, to wonder. [See Maharo.]

MIHI, to greet: Ka mihi atu ia ki te wahine ra—P. M., 161: Me mihi taurangi kau atu e au i konei ki a koe—M. M., 110. Cf. aumihi, to greet, to welcome. 2. To acknowledge an obligation. 3. To sigh for, to lament: A kei te mihi tonu te aroha a te wahine ki tana tane—P. M., 12: Mihi atu ai, tangi atu ai, ki taku nei tamaiti, é, i—M. M., 23.

Samoan—cf. misi, (misi-alofa), to make a kissing noise with the lips, as a token of affection; misimisi, to smack the lips with desire for good things.

Hawaiian — mihi, to be sad in countenance; to feel regret or repentance for past conduct; repentance, sorrow; mihimihi, to be sour or cross to anyone.

Tahitian—mihi, grief, vexation, sorrow; to grieve, to be in sorrow; a pain of mind. Cf. miimii, a grudge, an envy, a displeasure; aumihi, grief, pity, compassion.

Tongan—mihi, to sob; to draw up into the nostrils. Cf. mijimiji, to make a sucking noise with the mouth [see Miti]; femihii, to shiver; to make a sucking noise with the mouth (two or more).

Marquesan—mihi, to accuse.

Mangarevan—mihi, to utter imprecations; to menace; (b.) to smell a pleasant odour; (c.) fine, as ua mihi, fine rain; mihimihi, to praise one's qualities often; aka-mihi, to menace.

Paumotan — mihi, to regret. Cf. mihara, to rue, to repent.

MIHIAU, a kind of stone, spoken of in old legends; apparently a variety of obsidian: He mihiau te kowhatu i taona ai te moa—Prov. See Col., Trans., xii. 85.

MIHIMIHITEA (myth.), a supernatural being, to whom incantations were addressed in times of epidemic sickness—A. H. M., i. 40.

MIHITI (myth.), the chief commanding the Rangimata canoe in the migration to the Chatham Islands—G.-8, 30. By another tradition the chief of this canoe was said to be Mararoa.

MIKARA (mìkara), a knife.

Mangarevan—cf. aka-mikara, to give in small portions.

MIKAU (mìkau.), the finger-nails, or toe-nails. Cf. maikuku, the finger-nails; ngamakau, the toes.

Paumotan—mikau, a nail, claw; the hoofs of animals. Cf. mitikau, a nail, claw, hoof; maikao, a nail, claw, hoof.

MIKI, MIKIMIKI, a kind of oat-like grass: E puta te mikimiki, a Katote, a Paka, a Wiki—A. H. M., ii. 161.

MIKIMIKI (for mingimingi). [See Mingimingi.]

MIKO, the New Zealand Palm-tree (Bot. Areca sapida).

MIMI, urine; to urinate. [See under Mi.]

MIMIAHI (myth.), a son of Rangi, begotten after Rangi had been wounded by Tangaroa—S. R., 19. [See Tangaroa.]

MIMIHA, a black bituminous substance found in the sea, formerly used by the Natives as a chewing-gum (kauritawhiti). 2. A whale. Cf. mimi, to pass water, to urinate. 3. A seal.

Hawaiian—cf. miha, to flow along, as a wave; to look dark, as water rippled beside calm, glassy water.

Mangarevan — cf. mihamiha, said of the water of a stream that gushes out; mimiha, anything that flows in great quantity (as a whale blows? — Ed.).

Moriori—mimiha, a seal.

MIMIRA, to fasten on the haumi (a piece of wood by which a canoe is lengthened) to the body of a canoe.

MIMIRO, to draw together the sides of a canoe. 2. [See under Miro.]

MIMITI. [See under Miti.]

MINA, MINAMINA, to long for; to wish to do: A ka minamina tona ngakau ki te haereere ki taua wahi—P. M., 174: Ka minamina ia ki te piki atu—P. M., 81. Cf. minaka, to desire; amene, to desire.

Tahitian — cf. aminamina, to desire repeatedly that which others are eating or enjoying; amina, to crave, to have an unsatisfied desire.

Hawaiian—minamina, to page 242 grieve for the loss of a thing; to be sorry for the sufferings of anyone, i.e. to sympathise with; (b.) to be stingy; to be covetous; to be greedy of property; (c.) much desired; precious, valuable; scarce.

Paumotan—minamina, urgent, pressing.

MINAKA, to desire. Cf. mina, to desire. [For comparatives, see Mina.]

MINAMINA-AUAHI, to taste of smoke. Cf. auahi, smoke.

MINE, to be assembled. Cf. mene, to be assembled.

Whaka-MINE, to assemble: No te aonga ake o te ra ka whakamine mai ano nga tangata—M. M., 149: He whare whakaminenga taua tu whare—A. H. M., i. 10.

Marquesan—cf. mini, multiplied numbers [see Tini]; minimini, a vast number.

Mangarevan—cf. komine, plaited, wrinkled, crumpled [see Mene]; minemine, folded, wrinkled.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. mini, many, abundant.

MINGI, the name of a tree (Bot. Cyathodes acerosa).

MINGIMINGI, the name of a plant (Bot. Leucopogon fasciculatus). 2. Also, at the Chatham Islands (Bot. Coprosma acerosa).

MINGO, curled, curly.

MIMINGO, shrivelled up. 2. To pucker up, as the cheeks. Cf. menge, shrivelled.

MINGOMINGO, crisped, frizzled.

Samoan—cf. migi, curly; migomigoi, to wriggle about, said of the afato (Maori = awheto), a wood-eating grub; migomigosi, to twine round, as a vine round a tree; femigoi, to wriggle about, as a grub.

Hawaiian—mino, the turning or curling up, as of a dried leaf, or a wrinkled paper; (b.) the “curl of the hair, i.e. the crown of the head; minomino, to contract; to wrinkle up, to curl together; wrinkled: Haukeke mai ana ka lehelehe, minomino na lima, eleele ka lihilihi; The lips quivered with the cold, the hands were wrinkled, dark were the eyebrows. (b.) A wrinkle or folding in cloth; mimino, to wrinkle, to curl up, to ruffle; (b.) to languish, to be weak; (c.) to wither, to dry up, as grass; faded; withered; immature. Cf. minoi, to contract towards a centre, as the lips of a child in sucking; to suck, as a child; omino, to wither, to droop; a stunted person; a sickly child; mio, to be pinched up; mene, to pucker up; menui, contracted; curled in.

Tahitian—mimio, wrinkled, furrowed, as the face, cloth, &c.; miomio, wrinkled (as mimio); haa-mio, to make a thing wrinkled; haa-miomio, to cause a thing to have many wrinkles, or to be often wrinkled. Cf. omino, to go round; roundly; circuitously; omiomio, to be crooked; circuitous; wrinkled; omiomi, curled up, or wrinkled; tamino, to turn or go in a circle; amiimii, curled, as hair or wool; cross-grained, as a piece of timber; omii (M.L. = komingi), the head of a beast or fish; omiimii, curled, as the head of a man or beast (but oitoito, is generally used of human hair).

Tongan—mimio, to twist, to contort; (b.) dissembling. Cf. faka-mioi, to twist, to contort; agamioi, and agamimio, a twisted or contorted disposition; amio, to twist; mioia, to be twisted; migi, woolly; thick; mixed; twisted; mioi, a contortion; a falsehood. [Note.—I have accepted the Tongan here. because of its likeness to the Tahitian form; but the Tongan should be migo. It is possible that mio in this form is not mingo, but miro, to twist, to spin, also a thread, as Tongan drops the r more often than ng.]

Mangaian— cf. mingi, bent, curled; aka-mingi, to bend, as a bow.

Marquesan—mikomiko, a plait, a fold, a wrinkle; (b.) curly, frizzled, crisp; mimiko (as mikomiko). Cf. mimino (as mikomiko).

Mangarevan—migomigo, folded; to be folded; (b.) wrinkled; akamigomigo, to plait, to fold. Cf. minemine, wrinkled, crumpled, folded; miamia, frizzled; miha, frizzled, curly (of hair).

Paumotan—migomigo, wrinkled; faka-migomigo, leaven.

MIRA (mirà), to tend carefully, to cherish. Cf. whaka-miramira, to pay honour to.

Tahitian—cf. mira, to put pitch or gum on the points of the Tahitian arrows; to polish clubs, spears, &c.; to dress the head or hair with gum or oil; omira, to rub or prepare the darts for the bow; omire (as omira); omiri, to fondle over a person, to handle.

Whaka-MIRA, the lower portion of a fishing-line, protected by having thread seized or wound round it. Cf. miro, a thread; to twist; mìrà, to tend carefully; to cherish.

MIRAMIRA, at a red heat. Cf. mura, to glow.

MIRAMIRA, the uvula, a small body at the back of the throat.

MIRAMIRA, to give prominence to. Cf. miha, to wonder at; miharo, to admire.

Whaka-MIRAMIRA, to pay honour to; to treat with deference. Cf. whakahirahira, to extol, to magnify.

MIRA-TUATINI, a weapon made of wood, having shark's teeth inserted to form a saw-like edge: Katahi ka haehaea ki te matawhaiapu, ki te matatuhua, me te miratuatini—P. M., 150. Cf. tuatini, the blue shark.

MIRI, a kind of mat, resembling a coarse korowai.

MIRI, to rub: Ka miria atu ki te kanohi o te tangata—G. P., App., 83. Cf. komiri, to rub with the fingers; miro, to spin, twist; hokomirimiri, to stroke, pat. 2. To separate the grain from the cob, in shelling maize. 3. To touch in passing; to pass close to.

MIRIMIRI, to rub: Whahawarea ai koa o Tuwhakararo ki te mirimiri i ona kanohi—P. M., 42. 2. To smear: Mirimiria ana ki o ratou huruhuru—A. H. M., i. 48.

Samoan—mili, to rub; (b.) to rub in, as an ointment; mimili, to rub together; milimili, to rub together for a long time. Cf. milipa'u, to fondle, caress (lit. “to rub skins”); vaimili, liniment.

Tahitian—miri, to embalm a corpse, as formerly practised in Tahiti; mirimiri, to handle and examine a thing. Cf. horomiri, to examine with fondness; to stroke, to fondle; huamiri, small particles; the art of making small, as practised by embalmers; mira, to polish clubs, &c.; to put pitch or gum upon the points of arrows; to dress the hair with gum or oil; omiri, to fondle over a person; to handle.

Hawaiian—mili, to feel, to handle; a handling; (b.) to take up and carry; to bear in one's arms; a page 243 carrying; (c.) to look at, to examine; (d.) sullen, sluggish; milimili, to view, to handle; a curiosity; desirable to look at; (b.) a lord, a chief; (c.) a foster-child. Cf. mililani, to praise; thanksgiving (lit. “to lift to heaven”); milo, to twist, as a string; a thread.

Tongan—mili, to rub, to embrocate; milimili, an embrocation; the act of rubbing; milihi, to handle, to turn about in the hands. Cf. milohi, to twist; vili, to perforate, to bore; filifilihi, to turn over and over; femili, to rub against each other; mamili, to saunter about.

Mangaian—miri, to handle; (b.) to anoint the dead; (c.) to be ill-treated; mirimiri, to view, to handle, to examine.

Marquesan—mii (miì), to handle, to examine, to manipulate; miimii, to arrange the fire for cooking breadfruit.

Mangarevan—miri, to consider; (b.) to touch, to examine; (c.) to plot, to hatch mischief; mirimiri, to examine attentively; (b.) to consult together, to plot. Cf. komiri, a thread much twisted; taumiri, to follow after any one.

Paumotan—cf. komiri, to wipe; komirimiri, to press, to pinch; kumiriki-te-nave, to grease.

MIRO, the name of a tree (Bot. Podocarpus ferruginea): He aha he poa? He miro, he kahikatea?—G. P., 234.

Samoan—cf. milo, the name of a tree (Bot. Thespesia populnea).

Tahitian—cf. miro, the name of the awae tree; a hard and durable wood. The leaves, called rau-ava, are used in the sacrifices and ceremonies; it is a tree generally planted in marae (sacred places).

Marquesan—cf. mio, the tree known as rosewood.

Hawaiian—cf. milo, a species of tree.

Mangarevan—cf. miro, the name of a tree.

Paumotan—cf. miro, the name of a tree, the native rosewood.

Aitutakian—cf. miro, the name of a tree (Bot. Thespesia populnea).

MIRO, to spin, to twist: E tai haere ki te miro muka i te whare—A. H. M., iv. 89. Cf. miroi, embracing, engirdling; tamiro, twisted; whiro, the second day of the moon [see Hawaiian]; whiri, to twist, plait; wiri, to bore; miri, to rub. 2. A thread: Herea tenei miro, te aho whero nei—Hoh., ii. 18. 3. A whirling current of water.

MIMIRO, to move swiftly.

Samoan—milo, to twist, as in making a string by twisting on the thigh; to twist a rope; mimilo, to twist ropes; (b.) to be perverse, to act contrarily. Cf. milosi, to be twisted; to be cross-grained; to be perverse; ta'amilo, to go round about; taumiloga, the making of twine for nets; the wrestling together; filo, twine, thread; fili, to plait; to be entangled, to be intricate.

Tahitian—cf. hiro, to twist; to spin line or thread.

Hawaiian—milo, to twist, as a string, thread, or cord on the thighs; to spin, as a thread; to twist into a rope; to twist with the fingers; mimilo, to twist, to spin round; a whirlpool; (b.) the turning or curl of hair on the crown of the head; rolling up, like a dried leaf; twisted; curly, as the hair of a negro; milomilo, to roll in the fingers or hand, as a pill to make it round. Cf. omilo, to spin, to twist, as a rope or thread; hilo, to spin thread; the name of the night when first the new moon can be seen, when it is like a twisted thread; laumilo, to writhe, to turn and twist awry; lomilo, to spin with the fingers; to twist, as thread; to make ropes, &c.; mola, to turn, to spin round; turning, twisting; kaamola, to turn round.

Tongan—cf. milohi, to twist; to wrench off; faka-milohi, to saunter; to twist and turn about; milihi, to handle, to turn about in the hands; takamilo, to turn round and round; to surround; filo, thread, twine; filofilo, to twist, as thread; mimio, to twist, to contort; amio, crooked, twisted.

Mangarevan—cf. hiro, to twist thread on the thigh in the Native fashion; komiri, a thread much twisted; koumiro, cotton; the cotton plant.

Marquesan—cf. hio, to twist, to spin.

Rarotongan—cf. iro, to spin, to twist.

Paumotanmiro, to rope, to fasten with a rope.

Ext. Poly.: Formosa—cf. miel, to twist rope; ummilo, the winding of a child in swaddling clothes.

MIROI, embracing, engirdling: He tane miroi, he tane koakoa. Cf. miro, to twist.

MIROMIRO, the name of a small bird, the Pied Tit (Orn. Myiomoira toitoi): Na, ka tae mai nga miromiro, nga pitoitoi—P. M., 31.

MIROTOITOI, the name of a small bird, the Yellow - breasted Tit (Orn. Petrœa macrocephala).

MIRU (myth.), the goddess guarding the Gates of Death. Sometimes she appears as the goddess of the Under-world, or Hades of the Maori. Her house was called Tatau-o-te-Po (the Door of Night), but sometimes known as Wharekura. Within the abode of Miru sat the inferior deities—viz.: Rapawhenua, Kaitoa, Mokohukuwaru, Tutangatakino, Mutu, Tawheke, Hurukoekoea, Makutu (Witchcraft), the Taputapu, the Ngarara, or Reptile-gods, and the Multitude of the evil deities (te Tini o nga atua kikokiko). Rongomai, a celebrated demi-god ancestor of the Maori, went with Ihinga and others of his tribe to visit the dread Miru in Hades. There they learnt charms and spells, witchcraft, religious songs, dances, games of ti whai, &c. They also learnt the “guardian-charm,” called kaiwhatu. [See Kaiwhatu.] One of Rongomai's followers was caught by Miru, and claimed as payment for the knowledge imparted; but Rongomai and the remainder of his men got safely back to the world again. The weapon of Miru was the tip of her tongue: the unclean tapu was her power (mana). Miru is said to have dwelt upon the earth in ancient days, but her pa (fortress) was overwhelmed and destroyed in the Deluge, because the evil tribes would not listen to the exhortations of Wi, the good priest of the god Tane. References may be found in Grey's poems, as follows: Hei arataki, ki te Rerenga Wairua, ki a Miru, p. 88: Moe rawa iho nei ki te Po, i a Miru ra taku wairua, p. 188: Aro nui te haere ki roto te Tatau (Tatau-o-te-Po): Te whare a Miru i rorea ai Kewa, p. 323; and an important poem called “Ko te tau i tahuna ai, te Tatau-o-te-Po, te whare o Miru,” p. 370.

Hawaii.—Milu was the name of an ancient chief, noted for his wickedness while on earth; he is now the Lord of the Lower-world, to whose dominions departed spirits go. He is page 244 the Hawaiian Pluto. Speaking of poverty, one says: E aho ka make ia Milu, loaa ke akua o ka Po; “It is better to die by Milu, and be received by the God of Night.” The abode of Milu was in the west; and the spirits of those who died on the eastern shore of an island always had to cross to the western shore before setting out to the abode of spirits. He is said by some to have his dwelling beneath the ocean. He is the leader of all wicked spirits, and is designated: Akua ino, kupu ino (“The Evil Deity”). There appears to be a Hawaiian version of the “War in Heaven” story. [See Tane.] A multitude of the spirits, or gods, (i kini Akua,) having revolted because they were denied the awa (kava: which means that they were not worshipped, the awa being a sacrificial offering), Tane, the highest god, thrust them down with their leader Milu, into Po, the hell or Netherworld, which is called Po-pau-ole, Po-ia-Milu, &c. Although po means night, or darkness, it is not entirely dark, as there was both light and fire—indeed, one of its names is Po-lua-ahi, the pit of fire; but it does not appear to be a hell of flame; milu, and milumilu, mean “grand, solemn; wrapped in shadaw.” Some have returned from this place of shadows: Kaalii was brought back by his father Maluae; Mokulehua delivered his wife Pue from the power of the god; and Hiku brought again the spirit of the woman Kawelu and restored her to life.

Mangaia.—Miru, also known as Miru-kura, is here the veritable Hell-goddess. When the soul of a deceased person has climbed the fatal pua tree which stands in Avaiki (the spirit-world = Hawaiki), it has to drop into a fatal net and is submerged in a lake called Vai-roto-ariki. Thence the half-drowned spirits come tremblingly into the presence of Miru, who feeds them on worms, blackbeetles, &c.; then they are drugged with kava, and thrown into the blazing oven of Miru, who feasts upon them. Miru has four lovely daughters, who prepare the kava; they are named Tapairu. [See Tapairu.] The parting words of one about to die were couched in the proverbial saying: Ei ko na ra, tau taeake, ka aere au i te tava ia Miru (“Farewell, brother: I go to the domains of Miru”).

Aitutaki.—A brave fellow named Te Kauae, after proceeding to the presence of Miru, was enabled by craft to cheat her and return to the upper world. He described her as of horrible aspect, with only one breast, one arm, and one leg. Miru can be cheated by having a cocoanut kernel, and a piece of sugar-cane, placed close to the stomach of the corpse; thus provided, the soul goes to the paradise in the land of Iva.

In the Malay Islands, Meru (the Olympus of India,) is probably an introduced word, brought by the Brahmin priests.

MIRUMIRU, a bubble.

MITI, to lick; to lick up: He kapara miti hinu—Prov.: Te hunga katoa e mitikia ai te wai e o ratou arero—Kai., vii. 5.

MITIMITI, dried up, shallow: Haere i te mitimiti, haere i te honuhonu—G.-8. 29.

MIMITI, dried up: Ka mimiti te puna i Moehau, è! — M. M., 176. Cf. tomiti, to shrink. 2. Swallowed up; exterminated. 3. To disappear, as water in mirage: E haere atu ana au, e mimiti haere atu ana te wai—A. H. M., iii. 5.

Samoan—miti, to suck; (b.) to sip; (c.) to kiss; (d.) to snuff up, to sniff; (e.) to make a smacking noise with the lips; to lick up, as fire drying up water: Na mitiia ai foi le vai sa i le utu; And licked up the water in the trench. Mimiti, to suck a wound; (b.) to dry up, as water in the sun; (c.) to absorb, as the flesh of the body by disease; (d.) to suck or draw, as a current at sea; mitimiti, to call to a child or dog by making a smacking noise; (b.) to suck out, as a bone; fa'a-miti, to have a premonitory dream, as of the death of a friend. Cf. isumiti, a sniffing nose; misi, to make a kissing noise with the lips, as a token of affection.

Tahitian—miti, to lick, as a dog does: Ei reira atoa te urì e miti atoa ‘i i to oe iho toto; There dogs shall lick your blood. (b.) To smack the lips; (c.) salt; salt-water sauce; mitimiti, to lick repeatedly, as a dog. Cf. mitiero, a sauce made of scraped cocoanut, shrimps, and salt water; aumiti, smacking the mouth as a sign of pleasure on account of things seen and heard; to be pleased in hearing or seeing.

Hawaiian—miki, to lick; to sup up; (b.) to eat poi (a kind of paste) or other food by putting the fingers into it: E miki pu ana kona lima me au i ke pa; He who will dip his hand with me into the dish. (c.) To pinch; to snatch; to eat in a hurry; (d.) to urge on; to act promptly and energetically; active, energetic, vigilance, promptness; mikimiki, to be brisk and dexterous in doing a thing; prompt; neat, diligent; (b.) to pinch or seize hold of greodily, as in eating with the fingers; (c.) to nibble, like a fish; mimiki, to cut and roll up like a dried leaf; (b.) to spring together, like a steel trap; to pinch up tightly; (c.) to be industrious, to be constantly at work; to be quick and active, as men at work; (d.) to retire, to recede, as a wave from the shore; a meeting of a receding wave with another. Cf. mikiala, to arise quickly and early in the morning; mikioi, to excel.

Tongan—miji, to chirp; (b.) a bird; (c.) a dream; to dream; mimiji, to suck; (b.) to draw towards; mijimiji, to make a chirping noise with the mouth; faka-miji, to dream; to cause to dream. Cf. mijikia, to be sucked or drawn into; to be engulphed.

Rarotongan — mitimiti, to lick, as a dog.

Marquesan — miti, to lick; (b.) to taste; mitimiti, to lick continually; mitikia, to evaporate. Cf. mitipu, to a swallow without masticating.

Mangarevan — miti, to lick; (b.) to clean a dish by passing the finger over it; (c.) percolated through, lost by filtration. Cf. mitikaga, a little package of cooked food; mito, to kiss.

Paumotan — mitimiti, to lap, to lick up.

Ext. Poly.: Formosa—cf. ummichich, to gnaw.

Sikayana—cf. mitimiti, to smoke a pipe. Solomon Islands—cf. damiti, to lick; miata, the tongue.

MO, for, on account of: E kore ahau e kanga ano i te oneone a muri ake nei mo nga mahi a te tangata—Ken., viii. 21. Cf. moku, for me: mona, for him, &c.; ma, for. 2. For, the benefit of: Mo wai to wai, i haere iho ai page 245 koe i te po—P. M., 97. 3. For (i. e. to hold, contain): Nga taiepa mo ia kararehe mo ia kararehe—1 Wha., xxxii. 2 8. 4. Against, in preparation for: Motuhia atu ratou mo te ra o te parekura—Her., xii. 3.

Samoan—mo, for the benefit of, for the use of: E ai ea se toe vaegàoloa po o se tofi mo i maua? Is there yet any inheritance for us?

Tongan—mo, with, besidess.

Mangarevan—mo, for (men, speaking of women, use ma instead of mo).

Aniwan—mo, for.

MOA, the extinct, gigantic bird of New Zealand (?); different species of Dinornis: Ka tae a Ngahue ki te Wairere, ka patua te moa—P. M., 70: Ko te rakau i tunua ai te moa—G. P., 344. 2. A kind of stone, or stratum of stone; ironstone. 3. A garden-bed; land having divisions between, small prominences, like garden-beds. 4. A kind of drill, for boring hard stones. 5. A species of coarse sea-side grass (Bot. Spinifex hirsutus). 6. To jump forward, to jump up, ascend: Ka takiritia, i reira e mau ana te taura ki te rangi; Ka ki atu a Whaitiri kia pepeke raua: Ka moa atu raua ko Karihi ki mua—Wohl., Trans., vii. 44: Ka piki raua, ka moa—Wohl., Trans., vii. 44. 7. To oscillate, swing: A katahi ano a Karihi ka haere, ka piki, a ka moa i te takiwa—A. H. M., i. 55. Cf. moari, to swing.

MOAMOA, small, round, shining stones, like marbles.

Whaka-MOA, to lay in a heap.

Samoan—moa, the domestic fowl; (b.) the end of a bunch of bananas; (c.) the fleshy part of the alili (a mollusc); (d.) a child's top; (e.) the epigastric region; (f.) the middle, as of a road or river; moamoa, fullgrown; (b.) the name of a fish; (c.) a piece of cloth used to take hold of a fish with. Cf. moa'aivao, a wild fowl: fa'a-moataulia, to provoke a quarrel of two, as of two cocks; toa, a cock; a warrior; samoamoa, dried up, as a fish often cooked, or a skeleton on which the flesh is dried up.

Tahitian—moa, a fowl, the domestic fowl; (b.) the name of a species of fern; (c.) a whirligig made of the amae seed; (d.) a branch of miro leaves used in the sacred place; momoa, to espouse, or contract marriage; (b.) long and narrow, applied to the face; (c.) the ankle-joint; (d.) the knuckles; (e.) to make sacred, to put under a restriction (mo'a, sacred); haa-moa, to make sacred; haa-moamoa, to observe the former customs as to sacred places and persons, restrictions regarding food, &c. Cf. moafaatito, a fighting cock; moahururau, a fowl of many qualities; (fig.) an unsteady or fickle person; moaopapa, a fowl without a tail; moaofiri, a wild fowl; moapateatoto, a courageous cock; a stern warrior; moaparuhi, a cowardly cock; a cowardly warrior; hihimoa, the feathers on the back of a fowl's neck; moataratua, a cock with a long spur; (fig.) a bold warrior; moaraupia, a peculiarly coloured fowl; moataavae, a fowl tied by the leg; moatautini, a fowl that beats all opponents; moavari, a cock; aumoa, a low fence enclosing a court in front of a native house; fauparamoa, a head-ornament of feathers; haamoahua, the companion or friend of the oromatua [see Koromatua]; huamoa, and unfledged chicken; maimoa, a toy pet, favourite, a plaything; matamoamoa, a thin narrow face; moarima, one finger hooked into another finger; raemoamoa, a prominent, sharp forehead.

Hawaiian—moa, the common domestic fowl; (b.) the name of a stick used in play; (c.) the name of a plant, the leaves of which made into a tea are cathartic; (d.) the name of a piece of wood used to slide downhill on: the practice of using it was attended with gambling; (e.) the name of a moss-like plant growing in the forest; (f.) a kind of banana, a plantain; (g.) to dry, to roast, to be cooked in an oven; done, cooked thoroughly [see Maoa]; moamoa, to be or act the cock among fowls; (b.) the sharp point at the stern of the canoe; hoo-moa, to be thoroughly cooked; hoo-moamoa, to go in company with, as a cock goes with hens to give warning in case of danger; to be intimate with. Cf. moaoua, a young cock before his spurs are grown; moakakala, a cock with sharp spurs; moakinana, a hen that has laid eggs; moamaha, imperfectly, or half-cooked; moamahi, a cock that conquers; a conqueror of any kind; moawi, a poor fowl; ahamoa, the name of the assembly met together at a cock-fight; hakamoa, cockfighting; huamoa, a hen's egg; the round bone that enters the socket of the hip; moo, a bed in a garden; a narrow strip of land; mooa, a narrow faint path; keemoa, to be sour, to be crabbed; koomoa, the long feathers in a cock's tail.

Tongan—moa, the domestic fowl. Cf. moatane, a cock.

Mangaian—moa, a fowl, the domestic fowl. Cf. atamoa, a ladder.

Marquesan—moa, the domestic fowl; (b.) a priest of the secondary rank; aka-momoa, to preserve, to conserve, to take care of. Cf. pamoa, a scaffolding used in covering a house; tomoa, encouragement to fight given by two spectators.

Mangarevan—moa, the domestic fowl; (b.) to make a hole in the ground; to dig up. Cf. moaga, a red beard.

Paumotan—moa, the domestic fowl. Cf. koiamoa, to carry on the hip (amo?); maimoa, a plaything, a pet; horomoa, an insatiable appetite; hamoa-tupapaku, to inter a corpse.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. toa, a fowl.

MOAI, peaceful, quiet.

MOAKURA, or Moa-kura-manu, (myth.) a sister of Ruatapu. She drank up the waters of the Deluge (Te-Tai-a-Ruatapu), and thus saved the people who had fled to Hikurangi—A. H. M., iii. 49. [See Hikurangi, and Tuputupuwhenua.]

MOANA, the sea, the ocean: Te tangata nana i hoehoe te moana—G. P., 67. 2. The roof of a kumara pit.

Samoan—moana, the deep sea: E le o oe ea na pa'umatu ai le sami, o le suàsami o le moana sàusau? Are you not he who has dried up the sea, the waters of the great deep? (b.) Sea-blue; fa'a-moana, to go far out to sea; to be out of sight of land. Cf. moanauli, the deep blue sea; moanavalevale, far out to sea.

Tahitian—moana, the deep; the abyss; the sea, or any deep water; deep, in opposition to shallow: Te moana tana patu; Its wall was the ocean. Cf. moanafarere, the trackless ocean; moanareva, the fathomless deep; moana-hauriuri, the deep-coloured sea; moanatimatima, the black-coloured sea; moana- page 246 punao, a sea having gullies in the bottom; aumoana, a good swimmer.

Hawaiian—moana, the ocean, the sea generally, particularly (a.) the deep places of the sea: A ma na moana a ma na wahi hohonu a pau; In the sea and in all deep places. (b.) A place of rest, or a resting-place for a company of travellers; to spread out, i.e. to camp down, as a people or an army; a place of meeting for consultation among the chiefs; (c.) the name of a species of red fish; (d.) broad, wide, extended; hoo-moana, to encamp, to lodge in a place, as an army, or company of travellers; (b.) to bow down, to prostrate oneself, i.e. to worship; (c.) to rise high, to spread over the shore, as the tide; moanaana, to be wide, extended; to be opened widely; (b.) to leave a thing to its own care or protection. Cf. moanawai, a lake of fresh water.

Tongan—moana, the deep sea, the ocean. Cf. moanahauhau, and moanavalevale, the deep sea, far from soundings.

Marquesan—moana, the ocean, the high seas: Te moana ie vene; The ocean to the centre.

Managarevan—moana, the sea, spoken of seas generally, without regard to quantity of water (as high or low), which is understood by tai, the sea or tide near the shore: Tupo ta ratou ki te moana; They cast their (lines) into the sea.

Rarotongan—moana, the ocean: Tei na te ara moana i te acre ra; Whatever passes through the paths of the sea.

MOANA-NUI-A-KIWA (myth.), “The great sea of Kiwa.” Kiwa was a famous ancestor of the Maori, a great navigator, and supposed to have discovered the Pacific Ocean.

MOANANGA, grasping, avaricious, stingy.

MOANARUA, to repair a mat by weaving in a fresh piece.

Hawaiian—cf. moana, broad, extended; moanaana, to be opened widely.

MOANAWAIPU (myth.), a battle fought in Rarotonga, in which Uenuku defeated Whena—A. H. M., iii. 9; A. H. M., i. 7. 2. A battle fought at kawhia (New Zealand), in which Toa-rangatira was victorious—A. H. M., iv. 101.

MOARI, a kind of swing. Cf. morere, to swing; moa, to swing to and fro.

Hawaiian—cf. moali, the thread or strand of a rope.

MOARI (mata-moari,) blind.

MOARIARI (mòariari), to escape narrowly. 2. To be alarmed at the sudden danger of another.

MOATA, early in the morning. Cf. ata, early morning; haeata, dawn; piata, bright, clear; puataata, transparent, clear.

Hawaiian—moakaaka clear, plain, transparent; to make clear, to render explicit, to explain, to interpret. [For full comparatives, see Ata.]

MOE, or Mohe, (myth.) the leader of one of the migrations to the Chatham Islands. [See Moriori.]

MOE, to sleep; moega, a bed: Ko tatou anake e moe ana i te whare—P. M 13. Cf. aumoe, at ease; hiamoe, sleepy; moetitoro, to sleep wakefully; moenamo, to talk in one's sleep; turamoe, to be sleepy; moetoropuku, to sleep wakefully. 2. To dream. Cf. moehewa, to dream; moemoea, a dream. 3. To marry: He wahine pai rawa tera, a ka moe ia i a Irawaru—P. M., 27. 4. To die: Ko nga tangata o tau pa ra moe tonu, kihai i ora tetchi—P. M., 173: Moe mai, e Pa, i roto te whare kino—G. P., 28. Cf. hemo, to faint. [See Hawaiian.]

MOMOE, sleepy-natured; of a drowsy habit: He tangata momoe, he tangata mangere, e kore e whiwhi ki te taonga—Prov. 2. Keeping the eyes closed. 3. To wink, to blink.

Whaka-MOE, to put to sleep. 2. To close the eyes. 3. To give in marriage.

Samoan—moe, to sleep: Ina o moe gagase o tagata; When deep sleep falls on men. (b.) To be congealed, as oil; (c.) to sit upon, as a hen on eggs; (d.) to roost, as birds; (e.) to cohabit; momoe, to lie with carnally; fa'amoe, to put to sleep; (b.) to prepare a speech; moega, a sleeping-place: Ona ifo lea o le tupu i lona moega; The king bent himself down on the bed. Fa'a-moega, a case, a sheath; (b.) the sleeping-place of a pigeon. Cf. moeatu, to sleep in fear; moe'i'ini, to shut one's eyes forcibly; moeivai, to sleep in leaky house; moegase, to sleep soundly; moegagana, to talk in sleep; moenoa, inconsiderate, thoughtless.

Tahitian—moe, sleep; to sleep; (b.) to lie down; (c.) lost; to lose; to forget; haa-moe, to lose, to forget. Cf. moeanae, anxious sleep; moeauna, a thoughtful sleep; moeihirea, to go to sleep in alarm and fear; moeiuiu, a deep sound sleep; moepo, the first embrace; to keep close together, as a newly - married couple; matamoe, to be drowsy; Ruahine-moe-uuru, the goddess of dreams.

Hawaiian—moe, to lie down; to fall prostrate, as in ancient worship: Moe iho la ia ma kona wawae; She fell at his feet (adoring). (b.) To lean forwards on the hands and knees, as the people coming into the presence of a chief; (c.) to lie down, as in sleep: E moe au ilalo me ka maluhia, a hiamoe; I will lie down in peace and sleep. (d.) To sleep: E ka wahine moe iluna ka alo; Oh, the woman sleeping face upwards. (e.) To stretch oneself on a bed; a bed; a sleeping-place. (f.) To marry; to have sexual connection (moe malu): Make-make iho la kona naau e moe malu me ia; His heart denied that he should cohabit with her. (g.) To rest, to lull, as the wind: Moe ua makani, hiamoe la la—e—; Resting is the wind; sleeping indeed. Hoo-moe, to lay oneself down to sleep; to cause to sleep; (b.) to sit upon, as upon eggs to hatch; (c.) to bow down in humble adoration and respectful silence; (d.) a sleeping-house [see under Whare]; moemoe, to lie down to sleep; (b.) to dream; (c.) to lurk, to lie in ambush; an ambush; moena, a lying down; a mat, a mattrass, couch, pillow; momomoe, to sleep often or soundly; to be very sleepy. Cf. moemoea, to dream an evil dream; to devise evil against another; moeino, sleeping uncomfortably; moeipo, a fornicator, adulterer; moehewa, to talk in one's sleep; hemoe, faint; hungry; gasping, dying; halemoe, a sleeping-house; hiamoe, sleep, deep sleep; to sleep; hemohemo, a loosening; separating; weak from fear.

Tongan—mohe, sleep; to sleep: Oka to ae mohe mai ki he kakai; When deep sleep falls on men. (b.) To congeal, to concrete by cold; momohe, to cohabit with; faka-mohe, causing sleep; a narcotic; faka-mohemohe, to page 247 get to sleep by lying near one, as a child; mohega, a sleeping-place; (also moheaga;) mohefiji, to keep in motion while asleep; amohe, to be just rousing from sleep; moeaki, to sleep at some place expecting to do work there the next day; tulemohe, sleepy, dozy.

Rarotongan—moe, sleep, to sleep: E reka-reka taau moe; Your sleep shall be sweet. (b.) A dream: Na, e moe taua mea ra; Behold, it was a dream. Cf. rikamoe, a dream.

Marquesan—moe, to sleep: Moe te tapu tutui i teia mu? Sleeps the sacred supporter, in this noise? Momoe, to sleep, asleep: Hae momoe, etua te hakanau, The house fast asleep; the god; the destroyer; (b.) to lie down; (c.) to dream; moeka, a mat, a carpet; moeana, a lying down, a resting: Tamau, moeana, i ao te tapuvae no Atea; Confined, lying down, beneath the feet of Atea. Cf. hiamoe, sleep; to sleep; hiamoe-i-Havaiki, to dream.

Mangarevan—moe, to sleep; to lie down to sleep; (b.) to commit a crime; moega, the act of sleeping; (b.) cohabitation with a female; moemoe, to pretend to sleep, to shut the eyes; to sleep a long time; aka-moe, to go to rest, to sleep; (b.) to put a fillet or leaf-band into the sea to drive fish along with. Cf. moega-kona, the act of sexual connection, “devoir conjugal;” moemoea, a dream; moere, soft, mellow; moeroa, to be dead.

Paumotan—moe, sleep; to sleep; moehega, a bed. Cf. kitemomoe, to know imperfectly; moekanaenae, sleepless.

Futuna—moe, to sleep.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. moce (mothe) to sleep; mocemoce, a bed.

Sikayana— cf. moe, to sleep.

Kanala—cf. mo, night (po?).

MOEAHU, the name of tree (Bot. Melicytus ramiflora).

MOEARAURU, also called Moe or Mohe (myth.), a chief of the Oropuke canoe, which brought men from Hawaiki to the Chatham Islands. [See Moriori.]

MOEHEWA, to dream: E ai au moehewa— M. M., 157. Cf. moe, to sleep; hewa, to be deluded; moemoea, a dream; moepapa, an unlucky dream. 2. To mistake. [For comparatives, see Moe, and Hewa.]

MOEKAKARA, the name of one of the canoes of the Migration to New Zealand—S. T., 24.

MOEMITI, to praise.

Whaka-MOEMITI, to praise: Ka whakamoemiti ratou, ka mea, ‘Hei rangatiri mo tatou’—P. M., 193.

MOEMOEA, a dream: Aue! He moemoea naku—P. M., 78. Cf. moehewa, to dream; moepapa, an unlucky dream; moe, to sleep; moenanu, to talk in one's sleep.

Tahitian — moemoea, a dream.

Hawaiian—moemoea, to dream an evil dream; (b.) to tell an evil dream; (c.) to devise evil against another.

Mangarevan—moemoea, to dream; a dream. [For full comparatives, see Moe.]

MOENANU, to talk in one's sleep. Cf. moe, to sleep; moemoea, a dream; moehewa, to dream; moepapa, an unlucky dream; nanu, mixed, confused; inarticulate; indistinct.

Tahitian—moenanu, to talk in one's sleep. [For full comparatives, see Moe, and Nanu.]

MOENGA, a bed: Kei whea te moenga o Popohorokewa?—P. M., 43. [See under Moe.]

MOEONE, a kind of grub, the larva of the Butcher Beetle (Ent. Cicindella, sp.): Te mokomoko me te moeone—Rew., xi. 30.

MOEPAPA, an unlucky dream. Cf. moe, to sleep. moehewa, to dream; moemoea, a dream; moenanu, to talk in sleep. [For comparatives, see Moe.]

MOEREWAREWA (myth.), the daughter of Nukutawhiti. [See Nukutawhiti.] On her father's death she composed the celebrated lament, commencing Papa te whatitiri i runga nei—G.-8, 29.

MOERIKI, the name of a bird, Dieffenbach's Rail (Orn. Cabalus dieffenbachii).

MOETAHAKURA, to dream of the presence of a beautiful woman. Cf. moe, to sleep; moemoea, a dream; moehewa, to dream; moenanu, to talk in sleep. [For comparatives, see Moe.]

MOETAHI, to be sleeping together: Ka peke atu ia, kei te moetahi—P. M., 14. Cf. moe, to sleep; moehewa, to dream; moemoea, a dream; moepapa, an unlucky dream; moetoropuku, to sleep wakefully; tahi, one. [For comparatives, see Moe, and Tahi.]

MOETITORO (moetìtoro), to sleep wakefully. Cf. moe, to sleep; moetoropuku, to sleep wakefully; moetahi, sleeping together; toro, to reconnoitre. [For comparatives, see Moe, and Toro.]

MOETOROPUKU, to sleep wakefully. Cf. toropuku, secret, stealthy; turumoe, to be sleepy; moe, to sleep; moetahi, to sleep together; moetìtoro, to sleep wakefully, &c. [For comparatives, see Moe.]

MOHANI, fern-root.

MOHANIHANI, to rub together, as trees or branches; to graze.

MOHE (myth.), a chief of a migration to the Chatham Islands. [See Moriori.]

MOMOHE, lax, weak; limber; flaccid: Ko nga tuatara, kua momohe noa iho—P. M., 156.

Tahitian—mohea, sickly, yellowish, pale; to be pale; mohemohe, clear, not dim, applied to a lamp; to be burning dimly, as a lamp; (b.) to be recovering a little from sickness.

Mangarevan—cf. moimoi, dull, blunt, of a cutting instrument; mohe, to have deserved it, said of puuishment; mohere, soft.

Tongan—cf. mohe, sleep.

MOHEKE, thick fern-root.

MOHI, MOHIMOHI, the name of a fish.

Tongan—cf. mohi, the name of a fish.

MOHIO, to understand, to know; to recognise; wise, intelligent: Otira na te Atua ano ia i whakaako i mohio ai—P. M., 11. 2. Suspicious, wary, cunning.

Whaka-MOHIO, to teach; to cause to understand. 2. To hint one's meaning in a song.

MOHIWAI, the name of a small fresh-water fish.

MOHO, the name of a bird, Mantell's Notornis (Orn. Notornis mantelli): A ka o mai he moho, ‘Huu’—A. H. M., i. 50. 2. The name of a fish. 3. A blockhead; stupid; stupidity: page 248 Alaumau te Ra kia whiti kau ki te iwi moho—A. H. M., ii. 81. 4. Trouble.

Hawaiian—cf. moho, the name of a bird; it seldom flies, but walks about.

Tongan—cf. moho, the name of a bird.

Marquesan—cf. moho, dark-blue.

Mangarevan—cf. moho, a man condemned to death; a victim stricken but not killed.

Mangaian—cf. moo, the name of a bird, a black bird.

Samoan—cf. moso, the name of a bird.

Whaka-MOHO, to steal softly upon anyone.

MOHOA, at the present time: A mohoa noa nei—P. M., 175.

MOHOAO, a man of the woods; a barbarian: Kaore he kupu a te mohoao—P. M., 137. Cf. wao, forest. 2. A goblin, or wild man of the woods. 3. A species of fresh-water flat-fish.

MOHOKU (for moku,) for me. Cf. mahaku (maku). for me; nahaku (naku), mine, &c.

MOHO-PATATAI, MOHO-PERERU, names of a bird, the Banded Rail, the Land-Rail of the colonists (Orn. Rallus philippensis).

MOHORANGI (myth.), a famous native dog, or breed of dogs. Mohorangi was brought to New Zealand in the canoe Mangarara, by Tarawhata, and was put on Whanga-o-keno Island. Later on, this dog was seen by Ponuiahine, the daughter of Kaiawa; but she not having gone through the proper religious ceremonies, and daring to look with unveiled eyes upon the sacred dog, was turned to a grasshopper—A. H. M., ii. 192.

Marquesan—cf. moho, a dog.

MOHORIRIWAI, weak, said of the eyes.

MOHO-TATAI, the name of a bird, the Banded Rail (Orn. Rallus philippensis).

MOHOUA, the name of a bird resembling a canary (Orn. Orthonyx ocrocephala).

MOHU, to smoulder.

MOHUKIHUKI, to spit, to run a stick through a fish, &c., in order to roast it. Cf. huki, pierced; hukihuki, a stick. [For comparatives, see Huki.]

MOHUNGA, crushed, pulpy: Ahàkoa tona upoko i mohunga kau ra i te patunga—A. H. M., v. 27.

MOHUNGAHUNGA (mòhungahunga), crumbling, mealy. Cf. motuhanga, mealy; mongamonga, to be crushed; marrow; hunga, refuse of taro; nap off a garment.

Samoan—cf. momomo, to break in pieces.

Hawaiian—cf. mo, to be broken, as a rope; hoo-mo, to strike against, to dash; huna, fine, reduced to powder.

Tahitian—cf. momomo, to smash, to break to shivers; huahua, pulverized, reduced to atoms.

Tongan—cf. momo, crumbs; crumbled.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. momo, rubbish; plenty; many.

Fiji—cf. kamomo, broken into small pieces; momoka, to break into small pieces.

Malagasy—cf. mongo, crushed, pulverized.

MOI (moì), to turn sour, to ferment. Cf. i, to ferment; mokohì, to turn sour. [For comparatives, see I.]

MOIHI, to stand on end, as the hair with fright. Cf. ihi, to be terror-struck; ihiihi, rays of the sun.

MOIMOI, to call a dog; a word used to call a dog, Moi! Moi!E moimoi haere atu ana i ta raua kuri—P. M., 65: Ka haere a Maui ki tahaki, ka moimoitia mai—Wohl., Trans., vii. 40. Cf. mai, hither.

Whaka-MOI, Whaka-MOIMOI, to make a calling, as if for a dog: Na, ka whakamoikia. Tiro atu, haere mai ana, he kuri ia—Wohl., Trans., vii. 41. [Note.—In a charm for raising a favourable wind, the spell is: Hau nui, hau roa, hau titiparerarera; keria te tupaerangi. Moi! Moi!—S. T., 134.]

Tahitian—cf. maimai, a call to pigs, fowls, &c.

Hawaiian—cf. maimai, to call one to come; to call, as in calling fowls or chickens.

Tongan—cf. moi and moimoi, to accompany a short distance; faka-moi, to command others to do that which the person ordering does not like to do; faka-moimoi, a love-token to one at a distance; femoiaki, to send backwards and forwards.

Marquesan—cf. amoi, to come; hither; to me.

Yap—cf. moi, to come.

Motu—cf. mai, to come.

Cajela—cf. omai, to come.

MOIOIO, growing weakly, failing in strength. Cf. ioio, aching from weariness; maioio, growing weakly.

MOIRI, suspended over; to be a little above the horizon, as the sun, &c.; to have ascended a little way, as the sun: Ano ka moiri rawa te ra—A. H. M., i. 49: Moiri rawa ake te ra, ka tae mai tana ope—A. H. M., v. 76. Cf. iri, to hang, to be suspended. [For comparatives, see Iri.]

MOKA (mòkà), a muzzle for the mouth of a beast. 2. A noose placed round the nose of a beast; a halter.

Whaka-MOKA, to muzzle.

MOKA, an end, extremity. 2. A kind of caterpillar: He mawhitiwhiti ranei. he moka ranei—2 Kin., viii. 37. 3. Bait: Na raua i horo nga aho me te moka a Tinirau—A. H. M., ii. 126.

Tongan—cf. moka, bent, not tight or straight.

MOKAMOKA (for mokomoko,) a lizard. [See Mokomoko.]

Whaka-MOKA, to go stealthily. 2. To seek in a stealthy manner. 3. To way-lay.

MOKAI (mòkai), a captive, a slave: Ara ko taua mokai, ‘He whare ano to ratou pehea?’—P. M., 97. 2. An animal kept as a pet: Kua mate te mokai a ta raua tamaiti a Tuhuruhuru—P. M., 38: Te makanga atu o te maipi ki nga ngarara ki nga mokai katoa—P. M., 96.

Whaka-MOKAI, “to make a slave of;” to insult the dignity of a chief in some way: E pania ana e ia ki te tomokanga o te whare, hei whaka-mokai i a Ruawharo—A. H. M., iii. 25.

MOKAMOKAI, MOKAIKAI (mòkaikai), a bird or animal kept as a pet: He tupuna ki a ia, he mokaikai na Tinirau—M. M., 185: Ka karangatia e Tinirau tana mokamokai a Tutunui—P. M., 38. 2. A curiosity, as a dried human head, &c.: Ko aua upoko i mahia nei hei mokamokai—A. H. M., i. 36: Kei pakaru te mokamokai—A. H. M., v. 19.

MOKAKARIKI, the name of a green lizard. Syn, mokomoko, and kakariki,

page 249

MOKAKATI, pudendum muliebre (Fallopian tubes).

MOKARAKARA, a butterfly.

MOKAU, untattooed. Cf. moko, tattoo marks on the face or body.

MOKE, a solitary person. Cf. mokomokorea, solitary.

MOKEMOKE, solitary, lonely: Nana, kia mokemoke taua po—Hopa, iii. 7.

Tahitian—moe, lost; to lose; to forget; moemoe, solitary, lonesome; also secret, as a place; (b.) an ambush; to lie in ambush; haa-moemoe, to make lonesome; to yield oneself to loneliness. Cf. aramoe, lost; forgotten; matamoe, a stranger; unacquainted, unused to a place.

Hawaiian—moemoe, to lurk, to lie in ambush; to be concealed for evil purposes; an ambush; hoo-moe, to sit upon eggs, to hatch; to brood; (b.) to bow down in humble, solemn adoration; the silence of awestruck adoration;

Marquesan—moke, to vanish, to disappear; momoke, savage, fierce, wild.

MOKEHU, white clay-stone. 2. Stalactite. [See Makekehu.]

MOKEKE, cunning, shrewd.

MOKENU, a faint trace.

MOKI, the name of a fish (Ich. Latris ciliaris): He kai mana he whangai-o-tama; he pakake, he moki—A. H. M., iii. 62.

Tahitian—cf. moi, a species of fish.

Hawaiian—cf. moi, a species of fish.

MOKIMOKI, the name of a fern (Bot. Doodia caudata): Taku hei piripiri, taku hei mokimoki, taku hei tawhiri, taku katitaramea—Prov.

MOKI (mòkì) MOKIHI (mòkihi), a raft. The word is generally applied to bundles of flags or rushes made into a raft: Ka tutuki ki a ia a Kae, e haere ana i runga i te mokihi—Wohl., Trans., vii. 51. 2. A wooden raft: Tera ano nga wahine ke i runga i taua mokihi rakau—A. H. M., i. 156.

Whaka-MOKIHI, to go stealthily.

MOKIKI, erection of the penis.

Whaka-MOKIKI, to cause erection of the penis.

MOKINOKINO, lowering, threatening, as the weather. Cf. kino, evil, bad; to dislike; makinokino, disgusted. [For comparatives, see Kino.]

MOKO, tattoo marks on the face or body: Tirohia, he moko!—Prov. Cf. mokokuri, an ancient style of tattooing [see Mokokuri]; mokotokupu, having the face fully tattooed. 2. A lizard. Cf. mokopapa, the Tree-lizard; mokopeke, a species of lizard; mokoparae, a species of lizard. [Note.—It is possible that there is connection between the moko, tattooing, and “lizard” (or snake?). In Grey's Poems, p. 57. the tattooing song likens the pattern, “Me he peke ngarara,” “Like the legs of a lizard”—M. S., 129. Also in A. H. M., ii. 7 (Maori part), the tattooing song of Mataora, the inventor of moko, refers to Nga nganga a Mataora. Nganga is the Marquesan name for the large house lizard; and nga probably enters into composition in Maori in the words ngarara, lizard, and ngata, snail, slug, leech, &c., the latter being the Samoan gata, a snake.]

MOKOMOKO, the name of a lizard; also mokamoka (Tiliqua zealandica): Me te mokomoko, me te moeone—Rew., ii. 30. 2. [See Mokomoko (myth.).]

Samoan—mo'o, a lizard. Cf. mo'osina, a species of lizard; mo'otai, a sea-snake (Pelamis bicolor).

Tahitian—moo, the generic name of the lizard; (b.) the spine, or spinal marrow; (b.) taro shoots, or strips for planting. Cf. mootaifare, a lizard that cries in the house (said to be a sign of wind); moohono, a backbone without proper joints; tuamoo, the spine; moopò, to be lost or extinct, as a family; to be erased, or lost.

Hawaiian—moo, a general name for all kinds of lizards: A me ke anaka, a me ke koa, a me ka moo; The ferret, the chameleon, and the lizard. (b.) A serpent, a snake; (c.) a narrow strip of land; a planted patch of food, if longer than it is wide; (d.) two or three rows of bananas, or other food, planted between two watercourses; (e.) a path; (f.) a bed for a garden; a division made for irrigation; (g.) the name of some long sticks that run lengthways in a canoe; (h.) a history; a connected story; (i.) to dry, to become dry; hoo-moo, to continue or persevere in laying taxes on the people; (b.) to follow up a pursuit. [Also see under Mokomoko (myth.).] Cf. mookaala, the species of lizard found on dry rocks; mookaula, the species of black lizard found about houses; moolele, moonui, &c., words used as Hawaiian for “dragon”; and Mookahiko, the “old serpent,”i.e. Satan, when found in the Hebrew Scriptures; mookaao, a tale of ancient times; mooalii, a genealogy; moowaa, the name of some long sticks reaching fore and aft in a canoe; moolio, to be small and narrow, as a path; kukamoo, the backbone of a man or animal; kukamoo, to use enchantment.

Tongan—moko, a kind of lizard.

Marquesan—moko, a lizard; (b.) a shark (mango?).

Mangarevan—moko, a lizard: Huri mai e moko; Changed into a lizard. (b.) A small loaf, or parcel of food; mokomoko, mucus from the nose; to snivel. Cf. mogo, to work well, to work like a master in art; umoko, a sacred person, a priest of the idols; mokoa, unwrinkled.

Mangaian—moko, a lizard: Reia e te moko i Enua-kura; The lizard has arrived from Spirit-land. (b.) A caterpillar; (c.) [See Mokomoko (myth.).]

Paumotan—moko, a lizard. Ext. Poly.: West New Guinea—cf. moksa, tattooing in scars raised by burning.

MOKOMOKO (myth.). The lizard was always regarded with awe and dread by the New Zealanders. There was a large order of reptile or lizard-gods, apart from the lesser malignant spirits (atua kikokiko), which could assume the lizard from, causing sickness and death by gnawing the human vitals. Mokomoko was a Lizard-god, the son of Tu-te wanawana and Tupari—A. H. M., i. App. Mokohikuwaru was the tutelary deity of lizards. The mokoroa were serpents or lizards of huge size which came across the sea from Hawaiki to New Zealand—C. O. D., 203. Other Lizard-gods were named Mokotiti, Mokohukuwaru, Mokonui, &c. In Hawaii, Moo, the general name for lizard, was, particularly, the name of Kihanuilulumoku, the

page 250

Lizard-god of Paliuli (Paradise) [see Hawaiki.]. Kihawahine was another Lizard-god. “The Moo or Moko mentioned in tradition, reptiles or lizards, were of several kinds: the Moo with large sharp glistening teeth; the talking Moo, moo-olelo; the creeping Moo, moo-kolo; the roving, wandering Moo, moa-pelo; the watchful Moo, moo-kaala; the prophesying Moo, moo-kaula; the deadly Moo, moo-make-a-Kane. “The Hawawiian legends frequently speak of moo of extraordinary size living in caverns, amphibious in their nature, and being the terror of the inhabitants”—Forn., i. 76. [For Moopelo, see under Hawaiki.] In Mangaia, Moko was the king of all lizards. He is best known as the grandfather of the hero Ngaru, who overcame the sky-demon, Amai-te-rangi (or Apai-te-rangi), and who learned the game of ball-throwing from the fairy women called Tapairu. [See Tapairu.] In Fiji, Ndengei was a Reptile-god, partly snake and partly human.

MOKOHI (mokohì), sour. Cf. moì, to turn sour; to ferment; i, to ferment.

MOKOHIKUWARU, the tutelary deity of lizards. [See Mokomoko (myth.).] Mokohikuwaru was a god of evil, dwelling with Miru in her house Te Tatau-o-te-Po. [See Miru.]

MOKOIA, the name of an island in Lake Rotorua, very celebrated in Maori history and legend. To this island, the residence of her lover, the beautiful Hine-moa swam in the night. Mokoia was at first called Motutapu-a-Tinirau by Ihenga, and afterwards named Mokoia by Uenuku-kopako. It was held (on the general partition of the lands) by the chiefs Mataaho and Kawa-arero, as descendants of the discoverer, Tu-o-Rotorua—P. M., 96.

MOKOKAKARIKI, a species of Lizard. Cf. moko, a lizard; kakariki, a green lizard; mokoparae, a species of lizard, &c. &c. [For comparatives, see Moko, and Kakariki.]

MOKOKURI, an ancient pattern of tattooing, in which the face was covered with short parallel lines, horizontal and vertical. It preceded the present fashion of spirals, &c., which is the moko of Mataora. For illustration of mokokuri, see frontispiece, A. H. M., i.

Ext. Poly.: Dufaure Island—cf. kurikuri, tattooing.

MOKOMOKOREA, scarce, solitary. Cf. mokemoke, solitary; morearea, lonely, dreary.

MOKONUI (myth), one of the inferior deities, an attendant on Koroko-i-ewe, the god of birth—A. H. M., i. App.

MOKOPAPA, the Tree Lizard (Rep. Naultinus pacificus). Cf. moko, a lizard. [For comparatives, see Moko.]

MOKOPARAE, a species of Lizard: Te tuatara, te teretere, te kumukumu, te mokoparae me te mokokakariki—A. H. M., ii. 172. Cf. moko, a lizard; mokokakariki, a species of lizard, &c., &c. [For comparatives, see Moko.]

MOKOPEKE, the name of a species of Lizard. Cf. moko, a lizard; mokokakariki, a kind of lizard; mokoparae, a kind of lizard, &c., &c. [For comparatives, see Moko.]

MOKOPIKO, the name of a tree (Bot. Libocedrus doniana).

MOKOPUNA, a grandchild: the child of a son, daughter, nephew, or niece: Ka mohio te wahine ra ‘A ko taku mokopuna na’—P. M., 20. 2. A great-grandchild; a lineal descendant. Cf. tupuna, ancestor; puna, a spring of water.

Tahitian—cf. mootua, a grandchild; moòtua, a great-grandchild; mootuatini, a very distant progeny not definitely known.

Hawaiian—moopuna, a grandchild: Aole na he wahine e, o ka moopuna na a Waka; She is not certainly any other woman, she is certainly the grandchild of Wata. (b.) Posterity generally. Cf. moo, a path; a line of direction; mookanaka, a genealogy; mookupuna, a grandfather.

Tongan—mokobuna, a grandchild. Cf. makabuna, grandchildren.

Mangaian — mokopuna, a grandson. Cf. moko, a grandson.

Marquesan—moupuna, a grandchild.

Mangarevan—makupuna, a grandchild; a great-nephew, or great-niece: Riri te Rupe, ku ki atu ki te makakuna; Rupe was angry, and said to his grandchild.

Paumotan—mokopuna, grandson.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. makubu, or mokubu-na, a grandchild; bu-na, a grandmother.

MOKORAHI, great. Cf. rahi, great; metararahi, great. 2. An extent, a wide space.

MOKOROA, a small insect which bores its way into forest trees: He iti te mokoroa, nana i takahi te kahikatea—Prov.

MOKOROA (myth.), serpents or lizards of huge size. One of these, many fathoms long, came across the sea from Hawaiki to New Zealand: Ka uru kei roto te niho o Mokoroa—C. O. D., 203. (Cf.

Mangarevanaka-mokomokoroa, to elongate an object in a circle.) [See Mokomoko (myth.)]

MOKOTITI (myth.), a Reptile - deity, which, entering the lungs, causes consumption and pulmonary diseases—M. S., 114.

MOKOTOKUPU (mokotokupù), having a face fully tattooed: Ko wai tera tangata mokotukupu—C. O. D. Cf. moko, tattoo marks on the face.

MOKOWHITI, to jump. Cf. whiti, to start; to jump; mowhiti, to jump; kowhiti, to spring up; Korowhiti, to spring up suddenly: Tera te marama ka mokowhiti ki runga—M. M., 44. (“Springing from her aerial couch,” &c.—C. O. D.)

Tongan—mokofiji, to writhe, to twist and kick about. Cf. fiji, to shoot as sparks; to fillip; mofiji, the shrimp; takafiji, to caper. [For full comparatives, see Whiti.]

MOKU (mòku), for me: Ka ki ake a Tawhaki ‘Tikina he wahie moku’—P. M., 47. Cf. maku, for me; toku, my; noku, mine.

Samoan—mo'u, for me: O la laueleele e lua e fai mo'u; These two lands shall be for me.

Mangarevan—moku, for me: Moku tenei wahi e; This part is for me.

MOKU, insignificant; small; few.

MOMI, to suck. Cf. mote, to suck; tamomi, to be engulphed; momo, offspring; momipù, small.

MOMOMI (Moriori,) to suck.

Tahitian—momi, to swallow.

Hawaiian—momi, to swallow, as food; to put into the mouth and swallow; (b.) a pearl; the hard page 251 centre of the eye; the eye of a fish; momomi, to swallow greedily; momimomi, to cause to swallow. Cf. momiku, to swallow standing; omomo, to put the end of a thing into the mouth to wet it; omo, to suck the breast, as a child; sucking; a sucking child; moni, to swallow, to consume; monimoni, a fast eater.

Tongan—momi, indented; fallen in, as the mouth without teeth; (b.) to beg; to make one's wants known frequently.

Marquesan—momi, to eat with the mouth stuffed.

Mangarevan — momi, voracious; momimomi, very voracious. Cf. momoa, to nurse; to nourish.

MOMIPU (momipù), small. Cf. momi, to suck; pu, exactly; exceedingly.

MOMO, offspring. Cf. momoa, offspring. 2. Race; breed: E, kawhakina tetahi momo ki te kainga—Prov.: Kei tupu te momo rangatira o taua hapu—MSS. Cf. momi, to suck.

Tahitian—cf. mamo, race, lineage; progeny (obsolete).

Hawaiian—cf. mamo, a descendant; posterity below the third generation; omomo, to put the end of a thing into the mouth to wet it; omo, to suck; a sucking child.

Tongan — cf. temomo, a relative.

Marquesan—cf. omo, to suck milk from persons or cattle.

Mangarevan—cf. omo, to suck; aka-aomo, to give the teat; aka-omo, to suckle; momoa, to nurse, to nourish.

Paumotan—cf. omo, to suck.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. momo, the placenta. Redscar Bay—cf. momo, eggs (of turtle).

Iai—cf. momo, a female. Vanua Lava—cf. mo, a mother.

MOMOA, offspring. Cf. momo, offspring.

Mangarevan — momoa, to nurse; to nourish; momomomo, a noble; a chief. Cf. omo, to suck; aka-omo, to suckle. [For comparatives. see Momo.]

MOMOE. [See under Moe.]

MOMOHANGA (mòmòhanga), a remnant; to become scarce.

Marquesan — cf. momo, little; a little.

Paumotan — cf. haka-omo, to divide into portions.

MOMOHE. [See under Mohe.]

MOMOHOUA, the name of a bird, the Grey Warbler (Orn. Gerygone flaviventris).

MOMOKA. [See under Moka.]

MOMONA (mòmona), fat, rich; fertile: Kaore e homai nga mea momona kia kai tahi ratou—P. M., 95.

Samoan—momona (mòmòna), fat, rich (of pigeons, and fish).

Hawaiian—momona, the fat, i.e. the fat part of an animal; to be fat; to be round, plump; A momona no hoi ko lakou lepo i ke kaikea; Their dust shall be made fat with fatness. (b.) The fat of the land, i.e. fertility; fat, as a community; mona, fat, rich; good, as a soil; round; plumpness.

Tahitian—momona, sweet, delicious; mona, sweet. Cf. vahamona, a sweet mouth to deceive; monamona, very sweet, as some foods.

Marquesan — momona, delicious; good to faste.

Mangarevan—momona, grease, fat.

Paumotan—momona, odour, savour.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. mona, the brains.

Malagasy—cf. monamonany, fat, plump, applied to a child or young animal.

MOMONO. [See under Mono.]

MOMORI. [See under Mori.]

MOMOTE, clandestinely.

MOMOTO. [See under Moto.]

MOMOTU. [See under Motu.]

MOMOTU (mòmotu), a firebrand; also motumotu. Cf. motu, severed. [For comparatives, see Motu.]

MONA, a knot of a tree. Cf. pona, a knot; a joint; momona, fat. 2. The centre of the knee-cap.

MONAMONA, the knuckles.

Samoan—cf. pona, a knot, as in a rope; a joint, of sugar-cane, or of bamboo; a lump.

Tahitian—cf. pona, a knot; a joint of the finger or toe.

Hawaiian—cf. pona, the joints, as of the spine and fingers; mona, to be round, plump with fatness.

Marquesan—cf. pona, a knot.

Tongan—cf. faka-bona, to tie a knot.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. vona, a knot; bonabona, bulkiness, inflatedness; mibonabona, to swell, to appear plump.

MONA (mòna,), for him; for her: Katahi ra ka tuaina a Tane-ua-tika hei waka mona—P. M., 57. Cf. mana, for him; tona, his, &c.

Samoan—mona, for him or her.

MONA (mònà), a scar; a trace.

MONAROA (mònaroa), delaying, loitering.

Tongan — cf. mona, to do; to dispose, to arrange orderly; faka-mona, to proceed deliberately and orderly about any work.

Samoan—cf. mona, to work with all the might, as if to disprove a charge of laziness; momona, to be fat.

Hawaiian—cf. momona, to become fat or rich; to be of independent means.

MONEHU (mònehu), a young sprout of fern.

MONEMONE, all consumed; all devoured: Pau monemone nga kai. Cf. monimoni, to be consumed.

Hawaiian—monea, to be stuffed; to be filled full with food; to be glutted. Cf. moni, to consume; to swallow.

MONENEHU, a kind of Kumara (sweet potato).

MONENEHU, almost out of sight. Cf. nehunehu, dusky.

Whaka-MONENEHU, to be almost out of sight. [For comparatives, see Nehu.]

MONIA, set on edge.

MONIANIA (mòniania), fear.

MONIMONI, to be consumed. Cf. monemone, all consumed; devoured.

Samoan—cf. monoi, to give blows with the fist in quick succession; to have trouble come in quick succession.

Hawaiian—moni, to consume; to swallow; to drink up, as the earth drinks up water; to suck up, as a sponge; monimoni, a fast eater; one who swallows quickly; (met.) one who receives instruction greedily.

MONO, to plug, to caulk: Tinia, monoa, naumai, mau mai ra, e Tane—A. H. M., v. 9. 2. To disable by means of charms and incantations.

MOMONO, to disable by incantations: He momono, he parepare, he ripa—P. M., 168, page 252

Samoan — momono, to cork; to plug; monomono, to caulk; mono, impotens. Cf. monoi, to give blows with the fist in quick succession.

Tahitian — mono, to stop or cease to run, as blood, water, &c.; (b.) to substitute, or fill up vacancies; to be in the room or place of another; monomono, to be stopping, or ceasing from flowing, applied to a liquid; (b.) to fill several vacancies; haamono, to stop a gap, to fill a vacuity; to stop a running fluid.

Tongan — mono, to fill; to squeeze, to press in; (b.) the article used in filling up the lashing holes of a canoe; monomono, to patch, to mend. Cf. monoji, to cork; monoi, a side blow with the fist.

MONOMONO, unpleasant to the smell.

Whaka-MONO, to sniff, to sniff up, to smell: Ka haere ki runga ki te taumata whakamono ai ki a Tutunui—Wohl., Trans., vii. 52.

MONOA, the name of a shrub. It is a sacred plant, traditionally supposed to have been the first tree created; and its use as fuel is expected to bring on rain. 2. (Myth.) A servant of Maui. He laughed at Hina, the Moon, Maui's wife, (or sister,) and in annoyance she folded up her limbs, and makes alternate light and darkness—A. H. M., ii. 87, and 90.

MONGAMONGA, to be crushed to atoms: Ko tana upoko i mongamonga noa te tukituki—A. H. M., v. 26: Mongamonga noa ratou i te kuwaha—Hopa, v. 4. Cf. mohunga, crushed, pulpy. 2. Marrow. 3. Membrum virile.

Samoan — monomo, to break in pieces; fa'a-momo, to break in pieces; (fig.) to break the heart.

Tahitian—momomo, to smash, to break to shivers; haa-momomomo, to break a brittle thing to shivers.

Hawaiian—mo, to break, or be broken, as a rope; (b.) to break, or open, as the light of the morning; hoo-mo, to strike against, to dash. Cf. moku, to break; to rend or tear in pieces; moko, to fight, to pound with the fist.

Tongan—momo, broken up, crumbled; crumbs; momomomo, broken; dashed to pieces; faka-momo, to make crumbs. Cf. momoiki, small pieces; momoi, small, insignificant; momoji, to grind to powder.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—(in=nom. prefix) cf. inmoh, dust of the ground; inmohon, crumbs.

Motu—cf. momo, rubbish; (fig.) plenty; many.

Fiji — cf. kamomo, broken into small pieces; momo-ka, to break into small pieces.

Malagasy — cf. mongomongo, crushed, pulverised.

MONGOROIATA, the Milky Way; syn. Mangoroa.

MORANGI, to lift up, to raise: Ka morangi te hua e Te Pakanuku ai—A. H. M., ii. 156. Cf. maranga, to raise; morunga, on high, lifted up. [For comparatives, see Maranga.]

MORE, plain, unadorned, bare: Ko hea tenei wahine ngutu more?—G. P., 58. 2. The taproot. 3. A red-wooded variety of the kauri tree. 4. The name of a fish.

MOREMORE, to make bald, or bare; to strip off branches, &c. Cf. mamore, bare, without appendages; taramore, lean; shrunk, shrivelled; tumoremore, shorn of external appendages; hamore, bald; pukemoremore, a barren hill; morimori, shorn of branches.

MOREMORENGA, the end, extremity.

Samoan — mole, to be smooth; (b.) to be faint, to be exhausted, as with hunger, thirst, or pain: Mole Aupa'upa'u tu'u mai le pa ia Sina; Aupakupaku, drowning, gave the hook to Hina. (c.) To be suffocated; (d.) to die; (e.) to perish (of the eye); (f.) soft, oily matter between the spongy and the hard karnel of an old cocoanut; molemole, smooth; to be smooth. Cf. molemanava, to faint with hunger; molemàsesei, to be distressed in mind.

Tahitian—more, the bark of the fau, of which ropes, and mats for clothing. are made; (b.) to droop and fall, as pia (a species of arrowroot) leaves when ripe; moremore, smooth, without branches, as a tree; even, without protuberance; (b.) hairless, bald; haa-more, to make one bare, destitute, without ornament or support; (b.) to make anyone ashamed, by degrading him in the presence of others; stripping him of his clothes or ornaments; depriving him of property and office. Cf. maure, shorn, as a tree of its leaves and branches; rurumore, to be bound with more bark.

Hawaiian—mole, the principle root of a tree that runs straight downwards; also the large roots of a tree generally (the small roots are aa, the Maori aka); (b.) a root, i.e. figuratively, offspring, one belonging to a family; (c.) a cause, a means, a foundation; (d.) the bottom of a pit; the bottom of the sea; molemole, round and smooth, cylindrical; smooth, as the skin of a bald head; (b.) baldheaded; (c.) smooth and sleek from fatness; momole, to be round and smooth; (b.) to be smooth and plumb, up and down, as a smooth perpendicular precipice. Cf. kumomole, to be smooth and steep, as a pali (precipice) which cannot be climbed; omole, round and smooth, as a polished cane. [See also under Morimori.]

Tongan—mole, smooth, even; molemole, smooth, even; smoothnees, evenness; momole, smooth on the surface; fake-molemole, to rub out, to smooth off; the act of smoothing off; (b.) to pardon; forgiveness. Cf. moli, to cut off; molemolegamalie, to be quite finished or exhausted; all done.

Mangarevan—more, the tree from which cloth is made; aka-more, to decapitate; to cut off wood, horns of deer or goats, &c.

Paumotan—moremore, united; (b.) sincere; (c.) not having hair on the body; without coarse hair; (d.) polished.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. bory, destitute of, deprived of (especially of a limb); shorn, cropped, polled, as the hair; omby-bory, cattle without horns.

MOREA (mòrea), a remnant. Cf. tangata-momore, a childless man; morehu, a survivor; moremore, to strip of branches; to make bare; moremorenga, the end, the extremity.

MOREAREA, lonely, dreary. Cf. mokomokorea, solitary. 2. Sorrowful.

paumotan—morearea, isolated.

Samoan—cf. mole, to be exhausted, to be faint.

Tahitian—cf. haa-more, to strip a man of his dignities.

Mangarevan—cf. aka-more, to cut off.

MOREHU (mòrehu), a survivor: Nowhea e rere te morehu?—P. M., 31, and 81; Kahore i mahue i a ia tetahi morehu—Hoh., x. 28. Cf. morea, a remnant; rehu, to chip, to split off in chips; rehurehu, gone down, as the sun.

Marquesan—moehu, to be exiled, banished.

Hawaiian—cf. molehulehu, the shade of the morning or evening twilight.

page 253

MORERE (mòrere), a swing. Cf. moari, a swing; rere, to fly. [For comparatives, see Rere.]

MOREWA, afloat. Cf. rewa, to float; taurewa, having no settled habitation; tarewa, afloat; korewa, drifting about. [For comparatives, see Rewa.]

MORIANUKU (myth.), Hades, the land of death and shadows.

MORIKARIKA, abominable: Nga mea e morikarika ai—Eko., viii. 26. Cf. whakarikarika, disgusting. 2. Detesting; detestation: Taku morikarika, taku moteatea ki te hunga—G. P., 332. [For comparatives, see Rika.]

MORIMORI shorn of branches. Cf. moremore, to strip of branches; to make bald, or bare. 2. To pat or rub, as a sign of pleasure: A morimori ana ratou ki te pai o taua paka—A. H. M., i. 155. Cf. miri, to rub.

Whaka-MOMORI, to commit suicide, or any other act of desperation: A haere ana a Rakuru ki te whakamomori—A. H. M., i. 154: Ka tangi te wahine ki te whakamomori—Wohl., Trans., vii. 41. Cf. Morianuku, Hades, the Death Kingdom.

Samoan—cf. mole, to be faint, exhausted; to die; molesàsesei, to be distressed in mind; fa'a-mole, to cause death by suffocation, strangling, drowning, or in any way.

Hawaiian—molia, to devote to good or to evil, to bless or curse, according to the character of the thing devoted, and the purpose to which it is devoted: (a.) to bless or to curse, according to the prayer of the priest; (b.) to pray for the safety of anyone; (c.) to be sanctified; to be set apart or devoted to the service of the gods; (d.) to worship, to sacrifice, to offer to the gods; (e.) to curse, to give over or devote to destruction; to be sacrificed; to destroy; to anathematise. [Note. — Some of the forms of molia are as follow:—Molia mai e ola; Bless him, let him live: Molia mai e make; Curse him, let him die: Molia i ka ua e oki; Curse the rain, let it stop, &c. Cf. mori, a sharp instrument to print with on the skin; molea, strained, as a rope, tight; a person so angry that his countenance is distorted; molio, to offer to the gods; to lay upon the altar, as a sacrifice.

Tahitian—moria, the name of a certain religious ceremony, performed by the priests at the marae (sacred place), with sacred offerings, on the restoration of a person that had been dangerously ill; morimori, the prayers, &c., after the restoration of a sick person; haa-mori, the worship of a deity; to perform religious services.

Tongan—momoli, to cut from; to break off; molimoli, to cut off; to cut into small pieces. Cf. mole, lost, out of sight; molimolituu, to be gone.

Marquesan—cf. moimoi, soaked, sopped.

Mangarevan—morimori, to dedicate to a god; to consecrate; morimoringa, a ceremony at the birth of the first-born of a king. Cf. moremore, sorrow; pain; mori, a bastard; aka-more, to decapitate; to cut off wood, horns, &c.

Paumotan—haka-moriga, religious. Cf. hamorihaga, religion.

MORINA, to remove tapu from crops.

Tahitian—cf. morimori, the prayers after the restoration of a sick person; moria, a certain religious ceremony. [See Whakamomori.]

Hawaiian—cf. molia, to worship, to sacrifice; to bless, or curse.

Mangarevan — cf. morimori, to consecrate.

Paumotan—cf. haka-moriga, religious.

MORINA (myth.), a personage of prediluvian times; he was learned in incantations, &c.

MORIORI, the inhabitants of the Chatham Islands, a small group about 400 miles east of New Zealand. They are Polynesians, and though differing somewhat in physique, and still more in courage, are evidently from their dialect a branch of the Maori of New Zealand. They have a very full genealogy (given in Appendix), and evidently have been separated from the main stock of their race for many centuries. They differ from the Maori in many of their customs. They were untattoed; they had a ceremony of marriage; they sent their dead, if deceased had been a successful fisherman, to sea, fastened to a raft [also a Marquesan custom: see Take], or if a birdcatcher, bound him to a favourite tree. Adultery was punished by pounding nearly to death with clubs; and the seduction of a maiden prevented the seducer from marrying any other virgin. The huts were conical, and bound together at the top. Owing to the want of large trees on the islands, they used rafts made of light timber, bound together above inflated bladders of seaweed. These rafts were called waka-pahi; and although the waves washed through them, they were very safe in the hands of their skilful crews. The largest island, called Rekohu, has a lagoon of great extent; this abounds with eels. About every four years the lagoon, which is of fresh water, becomes too full for its slight environing banks, and breaks through, emptying its surplus into the sea. The sea soon closes the breach with sand, and the lake then begins again to fill. The soil is very fertile; and, beside the Moriori (of whom only about thirty survive), the islands find support for about 500 Europeans and Maori. There are no large trees; but the south part of Rekohu is densely wooded with karamu, karaka, akeake, rautini, hokotaka, taruhina, and other timbers.

The Moriori are said to have found aborigines called Hiti, or Tchamata, (Tcha, or in composition tch, = Maori Te, the,) in occupation upon their arrival from Hawaiki. The Chathams were first discovered by Kohu, in the canoe Tane, but he returned to Hawaiki. Rekohu (or Rangi-Kohu) is named after this chief. Other immigrations are said to have taken place, the accounts differing much. The most reliable states that in the days of Rongopapa came the Rangimata canoe, of which the chief was Mihiti; the Rangihoua, having no principal chief, but men of note were Tunanga. and Tarere; and, finally, the Oropuke, under Moe (or Moe-a-Rauru). Another account says that the canoes were the Rangimata, under Mararoa, the Rangihoana, under Kawanga-Koneke, and a later migration, under Mohe, in the Oropuke. There is a legend of an extinct gigantic bird, the poua, but it appears to be pure myth, and is probably allied to the pouakai, a traditional huge man-eating bird of the South Island Maori. Curious carvings are to be found on the rocks, but they are of very primative design, and the intention of their sculptors is unknown. For illustra- page 254 tions, see Trans., vol. xxii; see Travers, Trans., ix. 18; von Haast, Trans., xviii. 26; Mair, Trans., iii.; Tregear, Trans., xxii. 75; White, G.-8, 30.

MORIRORIRO (mòriroriro), to be only just visible, almost out of sight. Cf. riro, lost; gone. 2. To become estranged. Cf. Poriro, a bastard. [For comparatives, see Riro.]

MOROITI, small. Cf. iti, small; meroiti, small; mororiki, little. [For comparatives, see Iti.]

MOROKI, expressing continuance, in the phrase Moroki noa nei; “Quite up to the present time.” A moroki noa nei—Eko., x. 6.

Whaka-MOROKI, to appear stolid, to conceal one's feelings.

MORORIKI, small. Cf. riki, small; moroiti, small; meroiti, small. [For comparatives, see Riki, and Iti.]

MOROROHU (mòrorohù), the flea.

MORUNGA, on high; lifted up: Ka rere te ra, ka morunga noa atu—P. M., 16: Ka morunga ake taua whare—P. M., 24. Cf. runga, above, over; maranga, to raise.

Mangarevan—moruga, above, higher (of place).

Marquesan — mouka, a point of rock high up; (b.) a tower. [For full comparatives, see Runga.]

MORURU, a bundle of dried fish.

MOTE, to suck: I penei me te tamaiti e mote ana i te u—A. H. M., iv. 90. Cf. momi, to suck; momo, offspring; ngote, to suck; whaka-te, to squeeze fluid out of anything; whaka-tete, to milk. 2. Water.

Hawaiian—mokimoki, to drink water; (b.) to breathe water, as a fish; (c.) to suck, as a child. Cf. mokio, to pucker or contract the lips for whistling; to take the pipe-stem into the mouth to smoke; muki, to kiss.

Tahitian—cf. ote, to suck.

MOTEA (mòtea), white-faced. Cf. tea, white; katea, whitened; kotea, pale; horotea, pale.

MOTEATEA, frightened; fearful, fainthearted: Ka moteatea te tangata nei—P. M., 198. 2. scrupulous; hesitating; hesitation; anxiety of mind. 3. Over-nice, fastidious; prudish; mock-modest.

Mangarevan — motetea, pale, as from sickness; (b.) a white skin. [For full comparatives, see Tea.]

MOTENGI, placed aloft.

MOTI (mòtì), scarcity; scarce: Moti iho ratou i to ratou wahi—Hopa, vi. 17. 2. Consumed; finished: Ka oho a Tawhaki, ka tomo ki te whare, ka patupatua te iwi ra a moti noa—A. H. M., i. 49. Cf. mongamonga, to be crushed to atoms; mohunga, crushed; motu, broken.

Whaka-MOTI, to destroy; to extirpate.

Samoan—cf. momomo, to break in pieces; moti, to burn a scar on the arm as an ornament, or in mourning for the dead.

Tahitian—moti, to terminate, as the boundary of land, or a season of the year; motia, a boundary, termination, or limit. Cf. momomo, to smash.

Tongan — momoji, to rub; to grind to powder; momo, broken up; crumbled.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. motikia, crushed to pieces.

MOTIHETIHE (mòtihetihe), the name of a bird.

MOTIHETIHE (mòtihetihe), having the hair standing on end.

MOTINGITINGI (mòtingitingi), the name of a bird, the Silver Eye (Orn. Zosterops cœrulescens).

MOTIRO (mòtiro), to beg. Cf. matiro, to beg for food; matai, to beg by indirect hints; tiro, to look. [For comparatives, see Matiro.]

MOTITI, a small island in the Bay of Plenty. It was named by the chiefs of the Arawa canoe, after a similar place in Hawaiki, in which there was no firewood. Hence the proverb: Kei Motiti koe e noho ana—P. M., 91. Ngatoro was here attacked by Manaia—P. M., 110. [See Ngatoro.]

MOTO, MOMOTO, to strike with the fist, to box; a blow with the fist: Ka kukua te ringa-ringa, ka motokia ake ki tana ihu—P. M., 23.

Samoan—moto, to strike with the fist; a blow with the fist. Cf. motososo'a, a straight blow with the fist.

Tahitian—moto, a blow from the fist; to box or strike with the fist; motomoto, to box or fight; to quarrel, as two persons. Cf. mototano, a well-directed blow with the fist; topamoto, to fall from a blow of the fist.

Hawaiian—moko, to fight; to pound with the fist; to box; mokomoko, to box; to fence; to hold boxing matches as pastimes (an ancient Polynesian amusement); a boxer. Cf. mokoi, to provoke, to make angry; mokumoku, a boxer; to tear or rend in pieces.

Mangarevan—moto, a blow of the fist; to give a blow with the fist; (b.) robust, strong; (c.) to mash breadfruit into a paste motomoto, said of good food, well prepared; (b.) said of the tender skin of an infant of three or four months' old. Cf. tumoto, to slap; to beat.

Paumotan—moto, the fist. Cf. tuku-te-moto, to give a blow.

Tongan—momoto, to strike with the fist. Cf. motohiko, a heavy blow with the fist; to strike another with the fist; momo, crumbs; to crumble; to rub; to grind to powder; monoi, a side blow with the fist.

Marquesan—moto, to give a blow with the fist or foot; to hit one on the head; (b.) to wrestle.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. moto, the general name for all kinds of spears.

MOTOHE (mòtohe), obstinate. Cf. tohe, to persist, to be urgent. 2: Irresistible.

MOTOI (mòtoi), an ear ornament of greenstone (jade).

MOTOI (mòtoi), to beg. Cf. motiro, to beg; matai, to beg in an indirect way.

Tahitian—cf. motoi, to give a present or bribe to gain an end; to make one thing meet another; màtai, presents given to visitors; mataitaiheva, to solicit vehemently for property while the other person refuses.

Hawaiian—mokoi, the art of deceiving fish and capturing them; to tempt: Ka mokoi hoolou o ka lawaia; The tricky hook of the fisherman. Cf. makai, to spy; to entrap one.

Mangarevan—cf. motoi, a creeping plant; to bend, curve, said of men and branches.

Moriori—moto, to crave.

MOTU, severed: Ka tapahia te arero, ka motu—P. M., 44. Cf. motuhake, separated; mutu, having the end cut off; cut short. 2. Anything isolated, as an island, a clump of trees, page 255 &c.: Na ka eke mai a Aotea ki tenei motu—P. M., 113. 3. Partially severed; wounded by a cut; a cut, a wound. 4. Removed, separated by an interval: Ka motu koe, ko tawhiti—G. P., 396. 5. Set free by severance; escaped: Me te manu motu i te mahanga—P. M., 66.

MOMOTU, to sever, separate.

MOTUMOTU, divided into isolated portions: Tenei kahui, tenei kahui, motumotu rawa—Ken., xxxii. 16.

MOMOTU (mòmotu), MOTUMOTU, a firebrand: Nga motumotu o te ahi a Whironui—Prov.

Samoan—motu, to be broken off; to be snapped asunder; to be severed: A o moni ona motu o le pa, tou sao i Samoa; If the hook was broken, you will reach Samoa. (b.) An island, an islet: A e teva lona tinà i le motu i Savaii; His angry mother departed to the island of Savaii. (c.) A district; a village; (d.) the people of a place; (e.) a multitude; fa'a-motu, to break or divide in two; motumotu, a firebrand; motumotuga, a ragged cloth, a fine torn mat. Cf. motufau, childless, having no successor; to get loose from its string, as a tied pigeon; to be set free from, to be quite disconnected with; motulua, to be divided in halves; vaomotu, a clump of trees; fa'a-motu'aiga, a barren woman (lit. “one who breaks off a family”); momomo, to break in pieces.

Tahitian—motu, a cut, breach, rent; to be in a state of separation: as a tree cut, a piece of cloth torn, thread or cord broken asunder; torn; broken; cut: E motu taa e to oe ruuruu iau ra; And will break your bonds asunder. (b.) An island; a very low island, in opposition to fenua, where there is high land; motumotu, torn in many places; ragged, or full of holes. Cf. motupari, a boundary; to break off an acquaintance or connection; motutò, broken short off, as a sugar-cane; motuuruuru, roughly cut; motuu, to be stranded, as a rope; to be in a state of mental weariness through watching, &c.; motuutuu, cutting, piercing, applied to speech; paamotu, a vine broken from its root; (fig.) an agreement broken or not regarded; taamotu, a chain of little islands; momomo, to smash, to break to shivers.

Hawaiian—moku, to divide in two; to cut as with a sword; to cut off, as a member of the body; to break asunder, as a rope or chain: Moku ka aholawaia a Kahai; Broken is the fishing-line of Tawhaki. (b.) A part of a country divided from another part: I loku ka moku, iwaho ka la; Within is the land, outside is the sun. (c.) A district; (d.) an island: E lua inoa i kapaia ma ka mokupuni, he moku kekahi a le aina kekahi; An island has two names, moku is one, and aina is the other. (e.) A ship (supposed to be a floating island when first seen by Hawaiians): Pepehiia ae la ke alii moku a me ka mea aohoku; The captain of the ship was slain, and the astronomer. (f.) A dividing line; (g.) a part or piece of anything broken off; (h.) to break, as the neck; (i.) to rend or tear in pieces, as, by a furious beast; (j.) to crack, to burst open with a noise; (k.) to hold fast, as an anchor holds a rope; (l.) to cast or throw into the sea; mokumoku, to tear up; to rend; to break in pieces; to pluck, as the feathers of a bird; broken or cut to pieces as a rope; (b.) a striker, a boxer [see Moto]; mokuna, a boundary-line of land; a division of a country; a piece cut off from something larger. Cf. muku, a piece cut off; anything cut short; mokuahana, split into parties or factions; mo, to break, as a rope; hoo-mo, to strike against; to dash against; moka, anything torn or broken up small; moko, to pound with the fist; mokuahi, a fire-brand; mokupuni, an island; kaumoku, to cut short; mokukaua, a ship of war.

Tongan—motu, broken, snapped asunder: O hage koe motu ha foi filo vaivai oka lave ki ai ae afi; As a thread of tow is broken when it touches the fire. (b.) An island; momotu, drawn, contracted in several places; motumotu, a rag; ragged; a torn, tattered dress; faka-motu, to cut off, to terminate; (b.) to visit islands to catch fish. Cf. motui, old and torn; motuhi, to cut through, to break; motutoutou, broken short off; decisive; taumotumotu, to fight till one is broken or captured; momo, broken up; crumbled; mutu, to tear across the warp; mutuki, to break; to tear with the hands.

Marquesan — motu, an island; (b.) to break to cut wood; (c.) to rend, to tear; motumotu, in rags, shreds, tattered. Cf. motukea, a large stone.

Mangarevan—motu, an elevated island; rocks of a certain height; (b.) a space of uncultivated land between two cultivated pieces; (c.) to break, to cut off, said of cords, thread, &c.: Oro! motu te vahi nui; Suddenly, the big part broke off. Momotu, cut off, said of cords, cloth, or food given in a parcel; (b.) to cut into small pieces; motua, wood for the fire; motuaaga, a little island. Cf. motuhara, broken, smashed, said of a limb of the body; tomotu, to cease to interrupt.

Rarotongan — motu, an island; (b.) a grove; (c.) broken, separated, as a string, muscle, &c.; momotu, broken, as a rope: Tatou e momotu i ta raua tapeka e taka ke atu; Let us break from the imprisoning bands.

Paumotan — motuga, a demarcation, a boundary. Cf. komotu, broken; to break; komotumotu, set into small protions or pieces; motu-puhere, an island.

Futuna—motu, cut, broken.

Ext. Poly.: Mota—cf. motu, to break, as string; motumotu, an island.

MOTU, cold; wai-motu, cold water.

MOTUHAKE, separated: Ka motuhaketia mai ki a koutou kia tekau ma rua nga tangata—Hoh., iii. 12: Me mahi motuhake ke ano nga korero a ia waka a ia waka—G.-8, 17. Cf. motu, severed. [For comparatives, see Motu.]

MOTUHANGA, a derivative from motu. [See Motu.]

MOTUHANGA, mealy, floury, Cf. mohunga, crushed, pulpy. 2. Brittle, easily snapping, applied to good fern-root. Cf. motu, severed. [For comparatives, see Motu.]

MOTUMOTU. [See under Motu.]

MOTUKEIKEI (myth.), an island which once existed off the mouth of the Manakau—Locke, Trans., xv. 446.

MOTUMOTUAHI (myth.), one of the canoes of the Migration to New Zealand. [See under Arawa.]

page 256

MOTUORUI, a variety of flax (Bot. Phormium).

MOTURIMU (myth.), a pa (fort) at Kaipara. It was taken by a war-party which climbed up the body of their gigantic leader, Kawharu—G.-8, 30.

MOTUTAPU (myth.), “The Sacred Island,” The abode of Tinirau, the Lord of all fish. The legends mentioning Motutapu are very widely spread in Polynesia. There is a Motutapu in almost every group of islands: in New Zealand, in Rarotonga, Tahiti, &c. [For the story of Hina's marriage with Tinirau, and her departure from him with her brother Rupe, see Hina, and Rupe. (Ref. P. M., 49, et seq.)] The island of Mokoia, in Lake Rotorna, was at first called Motutapu-a-Tinirau. [See also under Tinirau.] The Mangaian Motutapu is in Avaiki (Hawaiki), the Spirit-world.

MOTUTAWHITI, a ship. Cf. motu, an island; tawhiti, afar off; kaipuke, a ship. [For comparatives see Motu, and Tawhiti, also see Moutere.]

MOTUTUAWHENUA, a peninsula. Cf. motu, partially severed; tuawhenua, the mainland. [For comparatives, see Motu, and Whenua.]

MOU (mòu), for you (singular number): Haere ra, ki a koe ano te whakaaro mou—P. M., 31. Cf. mau, for you; tou, thy; nou, belonging to you, &c.

MOUA (mòua), the back of the neck.

MOUKU, the name of a large and handsome fern (Bot. Marattia salicina).

Mangarevan—cf. mouku, a species of odoriferous fern.

MOUMOU (for maumau,) waste; wasted: He moumou kai ma Te Whataiwi puku ngakengake—Prov. [See Maumau.]

MOUNU (for maunu,) bait, for fishing with: Homai mahaku tetahi maka me tetahi mounu—Wohl., Trans., vii. 39. [See Maunu.]

MOUNU (mcùnu), a person who cannot swim or float.

MOUNGA (mòunga), a half-burnt stick. 2. A mountain. [See Maunga.] 3. The circumstance, &c., of being fast, bound, &c. [See Mau.]

MOUREA, a grey beard.

MOURI (for mauri,) the spirit, the soul: Kia whiti rere ake ko taku mouri ora—A. H. M., v. 5. [See Mauri.]

MOURIURI (mòuriuri), black; thick darkness. Cf. uri, black, dark-coloured; pouri, dark.

MOUTERE (mòutere), a ship. Cf. motutawhiti, a ship; kaipuke, a ship; tere, to float. 2. An island: He moutere kei waenga-nui moana—P. M., 111: He iwi noho moutere—A. H. M., i. 48. Cf. motu, an island.

Hawaiian—mokukele, the name of the action of sailing from island to island in a canoe in ancient times. Cf. moku, an island; kele, to sail far out to sea; mokukelekahiki (M.L. = motu-tere-tawhiti), a canoe sailing to a foreign country. [For full comparatives, see Motu, and Tere.]

MOUTUUTU (mòutuutu), the name of a bird, the Rifleman (Orn. Acanthidositta chloris).

MOWAI (mòwai), to water; to become moist. Cf. wai, water. [For comparatives, see Wai.]

MOWHITI (mòwhiti), a ring, a hoop: Ka tangohia e Parao tona mowhiti i tona ringaringa—Ken., xli. 42. Cf. korowhiti, bent like a hoop; tarawhiti, a hoop.

MOWHITI (mòwhiti). Cf. mokowhiti, to jump; whiti, to start in alarm; korowhiti, to spring up; kowhiti, to spring up, or out.

Tongan—mofiji, to shoot as sparks; (b.) to get unexpectedly; (c.) to exhibit bad feelings on being reproved; (d.) the shrimp; fakamofiji, to exhibit signs of anger, in the movement of the eyelids. Cf. mofi, to astonish; fiji, to fillip; fijiba, a fillip, or jerk of the finger, let go from the thumb; femofijii, to to start, to spring up suddenly and unexpectedly; mokofiji, to writhe, to kick about. [For full comparatives, see Whiti.]

MU (), a gentle noise: Te mu a te tini, te wenerau a te mano—G. P., 125. Cf. amu-amu, to grumble; to mutter discontentedly; hamumu, to mutter; tamumu, to hum; mui, to throng; muna, to tell privately.

MUMU (mùmù), a gentle noise; to murmur; to hum.

Samoan—cf. mùmù, to be in swarms, as flies, small fish, or young children; mui, to murmur; mua, the shout of victory; muna, to grumble; musumusu, to whisper.

Tahitian—mu, a buzz, or confused noise; to make a buzzing noise; mumu (mùmù), to make a confused noise, as of a number of persons talking together. Cf. mutamuta, to mutter, without speaking out; muhu, noise; the din of talking; muaarai, to make a noise by confused talking; kohumu, to whisper; to backbite; omumu, to whisper, or make a low noise in speaking; lagomumu, the carpenterbee; omuhumuhu, to whisper to the disadvantage of a person behind his back; taamu, to plot against; tamumu, a din; a noise; to make a noise; to congregate; amui, to collect, to put together; amuamu, to murmur.

Hawaiian—mumu, to hum, to make an indistinct sound; to cry out indistinctly; indistinct; a confused noise, as of a multitide at a distance; (b.) to be silent, to sit “mum”; (c.) to hold water in one's mouth; (d.) to be smooth, round, or blunt; (e.) to take food into one's mouth, and afterwards convey it into the mouth of another. Cf. mua, to mumble food, as a child; mumuhii, a whispering, an indistinct sound; mumuia, to come together in crowds; mumuhu, to be large; to be many; to sound as many voices; to hum; an indistinct sound; a crowd of people in a place; mumulu, to come together in a crowd; muhee, to hum; namu, to speak rapidly, to speak unintelligibly; a foreigner; unmeaning; hoo-muu, to heap together; to form a collection.

Tongan—muhu, the sound as of persons talking together; mumumuhu, to speak quietly together; mumuhu, the roar of the sea or wind; fakamumuhu, rough in sound, like the howling wind. Cf. mumu, to collect together; mumui, to imitate, follow; mumutau, to meet and quarrel, or fight, as waves meet and dash against each other; faka-mumu, to bring together in swarms, as flies; alamuhu, to speak page 257 low, to depress the voice; fealamuhui, to echo, to sound, as the voices of several talking together in a low tone; femuhumuhui, to mutter together; kalamu, to buzz along, as a stone from a sling; tomuhu, to converse in a low tone of voice.

Mangaian—mu, to sigh; a sigh: E enua parere i Avaiki, e enua mu matangi è; In Hawaiki is a land of strange utterance, like the sigh of the wind.

Marquesan—mumu, a kind of song; (b.) a confused noise: Moe te tapu Tutui i teia mu? Sleeps the sacred Supporter in this noise? Cf. kamumu, to sing.

Mangarevan—cf. mumu, a fool, an idiot; mamu, a cry used before fighting; amui, to assemble, as flies.

Paumotan—muhumuhu, a dull, confused noise. Cf. muhimuhi, to murmur; kohumu, to murmur; mutamuta, a magician; to mutter (“wizards that peep and mutter”); komumu, to whisper; tamumu, to rustle; a hollow, dull noise.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. mu, to coo, as a dove.

Aneityum—cf. ilmu, to low, as cattle; ilmurilmu, to mumble.

Fiji—cf. mumu, to go in troops or swarms, as flies or mosquitoes, or of men going in great numbers to do a thing, as to build a house.

Malagasy—(no u) cf. moimoy, a low murmur, a hum; monjomonjo, a murmur; a grumbling; monomonona, a grumbling, a complaint not openly uttered.

Central Nicobar—cf. mumu, a dove. Loyalty Islands—cf. mumu, the Pitcher Wasp (Eumenes xanthura).

New Britain—cf. mukumuku, to whisper.

MU (), MUMU, the game of draughts, as played by the Natives. It closely resembles the English game, but differs in the way the moves are made. As to its antiquity in New Zealand, see S. T., 158.

Hawaiian—cf. papa, a board; papamù, the board on which the game of konane is played. Konane is a game like chequers: “the stones are placed in squares, black and white, then one removes one, and the other jumps, as in checkers”—(L. Andrews). The counters were called hiu, and iliili, and to play the game of konane was also called hiuhiu.

Mangarevan—cf. konane, to be painted in different colours.

MU (myth.), an ancestor of Maui. Mu and Weka nursed Maui, when the latter as an infant was thrown away by his mother—Wohl., Trans., vii. 10; A. H. M., vi. 63, 71, 81. [See Maui.]

MUA, the front, the fore-part: A, te kitenga o Ioapa e akina ana a mua, a muri ano hoki ona e te hoariri—2 Ham., x. 9. Cf. matamua, first. 2. Former time: I pouri tonu te rangi me te whenua i mua—P. M., 7. 3. Origin: Na Rangi raua ko Papa nga take o mua—P. M., 7. 4. A medium, a mediator. 5. An altar: A ka haere tonu atu ki a mua rawiti—A. H. M., i. 5; An altar as representative of the deity Mua. 6. [See Mua (myth.)] 7. Ki mua i; i mua i; hei mua i, &c.: in advance of, previous to: Ko to ratou tuahine tonu ki mua haere ai—G.-8, 26.

Samoan—mua, the first; (b.) the shout cf. victory; muamua, first; Auà sa ia te i latou le tofi muamua; Theirs was the first inheritance. Fa'a-mua, to send a party on ahead, and not to follow; (b.) to excite to action and then leave in the lurch; (c.) to bring about an anticipated calamity; fa'a-muamua, to send on ahead. Cf. mua'au, the van of an army; mua'i, first; muaulu, the forehead; muanifo, the front teeth; muapaepae, the front or face of a pavement; taulàmua, to precede, to go before.

Tahitian—mua, first, foremost, before: E ua pau te fenua i mua i tana ara; The earth is consumed before his presence. (b.) The headquarters, the residence of the chiefs; sacred places. Cf. omua, a leader; muraa, before, in former time; anciently; muraaiho, formerly; namua, a leader; a forerunner; before; further forward; previously; in time past.

Hawaiian—mua, before, in front of (generally imua), of place; first, previous to, before, of time: He wi no ma ia aina, he okoa ka wi mua; There was a famine in the land beside the first famine. (b.) The front part of a house or room; (c.) the name of a house for men only, in ancient times; (d.) one of the six houses of a family [see Whare]; (e.) the first-born of a family; mamua, before, first, in time or place; formerly, previously; in front of: A ua hoola hou ia ko ke alii lima nona, a lilo hoi ia e like me mamua; The king's hand became whole again as it was before. Cf. muakau, first-ripe, as of fruits.

Tongan—mua, aforetime, formerly; before, further onward in place; in front of: Bea nae ikai ha aho o hage koia i mua be kimui o ia; There was no day like that before or after it. Faka-mua, to act as a chief. Cf. faka-muaki, to go first, to precede; muajino, forward to present the body, but implying that the mind is left behind; muaki, first; to precede; muanima, the ends of the fingers; agamua, the old or former disposition; faimua, to be ahead; to do first; taumua, the bow of a vessel; to be on a line with; to point; to sail towards.

Rarotongan—mua, first, foremost; in front; before: Nana e aka maka i te ara i mua iaku; He shall prepare the road before me. (b.) The first-born: Ko au ko taau tama mua ra; I am your eldest son. Cf. omua, before; muatangana, ancient times.

Marquesan—mua, before, in front; the former; the first: Te tau Fatu o mua nonoho tiketike; The first Lords dwelling on high. Haa-mua, the eldest son of a family. Cf. imua, before; imui, behind, after; omua, in front; the edge; tomua, in front; tomui, behind.

Mangarevan—mua, the end; the tip; (b.) before all; first; (c.) in front; muamua, the end; extremity. Cf. matamua, first; momua, in front.

Aniwan—cf. emoa, in the front; before.

Paumotan—mua, before; in front. Cf. muavaka, bow of a canoe; omua, elder, senior; muatagaiho, formerly; namua, first; at first.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. mua, the end or tip of a thing.

Malay—cf. mula, source; origin; in early times; of old (Sanscrit?); mulamula, first. [Note.—It is possible that there is an etymological connection between the words mua before, in front, and mata, the face. Cf. Hawaiian, maka, the face; Malay, muka, the face; Madura, mua, the face.]

MUA (myth.), a god worshipped in the temple of Wharekura. The blood of the sacrifices was offered to him. The body of the victim might be buried in the sacred place of Mua, or it might be eaten—A. H. M., i. 9.

page 258

MUANGA, the first-born, the elder: Ka whakaitia iho ana muanga—P. M., 104. A derivative of mua. [For comparatives, see Mua.]

Whaka-MUHA, to mislead by wrong paths into thickets. Cf. muhu, to push one's way through bushes.

MUHANI, to plunder (muru) frequently.

MUHANINGA, a person frequently plundered.

MUHEKE, the name of a shell-fish, the Nautilus (Argonauta tuberculata).

MUHORE (mùhore), unsuccessful in fishing. Cf. hore, not, no; puhore, unsuccessful in fishing.

MUHU, to rub; to rub gently with the hand. 2. To rub out, to erase, as a mark on the skin. 3. To push one's way through bushes, &c Cf. whaka-muha, to mislead by wrong paths into thickets. 4. (Met.) To get through a difficulty in spite of circumstances or opportunity: Ka tae mai a Tamatea-mai-tawhiti, i muhu mai i te po; (i.e. the darkness was so intense) —Wohl., Trans., vii. 32.

Mangarevan—cf. muhu, scent; an odour; muhumuhu, to guide oneself by scent.

MUHUKAI, absent, inattentive.

Samoan—cf. musu, unwillingness, indolence (no exact English equivalent); musumusu, to whisper.

Tongan—cf. muhu, to speak quietly together; the sound as of persons talking together.

Tahitian—cf. muhu, the din of talking; to make a noise or din.

MUI, to swarm round, to infest: I muia Tinirau i mate ai—Prov. Cf. karamuimui, to swarm upon; tomuimui, to crowd around; tamumu, to hum; mu, a gentle noise; hamumu, to mutter; muri, after; behind. [See Marquesan and Tongan.] 2. To be lighted on by swarms of flies; to be fly-blown: Kua mate, e muia ana e te rango.

Samoan—cf. mu, to murmur; mumu, to be in swarms, as flies, small fish, or children; tomumu, to grumble.

Tahitian—mui, to tie up bundles of cocoanuts, bread-fruit, &c.; faa-mui, to gather together: E faamui ia matou; Gather us together. Cf. amui, to collect; to add; to put together; amuiraa, an assembly; muhu, to murmur; the din of talking; mu, a buzz, a confused noise; tamumu, to make a din; to congregate.

Hawaiian—mui, to collect, to assemble; mumuia, to be collected together; to come together in crowds; muimui, to assemble in one place; to be thick together; to assemble to see something; to be in a compact mass. Cf. mumu, an indistinct sound; to hum; the confused noise of a multitude at a distance; mumuhi, muttering; mumuhu, to be numerous; to sound as many voices; muu, to collect.

Marquesan—cf. mui, after (M. L. = muri); mamui, behind; mumu, a kind of song; a confused noise.

Tongan—cf. mui, the end; the tail of birds; the hind part; mumui, to imitate; to follow; muimui, to follow: muia, to chase; mumu, to collect together; faka-mumu, to bring together by swarms, as flies.

Mangarevan—mui, to regard attentively and with importunity; (b.) to crowd round anyone with the wish to speak; muiga, a long festival for the dead; aka-muimui, to augment, to exaggerate. Cf. amui, to assemble as flies; to regard with curiosity.

Paumotan—cf. kamuimui, adhesíon; to adhere; muhimuhi, to murmur; muhumuhu, a dull confused noise.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. mumu, to go in troops or swarms, as flies, or men going in great numbers to do a thing, as to build a house.

Malagasy — (no u) cf. moimoy, a low murmur; moka, a mosquito.

MUIHARO, to wonder at; to admire: Ka muiharo taua iwi ki a Tutawake—A. H. M., i. 149. For miharo. [See Miharo.]

MUKA, fibre of flax (Bot. Phormium tenax), prepared by scraping: Haere ki te miro muka i te whare a Mani-a-tiemi—A. H. M., iv. 89.

Tongan—cf. muka, the young leaves of the cocoanut and other trees.

MUKU, MUKUMUKU, to wipe, to rub: Ka mukumukua ki ona ringa—G. P., App. 83. Cf. uku, to wash; ukui, to wipe, to rub.

MUMU. [See under Mu.]

MUMUHANGO (myth.), a divine ancestress of the god Tane. He took her to wife, and she brought forth the totara tree—S. R., 21.

MUMUHAU, an eddy-wind: Ka riro te mumuhau, ka riro te awha—M. M., 209. Cf. hau, the wind; mumu, a gentle noise.

Tongan—cf. mumuhu, the war of the sea and wind; mumu-tau, to meet and quarrel or fight, as waves meet and dash against each other; faka-mumuhu, rough in sound, the howling wind.

Hawaiian—cf. mumuku, a wind blowing over land between two mountains, as if cut off from the main wind.

MUMUHAU (myth.), one of two pet tame birds loosed by Ngatoro [see Ngatoro] at Repanga, in Mercury Island, after the arrival from Hawaiki. The other bird's name was Takereto —S. T., 14.

MUMUTAWA, the name of a large brown beetle (Pericoptus punctatus); Syn. n?un?utawa. Cf. mumu, a gentle humming noise; mumuwharu, a species of beetle.

MUMUTEAWHA, the tutelary god of the whale—A. H. M., i. App. He was angry with Kae for killing Tutunui, the pet whale of Tinirau—G.-8, 29. [See Kae.]

MUMUWHARU, a species of beetle. Cf. mumu, a gentle humming noise; mumutawa, a species of beetle.

MUNA, to tell or speak of privately. Cf. mu, a gentle noise.

Samoan — muna, to grumble. Cf. musumusu, to whisper; mui, to murmur.

Tahitian — munamuna, to mutter; to whisper. Cf. mu, a confused noise, a buzz; muaarai, to make a noise by confused talking; mutamuta, to mutter; muhu, noise, the din of talking.

Hawaiian—muna, slow of speech, not quick or ready. Cf. mumu, to hum; confused noise, as of a multitude at a distance; to hold water in one's mouth; mumuhu, to sound as many voices; namu, to speak rapidly, to speak unintelligibly.

Tongan—muna, to talk nonsense; to act as one insane; the sayings and doings of one who is foolish; faka-muna, to dote. Cf. muhu, the sound of persons talking together; muhumuhu, to speak quietly together; alamuhu, to speak low, to depress the voice.

Marquesan—cf. mumu, a confused noise.

page 259

MUNA, ringworm.

MURA, MUMURA, MURAMURA, to blaze: Ka hikaina ki te ahi, ka tu, ka tawhiri, ka mura.—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32: Ka iti te mura o te ahi, ka tata tonu—P. M., 176. 2. To glow; to show a brilliant colour: E mumura atu ana i uta nei he hutukawa—P. M., 113. 3. A flame: Koi aha ai koe te hunuhunu ai ki te mura o te ahi.—G. P., 154. Cf. kapura, fire; mapura, fire.

Whaka-MURA, to redden; to make to glow.

Samoan—cf. mu, to burn; to glow; to redden; mùmù, to burn brightly (of a fire); to glow; to be red (of the body), a sign of health; fa'a-mu, to kindle a fire; to set fire to; pupula, to shine.

Tahitian—cf. pura, a spark of fire; a flash of light or fire; to flash or blaze.

Tongan—cf. mumu, to warm by a fire.

MUREI (mùrei), to plunder. Cf. muru, to plunder.

MURERE (mùrere), clever, knowing.

MUREMURE, to return to a thing frequently.

MUREMURE, the name of a grub, the larva of the Butcher Beetle (Ent. Cicindella sp.); (b.) one who sponges upon others, a trencher friend.

MURI, the rear; the hinder part; behind: Na kua tu a Rata kei muri kei te tuara— P. M., 57. Cf. murikokai, the back of the head. 2. After, afterwards, at a subsequent time: A no muri aia i atua ai—A. H. M. ii. 4: Muri iho i tau whaka-kitenga mai kia matou—P. M., 13. Cf. tomuri, late; amuri, the future.

Samoan—muli, the end, the hind-part: I le muli o le tao, the butt of the spear; (b.) the bottom, as of a box; (c.) the rump; mulimuli, to follow after: Ona o ae lea o le nuu uma o mulimuli atu ia te ia; All the people followed after him. Cf. muliipu, the bottom end of a cocoanut shell; muliatea, the rump of a turtle; muli'olo, the hind-part of a fort, i.e. the inside; muliulu, the back of the head; amomuli, to bear the hinder part of a fata (litter); mulifanua, the lee end of an island.

Tahitian—muri, behind; afterwards: Aore ra te hoe i hio mai i muri; None shall look behind. (b.) The place behind, occupied by the women. Cf. muriaroha, a lingering affection for a person; amuri, hereafter; behind; the handle of a spear.

Marquesan—mui, after, behind: He enata i mui, o Ia-fetu-tini; One man behind, (it was) Iafetutini. (b.) The stern of a canoe: E maohe i te mui o te vaa; Remain at the stern of the canoe. Mamui, behind. Cf. imui, after; tomui, behind; tomua, before, in front.

Rarotongan—muri, behind, in rear of: Kua tu ua maira aia ki muri mai i to matou patu ra; He is standing behind our wall. (b.) After, succeeding: Kare katoa e maaraanga i te au mea e tupu a muri ake, i te aronga e kitea mai a muri atu; Neither shall there be any remembrance of things that are to come (i.e. “after” our time) with those that shall come after.

Mangarevan—muri, behind, after. Cf. komuri, behind, by the hinder part; to return on one's footsteps; mamuri, after; matamuri, behind; momuri, former (in time only) mure, to be finished; muriatu, to follow; murimai, to follow.

Tongan—mui, the tails of birds; the end; the hinder-part; mumui, to imitate, to follow; faka-mui, last, latest; to follow all the rest; muimui, to follow; faka-muimui, to close up, to finish off; to bring up the rear; (b.) unmanly, youthful; muiga, the corner or end of a basket. Cf. amui, hereafter; tomui, last; fetaumuliaki, to turn stern to stern; faka-muikovi, to make a bad finish; taumuli, the stern of a canoe; to sit astern and steer paddling canoes; muia, to pursue, chase, follow; muiaki, the last; the latest; the youngest; muifonua, a point of land, a cape; muimomua, neither first nor last, neither this nor that, but between the two; muitala, to obey; muivae, the heel.

Aniwan—wamuri, behind, after (wa = particle of place prefixed): Wamuri avou tasi nokomy; One is coming after me.

Paumotan—muri, the rear; behind, after: A muri ake, henceforth.

Futuna—muli, after; to follow.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. murimuri, outside; muritai, the younger.

Fiji—cf. muri-a, to follow; to go behind; to imitate; mu, the rump; mumu, to swarm.

Malay—cf. buritau, the back, the hinder-part; the stern; kamudi, a rudder.

Java—cf. buri, the stern.

Tagal—cf. huli, the stern.

Bisaya—cf. uling, the stern.

Matu — cf. muli, to return.

Pampang — cf. mulin, the stern.

New Britain — cf. mulumulu, to follow after.

Macassar—cf. kamoedi, a rudder, helm.

MURI, a breeze. Cf. muritai, the sea-breeze.

MURIKOKAI, the back of the head. Cf. muri, behind. [For comparatives, see Muri.]

MURIRAKAWHENUA (myth.), MURIRANGAWHENUA, (myth.), a great ancestress of Maui. Using the jaw-bone of this deity as an enchanted weapon, Maui best and wounded the Sun, to make him go slower on his journey through the heavens. The jaw-bone was also used by Maui as his hook in drawing up his great fish (North New Zealand) from the abyss—P. M., 20, et seq.; A. H. M., ii. 69. Another version of the legend calls Muri-ranga-whenua the grandfather of Maui, and says that the old man was killed by Maui's deceit in not taking him food but hiding it instead; also, that not until the grandfather was dead did Maui take the jaw-bone—Wohl., Trans., vii. 38. [See Maui.] Muri-ranga-whenua married Mahuika, the god of fire—A. H. M., i. App.

MURINGA, the youngest: Ka mea mai a Taranga ki tana muringa—P. M., 14. He muringa, or muringa iho, afterwards; at length. A derivative of muri. [See Muri.]

MURITAI, the sea-breeze. Cf. tai, the sea; muri, a breeze. 2. A kind of water-rat, found on the sea-coast. [For comparatives see Muri, a breeze, and Tai.]

MURIWAI, backwater in a stream. Cf. muri, behind, after; wai, water.

Samoan — mulivai, the mouth of a river.

Hawaiian — muliwai, the opening of a stream into the sea; a frith; a bay at the mouth of a river.

Tahitian—muriavai, the mouth of a river or brook where it enters the sea. [For full comparatives, see Muri, and Wai.]

MURIWHAKAROTO (myth.), the goddess of all small fish—A. H. M., i. App.

MURU, to wipe, to rub: No reira ka murua nga rimurimu me nga kohukohu i tona tinana—P. M., 33. Cf. komuru, to rub off; miri, to page 260 rub. 2. To pluck off leaves; to gather. 3. To plunder. Cf. murei, to plunder. [For a description of the Maori custom of “plunder,” as a punishment, see “Old New Zealand,” by the late Judge Manning.]

Samoan—mulu, to handle, to rub; mulumulu, to rub; to rub with water, to wash; to rub together, as the hands, in order to warm oneself at the fire. Cf. mulumea, to handle covetously; ma‘amulumulu, to be rubbed, to be frayed, to be fretted.

Hawaiian—The custom of “plundering” as a means of punishment was known by the name of hao.

Tongan—mulu, to work slightly or carelessly; (b.) to wear the dress in an indecent manner; (c.) to draw along, as a curtain; mulumulu, to rub or peel off; faka-mulumulu, to rub, to fray; to break the skin.

Ext. Poly.: Java—cf. muruh, an enemy.

Malay—cf. buru, to chase, to pursue.

MURUMURU (Moriori,) to singe. Cf. mumura, to blaze.

MUTA, to end; to be concluded: Ka muta ai ranci te rangi Kanehetanga—S. T., 180. Cf. mutu, brought to an end.

Samoan—muta, to be finished. Cf. mutu, to cut off; mumutu, to stop short.

Tahitian—Cf. mutaa aenei, formerly, in time past; mute, to cease, to break off; mutu, to be gone, applied to persons passing along.

Hawaiian—muka, a devouring, a swallowing up; a seizing; mumuka, bad, worthless, unworthy notice.

Tongan—cf. mutu, to tear across the warp.

Ext. Poly.: Ponape—cf. mutamuta, short.

MUTU, brought to an end abruptly; left off: Mutu kau ano ana korero—P. M., 31. Cf. komutu, to intereept; muta, to end. 2. Cropped; having the end cut off; mutilated. Cf. motu, severed. 3. To cut short: Ka mutu te miharo a ona hoa ki a ia—P. M., 17. 4. Come or gone without exception.

MUTUMUTU, to crop off appendages, as hair, branches, &c.: Ka mea mai te tuahine, ‘Me mutumutu koe’—P. M., 44. 2. A kind of leprosy, whereby the first joint of a finger or toe falls off.

Whaka-MUTU, to leave off. 2. To cause to leave off: Ka whakamutua e ahau te puta ake ki a au o te amuamunga—Tau., xvii. 5.

Whaka-MUTUNGA, the youngest son: Ko koe ana taku whakamutunga—P. M., 14.

Samoan—mutu, cut off; maimed; (b.) incomplete, as a house, fa‘a-mutu, to mutilate, to cut off a part. Cf. mutui, to have no break or cessation; mutuia, to be forbidden; to be cut short in a speech; muta, to be finished.

Tahitian—mutu, to be gone, applied to persons passing along. Cf. mute, to cease, to break off; motu, torn; cut; separate; tamute, to cut short; mutamuta, to mutter; mutoi, to listen secretly to the conversation of people; mumu, to make a confused noise.

Hawaiian—muku, to cut short, to cut off; a piece cut off; (b.) to cease, to diminish, as a sickness; (c.) to wrangle, to blackguard; (d.) a measure of length, from the fingers of one hand to the elbow of the opposite arm when extended; (e.) the outside of a canoe; (f.) the name of the night when the moon entirely disappears; (g.) a short garment, as if the bottom was cut off; mukumuku, to cut up into pieces; mumuku, cut off, separated, as a member of the body; (b.) the name of several things cut short: as a canoe cut in two in the middle, a maimed person, a woman's chemise, &c. Cf. muumuu, to cut short; to cut off; to shiver; a shift, a chemise; omuku, to cut short, to cut off; kaumuku, to cut short; moku, to cut; to cut off; mumu, to hum, to make an indistinct noise; to be silent, to sit mum.

Tongan—mutu, to tear across the warp; (b.) the name of a sharp shell, used in cutting the fetaaki (native cloth before it is printed); mutumutu, to prepare the fetaaki. Cf. motu, broken; snapped asunder; mutuki, to break, to tear with the hands.

Marquesan—mutu, mute, dumb. Cf. Mutuhei, the god of silence.

Mangarevan—mutu, to keep silence; mute; (b.) to cease, to leave off, to discontinue; (d.) to fall, as wind; aka-mutu, to impose silence. Cf. muteki, to be silent; mutumutunoa, to be almost silent, speaking little. Ext. Poly:

Mota—Cf. mutu, to sink.

Fiji—cf. mudu, cut off; ceased, ended.

Ponape—cf. mutamuta, short.

Malay — cf. mutu, silent.

Matu—cf. muta, to cleave; cleft.

MUTU, a manner of counting used by the Ngaitahu (South Island), as Tekau mutu, one to ten inclusive. 2. A perch, being part of an apparatus for spearing birds. 3. A spear thrown against a war party while in the act of rushing, as an omen.

MUTU (myth.), one of the gods of evil, dwelling with Miru in Te Tatau-o-te-Po. [See Miru.]

Marquesan—cf. Mutuhei, the god of Silence (mutu) entwined (hei) with Tanaoa, or Darkness, in the Primeval Night or Chaos. [See Atea (myth).]

MUTU-O-TE-ATE, the stomach. Cf. mutu, terminated; ate, liver. [For comparatives see Mutu, and Ate.]

MUTURANGI (myth.), a son of Ohomairangi. He was an ancestor of Tama-te-Kapua—S. R., 16. [See Puhaorangi.]

MUTUWHENUA, the moon at thirty days old. Cf. mutu, brought to an end.

Hawaiian—cf. muku, the name of the night when the moon entirely disappears.